London North Eastern Region Rules Of The Plan 04 LN790 Lneyyp
User Manual: LN790
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 311
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Timetable Planning Rules
London North Eastern
2019 TIMETABLE
Version 2.0
Issued by David Walgate
Timetable Production Manager
The Quadrant MK
Elder Gate
Milton Keynes
Tel: 07825 376830
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Timetable 2019
2nd February 2018
Timetable Planning Rules
London North Eastern
2019 TIMETABLE
Version 2.0
Issued by David Walgate
Timetable Production Manager
The Quadrant MK
Elder Gate
Milton Keynes
Tel: 07825 376830
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Timetable 2019
2nd February 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
2 of 310
Contents
Section
Page no.
1 Introduction and General Notes .................... 3
Section
Page no.
5.1 Sectional Running Times .........................................74
5.1.1 Source of Current SRTs ...................................74
1.1 Index of Routes............................................................. 4
1.2 Sectional Appendices and Rule Book .................. 7
1.2.1 Sectional Appendix .............................................. 7
5.1.2 Method of Calculation .......................................74
5.1.3 New and Revised Sectional Running Times75
1.2.2 Rule Book ................................................................ 7
5.1.4 Timing of Trains Consisting of Passenger
Vehicles on Goods Lines ............................................75
1.3 Definitions ....................................................................... 9
5.2 Headways ......................................................................75
1.3.1 Train Classification.............................................. 9
5.2.1 Headway Values .................................................75
1.3.2 Days of Operation ............................................... 9
5.2.2 General Capacity Constraints ..................... 101
1.3.3 Traction and Rolling Stock .............................11
5.3 Junction Margins and Station Planning Rules102
1.3.4 Line Codes ...........................................................11
5.4 Platform Lengths ..................................................... 255
1.3.5 Activity and Other Codes ................................12
5.4.1 Loop Lengths ................................................... 272
2 Route Description ............................................ 14
2.1 Planning Geography .................................................14
5.5 Timing Allowances.................................................. 273
5.5.1 SX Daytime (See routes for applicable
times) ............................................................................... 273
2.2 Route Opening Hours ................................................61
5.5.2 SX Nighttime (See routes for applicable
times) ............................................................................... 289
3 Electrification....................................................... 72
5.5.3 SO Daytime (See routes for applicable
times) ............................................................................... 291
3.1 Electrification Limits....................................................72
5.5.4 SO Nighttime (See routes for applicable
times) ............................................................................... 291
3.2 Electrification Supply Restrictions .........................72
4 Rolling Stock Restrictions .............................. 73
5.5.5 SUNDAY Daytime (See routes for
applicable times) ......................................................... 293
4.4 Locomotive Route Availability ................................73
5.5.6 Sunday Night time (See routes for
applicable times) ......................................................... 301
4.2 Passenger Stock Restrictions ................................73
6 Timetabling Considerations ....................... 304
4.3 Freight Wagon Restrictions .....................................73
4.4 Freight Train Load Limits .........................................73
4.5 Freight Train Length Limits ......................................73
5 Running Times, Margins and Allowances 74
6.1 Advertised and Working Times .......................... 304
6.2 Timing of Light Locomotives ............................... 304
7 Appendix A Timing Point Diagrams ........ 305
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
3 of 310
1 Introduction and General Notes
Network Rail provide the Timetable Planning Rules document to Train Operators and other interested parties to set
out the rules which are applicable to Access Requests for scheduling of train paths on the Network Rail network.
Separate sections of Timetable Planning Rules are prepared for each Route with a National Timetable Planning
Rules document setting out procedures to be followed and other nationally applicable rules.
Network Rail will determine the contents of Timetable Planning Rules through consultation with Train Operators with
the primary aim of achieving the optimal balance between access to the network for train operations and
performance robustness of the resulting train plan. This consultation is in line with the Network Code Part D, and
Train Operators have a right of appeal to Timetabling Sub-Committee against the contents of the Final Timetable
Planning Rules.
Final Timetable Planning Rules are issued with timetable Access Request Information before the
commencement of the development period for the Principal Change timetable to which the Rules apply and cover a
12-month period. Revised Timetable Planning Rules are issued with timetable Access Request Information
before the commencement of the Subsidiary Change timetable development period and show changes applicable to
the Subsidiary Change timetable period which have been agreed since the issue of the annual Timetable Planning
Rules.
Timetable Planning Rules may be changed only through this twice-yearly process or by the change procedure
described in the National Timetable Planning Rules.
Train Operators’ Access Requests for train paths must be compliant with Timetable Planning Rules. If a Train
Operator wishes to submit an Access Request for a train path which is not compliant with Timetable Planning
Rules it should consult the Network Rail Capacity Planning team to establish whether an
amendment to Timetable Planning Rules is likely to be agreed and, if appropriate, submit an amendment proposal
which will be considered by Network Rail in accordance with the Change Procedure set out in the National Timetable
Planning Rules. The Timetable Planning Rules amendment proposal should be submitted to Network Rail as early as
possible and certainly no later than the time of submission of the Access Request. If the proposed change is
likely to involve the calculation of new sectional running times or a physical investigation then the Train Operator
should liaise with the Network Rail Capacity Planning team to establish a realistic timescale for evaluation of the
proposed change before submission of the Access Request.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
4 of 310
1.1 Index of Routes
Information arranged on a line of route basis in this document is presented in the following order:
LN101
LN105
LN110
LN115
LN120
LN125
LN126
LN135
LN147
LN150
LN155
LN160
LN165
LN170
LN175
LN180
LN185
LN190
LN195
LN200
LN206
LN210
LN215
LN220
LN235
LN600
LN618
LN620
LN622
LN624
LN626
LN627
LN628
LN629
LN630
LN631
LN632
LN634
LN636
LN638
LN640
LN642
LN644
LN646
LN648
LN652
LN656
LN662
LN664
LN666
London King’s Cross to Shaftholme Jn
Moorgate to Finsbury Park Jn
Canonbury West Jn to Finsbury Park Jn
Copenhagen Jn to Camden Road Central Jn
Wood Green North Junction to Langley Jn (via Hertford)
Hitchin Cambridge Jn to Royston (inclusive)
Hitchin North Junction to Hitchin East Junction
King’s Dyke to Crescent Junction
Helpston Junction to Uffington
Flyover East Jn to Decoy North Jn
Flyover East Jn to Loversall Jn (Up Loversall Curve)
Loversall Carr Jn to Flyover West Jn
Harringay Park Jn to Harringay Jn
Werrington Jn to Flyover East Jn (via Lincoln)
Sleaford South Jn to Sleaford East Jn
Sleaford West Jn to Sleaford North Jn
Allington West Jn to Skegness
Allington East Jn to Allington North Jn (Allington Chord)
Grantham Nottingham Branch Jn to Allington West Jn(inclusive)
Wrawby Jn to Pelham Street Jn
Newark Flat Crossing (inclusive) to West Holmes Jn
Newark Crossing Curve line
Boultham Jn to Pyewipe Jn
Bessacarr Jn to Black Carr Jn
Rossington Colliery Branch
Shaftholme Jn to Reston GSP
Holgate Jn to Skelton Jn
King Edward Bridge East Jn to King Edward Bridge North Jn
Forth branch
Northallerton Castle Hills Jn to Castle Hills West GF
Northallerton High Jn to Northallerton East Jn
Longlands Jn to Newcastle East Jn via the Coast
South Hylton to Sunderland South Jn
Pelaw Metro Jn to Pelaw South Jn
Pelaw North Jn to Pelaw Metro Jn
Darlington South Jn to Eaglescliffe South Jn
Stockton Cut Jn to Saltburn
Guisborough Jn to Whitby
Beam Mill Jn to Slag Road (Lackenby)
Grangetown Shell Jn to Cleveland Freightliner Terminal (Wilton)
ICI Wilton Coal Terminal
Saltburn West Jn to Boulby Potash Mine
Hartburn Jn to Bowesfield Jn
Norton-on-Tees South to Ferryhill South Jn
Norton-on-Tees West to Norton-on-Tees East
Billingham Jn to Seal Sands Storage
Seaton-on-Tees Branch
Ryhope Grange Jn to Hendon (Sunderland Docks)
Boldon East Jn to Boldon North Jn
Boldon West Jn to Tyne Dock
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
LN670
LN674
LN676
LN678
LN682
LN684
LN694
LN696
LN698
LN700
LN702
LN706
LN708
LN724
LN736
LN738
LN740
LN741
LN742
LN744
LN746
LN748
LN750
LN752
LN754
LN756
LN758
LN762
LN764
LN766
LN768
LN772
LN774
LN776
LN778
LN782
LN784
LN786
LN788
LN790
LN800
LN802
LN804
LN806
LN807
LN808
LN809
LN810
LN812
LN814
LN815
LN816
LN818
LN824
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
5 of 310
Jarrow Branch
High Level Bridge Jn to Greensfield Jn
Park Lane Jn to King Edward Bridge South Jn
Darlington North Jn to Eastgate
King Edward Bridge South Jn to Petteril Bridge Jn
Low Fell Jn to Norwood Jn
Benton North Jn to Morpeth North Jn via Bedlington
Hepscott Jn to Morpeth Jn
Butterwell South Branch
Butterwell North Branch
Bedlington North Jn to Lynemouth Alcan
West Sleekburn Jn to North Blyth
Winning Jn to Marchey’s House Jn
Holgate Jn to Skelton Jn
Cleethorpes to Nunnery Main Line Jn via Retford
Great Coates No.1 to Union Dock
Grimsby Marsh West Jn to Humber Road Jn
Habrough Jn to Ulceby South Jn
Killingholme to Brocklesby Jn
Ulceby North Jn to Barton on Humber
Cottam Power Station to Clarborough Jn
Retford Western Jn to Thrumpton West Jn
Woodburn Jn to Deepcar
Wrawby Jn to Marshgate Jn
Scunthorpe Foreign Ore Branch
Scunthorpe Trent Jn to Roxby
Brancliffe East Jn to Kirk Sandall Jn
St Catherine’s Jn to Decoy South Jn
St Catherine’s Jn to Potteric Carr Jn (Low Ellers Curve)
Bentley Jn to Hexthorpe Jn (Doncaster Avoiding Line)
Mansfield Woodhouse to Shireoaks East Jn
Warsop Jn to Shirebrook Jn
Barrow Hill North Jn to Oxcroft Disposal Point
Hall Lane Jn to Foxlow Jn
Seymour Jn to Bolsover
Woodend Jn to Shireoaks West Jn
High Marnham to Shirebrook East Jn
Bevercotes Colliery Branch
Thoresby Colliery Branch
Rufford No.1 Coal Stacking Site to Clipstone East Jn
Clipstone South Jn to Clipstone West Jn
Welbeck Colliery Branch
Tapton Jn to Gascoigne Wood Jn via Sheffield
Tapton Jn to Masborough Jn via ‘Old Road’
Dore South Jn to Dore West Jn
Dore Station Jn to Totley Tunnel East
Shepcote Lane West Jn to Tinsley Yard East End
Shepcote Lane West Jn to Tinsley South Jn
Shepcote Lane East Jn to Broughton Lane Jn
Tinsley North Junction to Sheffield Tram W210
Parkgate Junction to Sheffield Tram Parkgate
Beighton Jn to Woodhouse Jn
Holmes Jn to Rotherham Central Jn (Holmes Curve)
Moorthorpe Jn to South Kirkby Jn
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
LN826
LN828
LN830
LN832
LN836
LN838
LN840
LN842
LN844
LN846
LN848
LN850
LN852
LN854
LN858
LN859
LN860
LN861
LN862
LN864
LN868
LN870
LN872
LN874
LN875
LN878
LN880
LN882
LN884
LN886
LN888
LN889
LN892
LN894
LN896
LN898
LN900
LN902
LN904
LN906
LN908
LN910
LN912
LN914
LN916
LN918
LN920
LN922
LN924
LN926
LN928
LN930
LN932
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
6 of 310
Doncaster South Yorkshire Jn to Swinton
Mexborough Jn to Aldwarke Jn via Kilnhurst
Aldwarke Jn to Woodburn Jn
Doncaster Bridge Jn to St. James Jn
Doncaster Marshgate Jn to Neville Hill East Jn
Leeds Armley Jn to York Skelton Jn via Harrogate
Engine Shed Jn to Whitehall East Jn
Thorpe Marsh Jn to Adwick Jn
Applehurst Jn to Joan Croft Jn (Applehurst Loop)
Carcroft Jn to Skellow Jn
Hare Park Jn to Crofton West Jn
Wakefield Westgate South Jn to Wakefield Kirkgate West Jn
Holbeck Jn to Bradford Interchange
Hall Royd Jn to Colton Jn
Milner Royd Jn to Bradford Mill Lane Jn
Greetland Jn to Dryclough Jn
Diggle Jn to Copley Hill East Jn
Bradley Jn to Bradley Wood Jn
Barnsley Station Jn to Huddersfield
Dewsbury Railway Street Branch
Wincobank Jn to Horbury Jn via Barnsley
Turner’s Lane Jn to Calder Bridge Jn
Altofts Jn to Leeds West Jn
Methley Jn to Whitwood Jn
Castleford West Jn to Pontefract West Jn
Sherburn Jn to Gascoigne Wood
York to Scarborough
Wakefield Kirkgate West Jn to Goole Potter’s Grange Jn
Oakenshaw South Jn to Oakenshaw Jn
Monk Bretton Loop to Crofton East Jn
Hatfield and Stainforth (Stainforth Jn) to Ferrybridge North Jn
Shaftholme Jn to Haywood Jn
Pontefract East Jn to Ferrybridge South Jn
Knottingley South Jn to Knottingley East Jn
Drax Power Station Branch
Neville Hill East Jn to Hull
Neville Hill West Jn to Hunslet East
Micklefield Jn to Church Fenton North Jn
Hambleton South Jn to Hambleton West Jn
Hambleton East Jn to Hambleton North Jn
Selby West Jn to Selby Canal Jn
Temple Hirst Jn to Selby South Jn
Thorne Jn to Gilberdyke Jn
Hull to Seamer West Jn
Hessle Road Jn to Saltend
Springbank North Jn to Walton Street Jn
Anlaby Road Jn to West Parade North Jn
Whitehall West Jn to Hellifield South Jn
Apperley Jn to Ilkley
Dockfield Jn to Esholt Jn
Shipley East Jn to Bradford Forster Square
Skipton Middle Jn to Rylstone
Shipley South Jn to Shipley West Jn
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
7 of 310
1.2 Sectional Appendices and Rule Book
1.2.1 Sectional Appendix
The Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetable and Books of Rules and Regulations shall be used.
The Sectional Appendix is the sole source of information regarding the following:
Electrification limits refer to relevant Table ‘A’
Permissive Working refer to relevant Table ‘A’, then see below.
Route Clearance refer to ‘tab’ associated with relevant Table ‘A’
To identify the type of Permissive Working that applies at a given location refer to the appropriate Sectional Appendix
Table A for that location. If there is authority for Permissive Working, this will appear in the Signalling and Remarks.
There are different authorities that depend upon the signalling and layout of the location. The following list identifies
the types of Permissive Working that will appear in the Sectional Appendix.
Type
PP
PP – A
PP – C
PP – S
PF
Description
Permissive Working – full use for class 1, 2, 3 ECS, 5, 9 and 0 trains
Permissive Working – Attaching and Detaching use only for class 1, 2, 3 ECS, 5, 9 and 0 trains
Permissive Working – Contingency use only for class 1, 2, 3 ECS, 5, 9 and 0 trains
Permissive Working – Platform Sharing use only for class 1, 2, 3 ECS, 5, 9 and 0 trains
Permissive Working for class 3 to 8 and 0 trains
Source: Sectional Appendix – General Instructions – National – Explanation of Table A terms and symbols
1.2.2 Rule Book
The following Modules of the Rule Book GE/RT8000 affects all sections unless specified. The sections listed affect
railway operations and train movements. The listed section does not apply to Train Planning directly, but its
application will affect how trains operate, and it is for that reason the item appears here.
RULE BOOK MODULE
SECTION
NOTES
G1 General safety responsibilities and
personal track safety for non–track workers
OTM Working of on–track machines (OTM
5.5 Using the phonetic
alphabet;
2.2 Before starting a
journey
5.6 Carrying out a running
brake test
6.5 Warning anyone
working on or near the line
used for single line working
9.3 Right–direction
movements
9.4 Wrong–direction
movements
Operational principles
P1 Single line working
S1 Signals and indicators controlling train
movements
S2 Observing and obeying fixed signals
SP Speeds
TTPR Section 4.6
TTPR Section 5.1.2
When planning Single Line Working
Operational principles
3.1 Passenger train at a
position–light, shunt–ahead
or shunting signal
Operational principles
2.4 Differential permissible
speed indicators
2.5 Permissible speed
indicators with letters
2.6 Enhanced permissible
TTPR Section 5.1.2
TTPR Section 5.1.2
TTPR Section 5.1.2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
RULE BOOK MODULE
T11 Movement of engineering trains and
on–track plant under T3 arrangments
TW1 Preparation and movement of trains
General
TW2 Preparation and movement of
multiple–unit passenger trains
TW3 Preparation and movement of
locomotive hauled trains (including HSTs,
push–pull, postal, parcels)
Rule Book Handbook 5 Handsignalling
Duties
SECTION
speed (EPS) indicators
3 Movements entering the
possession
7 Instructing the driver or
machine controller
7.1 Authority and
arrangements for
movements (Hauling dead
traction units)
6.5 Carrying out a running
brake test
2.1 Locomotives running
light or hauling trains
(Maximum speed of);
2.2 Maximum permitted
speed of locomotive–
hauled trains
2.3 Electric–traction speed
restrictions
3.16 Carrying out a running
brake test
Section 14.1 Working trains
with locomotives at both
ends, when this type of
working is permitted
Section 5.2 Entrance signal
5.3 Exit signal
5.4 Where TBW is divided
into two sections
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
8 of 310
NOTES
When planning trains entering
possessions
When planning trains entering
possessions
Operational principles
TTPR Section 5.1.2
TTPR Section 5.1.2
TTPR Section 5.1.2
TTPR Section 5.1.2
TTPR Section 5.1.2
Operational principles
When planning Temporary Block
Working (TBW)
When planning Temporary Block
Working (TBW)
When planning Temporary Block
Working (TBW)
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
9 of 310
1.3 Definitions
The list below is not an exhaustive one but is intended to give readers an understanding of some of the terminology
as used for the purposes of this document.
If any term in Timetable Planning Rules is unclear please contact the compiler on the telephone number shown on
the cover.
1.3.1 Train Classification
Classification
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Description
Express passenger train; or
Nominated postal or parcels train; or
Breakdown or overhead line equipment train going to clear the line or returning from there
(IZ99); or
Traction unit going to assist a failed train (1Z99)
Snow plough going to clear the line (1Z99)
Ordinary passenger train; or
Breakdown or overhead line equipment train not going to clear the line (2Z99)
Officers’ special train (2Z01)
Freight train which can run at more than 75 mph; or
A parcels train; or
Empty coaching stock train if specially authorised
Freight train which can run up to 75 mph
Empty coaching stock train
Freight train which can run up to 60 mph
Freight train which can run up to 45 mph
Freight train which can run at, or is timed to run at, 35 mph or less
Thameslink services including to / from King’s Cross
Light locomotive or locomotives
Source: The Rule Book GE/RT8000/TW1 Preparation and Movement of Trains General Section 2 Classification and speed of trains
Thameslink Services (Applicable from May 2018 Timetable)
TID
9Jxx
9Sxx
9Uxx
9Yxx
Class 9 services (WTT)
Peterborough and Horsham via London Bridge and Redhill
Cambridge and Brighton via London Bridge and Quarry Lines
Cambridge and Maidstone East / Ashford via London Bridge and Swanley
Welwyn Garden City / Blackfriars and Sevenoaks via Catford and Swanley
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
10 of 310
1.3.2 Days of Operation
The following abbreviations are used to identify the day or days that a train operates.
Abbreviation
M
T
W
Th
F
S
Su
EWD
Daily
Description
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Every Week Day (Monday to Saturday)
Every day, systems will not accept this; there must be a separate entry for Sundays (Note –
need to include reference to new ITPS processes).
Suffixes
O
X
Adding this indicates that the train will run only on that day or those days shown
Adding this indicates that the train will not run on that day or those days shown
General
BHX
Denotes that this train does not run on a bank holiday
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
11 of 310
1.3.3 Traction and Rolling Stock
Abbreviation
15X
17X
22X
DMU
EMU
ECS
HST
LH
LHCV
Power
Description
DMU classes 150/153/155/156/158/159
DMU classes 170 and 175
DMU classes 220/221/222
Any diesel multiple unit (excluding classes 180/220/221/222)
Any electric multiple unit
Empty Coaching Stock includes empty diesel and electric multiple units.
Trains consisting of two Class 43 locomotives and Mk 3 passenger vehicles
A passenger or parcels train hauled or propelled by one or more locomotives
Locomotive hauled coaching vehicles
Passenger stock equipped with power operated external doors
1.3.4 Line Codes
Abbreviation
AD
AL
BS
CHC
CL
DBH
DBP
DCF
DF or DFL
DG
DGL
DH
DHL
DL
DM see below
DM or DML
DN
DPV
DS or DSL
DSG
DUG
EL
ESL
FL
GL
GSL
HS
LSL
ML
NDS
NLI
NM
NNL
NS
PL
RCL
RRL
Description
Arrival/Departure Line
Avoiding Line
Leeds Line B
Copley Hill Chord
Carriage Line
Down Barrow Hill
Down Back Platform at Welwyn Garden City
Down Cambridge Flyover
Down Fast Line
Two way Goods No.2
Down Goods Line
Down Harrogate
Down Hendon Line
Down Line
Down Midland – Engine Sheet Jn or Leeds West Junction LN872
Down Main Line
Leeds Line D – Non preferred route for ARS
Down Passenger Loop
Down Slow Line
Down Scunthorpe Goods
Down and Up Goods
Erewash Line
East Slow Line
Fast Line – can be numbered eg FL1
Goods Line
Goods and Slow Line
Holding Siding
Leeds Line
Main Line
Up Slow Line from Newcastle Platform 7 to Newcastle South Jn., then Down Slow Line to
King Edward Bridge North Jn
North London Incline
Up Slow Line from Newcastle Platform 7 to Newcastle South Jn., then Up Fast Line to King
Edward Bridge North Jn
Normanton Line
Up Slow Line from Newcastle Platform 7 to King Edward Bridge North Jn
Platform Line
Reception Line
Reversing Line
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Abbreviation
SL
SGL
TL
UBH
UDB
UDS
UF or UFL
UGL
UH
UHL
UL
UM see below
UM or UML
UPV
US see below
US or USL
UWF
WS or WSL
2WG
WY
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
12 of 310
Description
Slow Line – can be numbered eg SL1
Slow and Goods Line
Through Line
Up Barrow Hill
Up and Down Blackwell
Up and Down Slow Line
Up Fast Line
Up Goods Loop
Up Harrogate
Up Hendon Line
Up Line
Up Midland – Leeds West Jn
Up Main Line
Up Passenger Loop or Up Broadholme Loop
Up Shipley/Up Sidings
Up Slow Line
Up Welwyn Flyover
Up West/West Slow Line
Two way Goods
Peterborough West Yard
1.3.5 Activity and Other Codes
Abbreviation
*
–D
–T
–U
A
AE
BL
C
D
E
G
H
HH
K
KC
KE
KF
KS
L
N
OP
OR
PR
R
RETB
RM
RR
S
T
TB
TF
Description
Suppression of traffic stop indicator
Train stops to detach vehicles
Train stops to attach and detach vehicles
Train stops to attach vehicles
Train stops or shunts for other trains ahead or to pass only. Shows as an * in WTT
Trains stops to attach/detach assisting locomotive.
Train stops to attach or detach a banking locomotive
Train stops to change train crew
Train only stops to set down passengers. Shows as an s in NRT
Train stops for examination
NRT data to add
Notional Activity to prevent WTT column merge
As H, were there is a third column involved
Passenger count point
Ticket collection and examination point
Ticket examination point
Ticket examination point – 1st Class only
Selective ticket examination point
Train stops to change locomotives
Stop not advertised to the public
Train stops for other operating reasons
Train locomotive on rear of train
Train propelling between points shown
Train stops when required. Shows as an x in NRT
Radio Electronic Token Block
Trains stops for a reversing movement or driver to change ends
Train stops to allow the locomotive to run–round its train
Trains for railway personnel only
Trains stops to pick up or set down passengers
Train begins (Origin)
Train finishes (Destination)
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Abbreviation
TS
TW
U
W
X
x
#
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
13 of 310
Description
Detail consist for TOPS Direct requested by Freight Operator
Train stops to pick up or set down a staff, tablet or token on Single Lines. See Section 5.2
Train only stops to pick up passengers. Shows as a u in NRT
Train stops for watering of coaches
Train passes another train at crossing point on single line. See Section 5.2
Suppress running line information
Force running line indication
Force path and line indications
Force path indication
Force stop with TW
Activity Codes – Notes
1. Any passenger train that stops at a location automatically generates a T Activity unless it is suppressed.
2. If an Activity is required that removes the ‘passenger stop’ Activity (T, D, U and R) from ITPS then the
‘passenger stop’ Activity must always appear in the first Activity field (e.g. T –D would be correct, –D T would
not). This is because the National Rail Timetable (NRT) extract program only considers the first Activity
field. If it does not find a ‘passenger stop’ Activity in the first field the time will not be extracted to appear in
the NRT.
3. Up to 6 Activities may be shown for each event.
4. No two Activities may be duplicated at the same event.
5. At any one event, the following groups are mutually exclusive:
a) D, U, T, N, S, TW, OP.
b) –D, –U, –T.
c) TB, TF.
d) KC, KE.
6. N, R, G, D and U are only valid with Train Categories XC, XD, XI, XX, XZ, OO, OW, OL, BS, BR and blank
(i.e. ‘advertised’ services).
7. K, KC, KE, KF, KS are only valid with Train Categories starting X or O.
8. If TF is present then none of K, KC, KE, KF, KS can be present.
9. Activity T indicates that a train stops to pick up and set down. This normally refers to passengers. Activity
–T indicates that the train stops to attach and detach vehicles. At any location where a ‘stop’ time is shown,
TPS or a similar system will assume a default Activity is required unless otherwise specified. These default
Activities are as follows: T for trains with a Train Category starting in X or O, OP for trains with a Train
Category starting in Z or E, and –T for all other trains (but see below). The default Activity will be generated
when the upload file is created.
10. If Activities U, D, N, R, OP, S, TW, –U or –D are specified then this overrides the defaults and only the
specified Activities will be included in the upload file (it is not necessary to use the * suppression code if
these codes are present).
11. If a traffic Activity is NOT required at a ‘stop’ location with Activities other than U, D, N, R, OP, S, TW, –U
or –D (e.g. at ‘C’ or ‘L’ stops) then the * must be input to the TPS or similar system train specification at that
location to suppress –T or T. If the * is not added to indicate a non–traffic stop then T, –T or OP will be
added to the upload file
12. If an Activity –T (only) is required on a train with a Category starting in X or O it is necessary to add a * to
the schedule (to suppress ‘T’) and positively show –T in the Activity column.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
14 of 310
2 Route Description
2.1 Planning Geography
Line of routeLINE OF ROUTE
Network Rail maintains the planning geography and issues it to Train Operators using the Bplan system. Bplan data
is to be regarded as the master geography and it is the responsibility of Train Operators and nominated Network Rail
users to ensure that data in their train planning systems reflects the master geography.
It is essential that all locations, times and full details such as platforms, running lines, activities, etc. comply fully with
all of the following rules. Any Network Links used for buses only are to have running line defined as BUS. All data
used by a specifier must be that supplied by Network Rail: use of estimated times added or amended locally will
cause the trains concerned to fail validation.
In order to avoid the creation of unnecessary journey legs and associated point–to–point timings, all passing times
must conform to these rules.
Locations in bold type are mandatory timing points.
Locations in normal type are non–mandatory timing points.
Locations in italic type are not timing points but are shown for reference purposes.
Line references shown in brackets e.g. (LN656) are only for reference purposes.
In the tables below, the following codes apply:
F
Only freight trains are timed here
P
Only passenger trains are timed here
S
Only stopping trains are timed here
X
Only trains crossing from one running line to another are timed here
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
King’s Cross
ABCD
Belle Isle
SL FL
UP
CODE
Platform detail must be shown
A = No. 2 Fast (2F)
B = No. 1 Fast (1F)
C = No. 2 Slow (2S)
D = No. 1 Slow (1S)
A = No. 2 Fast (2F)
B = No. 1 Fast (1F)
C = No. 2 Slow (2S)
D = No. 1 Slow (1S)
To/from St Pancras Low Level – Please
refer to East Midlands train Planning rules
LN3214
ABCD
DCT
UCT
Copenhagen Junction
Holloway South Junction
Finsbury Park
Harringay Junction
Harringay Up Rev Sdgs
Harringay Signal K85
Harringay
Harringay Signal K422
SL
FL SL
GL
FL SL
SL2
NLI
FL SL
SL
X
Applicable from May 2018 Timetable For
Thameslink services only
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Drayton Park – LN105
To/from Highbury Vale Jn – LN110
To/from Harringay Park Jn – EA1370
FL SL
SL2
–
SL2
SL SL2
SL2
NOTES
S
S
S
S
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
15 of 310
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Ferme Park Rec
Hornsey Dn RS
Hornsey Signal K440
Hornsey EMUD
Hornsey
Hornsey Signal K453
Hornsey Signal K451
Alexandra Palace
CL SL2
–
SL2
SL2
SL SL2
SL2
CL
FL SL
SL2
–
S
S
SL SL2
SL SL2
S
S
S
S
Wood Green North Jn
Bounds Green TRSMD
New Southgate
Oakleigh Park
New Barnet
Hadley Wood
Potters Bar
Brookmans Park
Welham Green
Marshmoor
Hatfield
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
SL
FL SL
–
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
SL
FL
SL
Welwyn GC Rev Sdgs
Welwyn Garden City
–
FL SL
FL SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
FL SL
SL2 CL
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
FL
Platform details must be shown for stopping
trains and non–stop via platforms
To/from Hertford North – LN120
S
SX
S
SX
S
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
X
SX
Platform details must be shown for stopping
trains and non–stop via platforms
Stevenage Signal K214
Hitchin
Cambridge Junction
Hitchin Dn Yd
Hitchin Signal K232
Hitchin Up Yd
Hitchin North Junction
Cadwell
Arlesey
Biggleswade Signal K235
Biggleswade Plasmor
Biggleswade
Sandy
FL SL
SL
–
S
S
FL
FL
FL SL
FL SL
SL
SL
FL
FL
FL SL
–
–
FL SL
DSL
FL SL
FL SL
X
S
FL SL
FL SL
DCF
SL
–
SL
FL SL
Trains routed UWF from Welwyn Garden
City via Flyover are to be timed at Hatfield
S
UWF
Welwyn FD
Welwyn Garden City Carriage
Sdgs
Digswell Junction
Welwyn North
Woolmer Green Junction
Knebworth
Langley Junction
Langley Redlands
Stevenage
NOTES
SL –
SL –
FL
SL
FL SL
–
FL SL
FL SL
FL SL
S
X
S
To/from Hertford North – LN120
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
S
S
X
S
S
S
Only used for ECS reversal
Platform details must be shown for stopping
trains and non–stop via platforms
Trains to Line “DCF” not via Platform 2 to
be shown as Platform “DFL”
To/from Royston – LN125
Reversing point on Down Slow
To Hitchin East Junction – LN126
Trains crossing to Fast Line
Reversing point on Up Slow
Platform details must be shown
Platform details must be shown for stopping
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
16 of 310
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
trains and non–stop via platforms
St Neots
FL SL
FL SL
Huntingdon Signal P33
Huntingdon
–
FL SL
FL SL
Huntingdon Signal P40
Conington Loop
Conington South Jn
Holme Junction
–
SL
FL
Fletton Junction
Peterborough Nene CHS
Crescent Junction
Peterborough
Spital Junction South
(P458/P79)
Peterborough LIP
Signal P78
Signal P76
Peterborough Spital Sidings
Peterborough Westwood Sdgs
Peterborough Eastfield Junction
Signal E44
Peterborough West Yard
Peterborough Maint. Shed
Peterborough Washer Road
Peterborough Virtual Quarry
New England North Signal
P479
New England North Jn
SX
S
FL SL
FL
FL SL
S
SL
–
FL
X
S
FL SL
USL SDA
SUD
SHL
–
SHL
FL SL
GL DSL –
–
–
GL
–
–
–
GL
FL SL
–
FL SL
–
–
–
–
–
SDA
SUD
SHL
–
–
–
–
–
FL SL
GL
SL
FL SL
–
FL SL
–
Werrington Junction
Tallington Junction
Tallington Redland Aggs
Stoke Junction
Highdyke Jn
D1283 G.P.S.
Grantham
Nottingham Branch Jn
–
–
–
– SL
–
Claypole Loops
–
–
–
Platform detail must be shown for trains
calling at St Neots
DSL to UFL and DFL to USL or UFL moves
not permitted at St Neots
Reversing point on Up Slow
Platform details must be shown for stopping
trains and non–stop via platforms
Mandatory timing point in the Up direction
Mandatory timing point in the Down
direction
To/from Peterborough East Jn – LN135
Platform detail must be shown
X
S
S
S
S
S
X
S
S
S
S
S
S
Line code SDA/SUD/SHL to Eastfield Jn
Blank “ – “ line code to Spital Sidings
Reversing point on Down Fast
Reversing point on Down Slow
Thameslink Stabling Sidings
All trains not on Fast, Slow or Stamford
lines to be timed here
Reversing movement
X
X
To/from Spalding – LN170
S
X
S
Upside to Downside shunt moves
Platform detail must be shown
Trains on up/down slow line
To/from Allington West Jn – LN195
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Newark North Gate
Signal D83
Newark Crossing South Jn
Newark Flat Crossing
Carlton Loops
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
D1341 G.P.S.
Retford
–
– SL
–
Retford Western Jn
Retford Signal D156
Babworth Loop
Ranskill Loops
Loversall Carr Jn
–
–
WSL –
–
–
Loversall Jn
Black Carr Jn
ESL
ESL –
Potteric Carr Jn
– ESL
ESL –
ESL
–
–
ESL
Doncaster Railport
Doncaster Up Decoy
Doncaster Sig D254
Decoy North Junction
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
17 of 310
Platform detail must be shown
S
To/from Newark Crossing East Jn – LN210
S
S
_
Doncaster Signal D249
Doncaster Belmont Down Yard
Bridge Junction
DFL
DS1
DS2
DR –
–
–
–
South Yorkshire Junction
Doncaster
–
Doncaster West Yard
Marshgate Junction
–
–
– FL
ESL
WSL
–
–
Arksey Loop
Shaftholme Junction
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
For train planning purposes, this location is
known as Carlton On Trent Loop
P1 to P2 shunt/access to Worksop line
Platform detail must be shown for stopping
trains and non-stopping via platform lines
To/from Thrumpton West Jn – LN748
Bi–directional loop, down slow after Retford
To/From Flyover West Jn – LN160
From Flyover East Jn – LN155
Mandatory East Slow Lines
To/from Bessacarr Jn – LN220
Mandatory East Slow Lines
To/from Low Ellers Curve Jn – LN764
S
S
S
X
Crew relief point on Up East Slow
To/from Decoy South Jn – LN150
S
S
To/from St James Jn – LN832
Mandatory West Slow Lines
To/from Hexthorpe Jn – LN826
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
To/from Leeds – LN836
To/from Hull/Cleethorpes – LN752
S
To/from Temple Hirst Jn LN600
To/from Knottingley – LN889
LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Moorgate
Old Street
Essex Road
Highbury and Islington
Drayton Park
Finsbury Park
–
–
–
–
–
FL SL
SL2
UP
CODE
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
NOTES
Platform details must be shown
Platform details must be shown
To/from Alexandra Palace – LN101
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
18 of 310
LN110 CANONBURY WEST JUNCTION TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Canonbury West Jn
Highbury Vale Jn
Finsbury Park
–
–
SL SL2
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from North London Line – EA1320
To/from Alexandra Palace – LN101
LN115 COPENHAGEN JUNCTION TO CAMDEN ROAD CENTRAL JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Copenhagen Junction
York Way North Junction
Camden Road Incline Junction
Camden Road Central Junction
–
–
SL
–
X
–
–
X
To/From Alexandra Palace – LN101
To/from Silo Curve Jn – SO410A
To/from Cedar Jn – SO420
To/from North London Line – EA1320
LN120 WOOD GREEN NORTH JUNCTION TO LANGLEY JUNCTION (VIA
HERTFORD)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Wood Green North Junction
Bounds Green T&RSMD
Bowes Park
Bowes Park RRL
Palmers Green
Winchmore Hill
Grange Park
Enfield Chase
Gordon Hill
Crews Hill
Cuffley
Bayford
Hertford North CHS
Hertford North DCS
Hertford North
Molewood Junction
Watton at Stone
Bragbury Junction
Langley South Junction
Langley Junction
UP
CODE
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
DL
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
NOTES
To/from King’s Cross – LN101
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SL
Platform details must be shown
S
S
S
S
S
Platform details must be shown
X
S
X
X
To/from Stevenage – LN101
LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Hitchin
Hitchin Up Yard
Hitchin Signal K228
Hitchin East Junction
Letchworth Garden City
Letchworth CSD
DCF
–
–
–
–
S
S
–
–
S
–
–
NOTES
To/from Stevenage – LN101
Reversing point on Up Slow
From Hitchin – LN126
Trains into Letchworth CSD to/from the
station must run via Letchworth A/D Line
and reverse at Letchworth CS Reception
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
19 of 310
LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Letchworth A/D Line
Letchworth CS Reception
Baldock
Ashwell and Morden
Royston
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
SX
S
S
NOTES
Platform details must be shown
To/from Shepreth Branch Jn – EA1230
LN126 HITCHIN NORTH JUNCTION TO HITCHIN EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Hitchin North Junction
Hitchin East Junction
NOTES
To/from King’s Cross LN101
To Cambridge LN125
LN135 KING’S DYKE TO CRESCENT JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
King’s Dyke
Peterborough East Junction
Crescent Jn
– GL
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Whittlesea – EA1560
To/from Peterborough – LN101
LN147 HELPSTON JUNCTION TO UFFINGTON
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Helpston Junction
Uffington
NOTES
To/from Peterborough LN101
To/from LN3615
LN150 FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION TO DECOY NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Flyover East Junction
Flyover West Junction
Decoy South Junction
Doncaster Down Decoy
Doncaster RMT
Decoy North Junction
–
–
–
DFL
DS1
DS2
DR –
– DLF
–
–
–
NOTES
To/from Gainsborough Trent Jn – LN170
To Loversall Jn – LN155. Only accessible
in the Up direction from the Down Lincoln
To/from Loversall Carr Jn – LN160
To/from St Catherine’s Jn – LN762
S
S
Mandatory West Slow lines.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
20 of 310
LN155 FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION TO LOVERSALL JUNCTION (UP LOVERSALL
CURVE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Flyover East Junction
NOTES
From Flyover West Jn – LN150. Line is
Up direction only
To Loversall Carr Jn – LN101
Loversall Junction
LN160 LOVERSALL CARR JUNCTION TO FLYOVER WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Loversall Carr Junction
Rossington Colliery Junction
Flyover West Junction
–
–
–
X
From Retford – LN101
To/from Rossington Colliery – LN235
To/from Decoy North Jn – LN150
LN165 HARRINGAY PARK JUNCTION TO HARRINGAY JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Harringay Park Junction
Harringay Junction
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Upper Holloway – EA1370
To Hornsey – LN101
LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Werrington Junction
Spalding
Quadring Signal WS7071
Quadring Signal WS7070
Sleaford South Junction
–
–
SL
–
–
To/from Peterborough – LN101
–
DA
–
To/from Sleaford East Jn – LN175
Sleaford North Junction
Ruskington
Metheringham
Pelham Street Junction
Lincoln Central
East Holmes Jn
West Holmes Junction
Pyewipe Junction
Saxilby
Gainsborough Lea Road
Gainsborough Trent Junction
–
–
–
–
–
SL FL
–
–
–
–
–
UA
–
–
–
–
–
SL FL
–
–
–
–
Beckingham Loops
Bessacarr Junction
Flyover East Junction
–
–
–
–
To/from Sleaford West Jn–LN180
S
To/from Langworth S.B. – LN200
Platform details must be shown
X
XF
To/from Boultham Jn – LN206
To/from Boultham Junction –LN215
To/from Gainsborough Central – LN736
To/from Clarborough Jn – LN736
S
To/from Black Carr Jn – LN150
To/from Decoy South Jn – LN150
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
21 of 310
LN175 SLEAFORD SOUTH JUNCTION TO SLEAFORD EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Sleaford South Jn
Sleaford East Jn
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/From Spalding – LN170
To/from Sleaford – LN185
LN180 SLEAFORD WEST JUNCTION TO SLEAFORD NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Sleaford West Jn
Sleaford North Jn
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Sleaford Station – LN185
To/from Metheringham – LN170
LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Allington West Jn
–
–
Allington North Jn
Ancaster
Rauceby
Sleaford West Junction
Sleaford
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Sleaford East Junction
Heckington
Swineshead
Hubberts Bridge
Sleaford Jn
Boston Docks
Boston
Grand Sluice Jn
Sibsey SB
Bellwater Junction SB
Thorpe Culvert
Wainfleet
Havenhouse
Skegness
CODE
X
S
NOTES
To/from Bottesford West Jn – LN3625.
Refer to East Midlands Timetable Planning
Rules
To/from Allington East Jn – LN190
To/from Sleaford North Jn – LN180
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Sleaford North Jn – LN180
To/from Sleaford South Jn – LN175
S
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
LN190 ALLINGTON EAST JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION
(ALLINGTON CHORD)
TIMING POINT
Allington East Junction
DOWN
–
UP
–
CODE
X
Allington North Junction
–
–
X
NOTES
To/from Grantham Nottingham Branch Jn
– LN195
To/from Rauceby – LN185
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
22 of 310
LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN
(INCLUSIVE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Grantham Nottingham Branch
Jn
Allington East Jn
Allington West Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Grantham – LN101
X
To/from Allington North Jn – LN190
To/from Rauceby – LN185
To/from Bottesford West Jn – LN3635.
Refer to East Midlands Timetable Planning
Rules
LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Wrawby Junction
Holton-le-Moor
Market Rasen
Wickenby SB
Langworth SB
Welton BP
Pelham Street Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Barnetby LN736
S
S
Petroleum sidings
To/from Lincoln Central LN170
LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Newark Flat Crossing
–
–
Newark Crossing East Junction
Collingham
Swinderby
Hykeham
Boultham Junction
West Holmes Jn
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Newark Castle – LN3625. Refer to
East Midlands Timetable Planning Rules
To/from Newark North Gate – LN210
S
S
S
To/from Pyewipe Jn – LN215
To/from Lincoln – LN170
LN210 NEWARK CROSSING CURVE LINE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Newark Crossing South Jn
Newark Crossing East Jn
Newark Crossing East Jn
NOTES
To/from Newark North Gate – LN101
To/from Boultham – LN206
LN215 BOULTHAM JUNCTION TO PYEWIPE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Boultham Jn
–
–
Pyewipe Jn
–
–
CODE
NOTES
X
To/from Newark Crossing East Junction –
LN206
To/from Saxilby – LN170
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
23 of 310
LN220 BESSACARR JUNCTION TO BLACK CARR JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Bessacarr Jn
Black Carr Jn
–
ESL
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Gainsborough Trent Jn – LN170
To/from Doncaster – LN101
LN235 ROSSINGTON COLLIERY BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Rossington Colliery
Rossington Colliery Jn
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Flyover West Jn – LN160
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Shaftholme Junction
–
–
Joan Croft Junction
Doncaster Signal D866
–
–
–
X
S
–
–
–
S
Heck Plasmor PS
Temple Hirst Junction
Hambleton South Junction
–
–
CODE
X
Hambleton North Junction
Colton Junction
–
–
LSL
NNL
–
–
LSL NNL
Colton North Junction
York Holgate Sidings
Holgate Junction
York
York NRM
York LIP
York TPE
Skelton Junction
LSL
–
NNL
LSL
– AL
–
–
–
FL SL
LSL NNL
–
FL SL
FL SL
FL SL
–
–
FL SL
FL SL
FL SL
SL
– SL
X
–
S
S
Skelton Bridge Junction
Tollerton
Thirsk
Longlands Junction
Northallerton
Northallerton High Junction
Northallerton Reversing Line
Darlington Dn Pass Loop
Darlington South Junction
Darlington
Darlington Up Sidings
Darlington North Junction
–
–
–
–
To/from Haywood Jn– LN889
To/from Doncaster – LN101
To/from Applehurst Jn – LN844
For trains that reverse to propel into Heck
Plasmor PS
To/from Selby – LN910
To/from Hambleton West Junction –
LN904
To/from Hambleton East Junction – LN906
Trains To/from Hambleton Junction to be –
(blank line) unless crossing.
Trains from Church Fenton be LSL or NNL
To/from Church Fenton – LN854
X
S
To/from Skelton Jn via Slow lines – LN618
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
S
– DL SL
–
NOTES
DL only to be used in Up direction for
trains from Poppleton or Slow lines
To/from Poppleton – LN838
To/from Holgate Jn via Slow Lines –
LN618
X
To/from Boroughbridge Road LC – LN627
To/from Northallerton East Jn – LN626
To/from Castle Hills – LN624
To/from Eaglescliffe – LN631
Platform or Loop detail must be shown
S
To/from Heighington – LN678
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
24 of 310
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Ferryhill South Junction
Ferryhill Old Yard T.C.
Ferryhill Up Goods Loop
Thrislington
Kelloe Access Line Junction
Tursdale Junction
Durham
Durham Sig T358
Durham Sig T357
Chester-le-Street
Birtley Junction
Tyne Yard Sig T176
Tyne S.S.
Tyne Yard Sig T193
Low Fell Junction
King Edward Bridge South
Junction
– SL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
–
–
– SL
–
–
King Edward Bridge North
Junction
Newcastle West Junction
Newcastle
–
–
– SL
–
–
–
– FL SL
UML
–
–
–
–
– SL
–
To/from Norton West Junction – LN646
S
S
S
S
S
S
X
– SL
– DML
SL UML
– SL DSL
ML DML
8SL
8DS
8ML
Heaton TRSMD
Heaton North Junction
Benton North Junction
Cramlington
Morpeth
Morpeth Loop
Morpeth North Junction
Pegswood
Butterwell Junction
Widdrington
Chevington Loops
Acklington
Wooden Gate Junction
Alnmouth for Alnwick
Chathill
Belford
Crag Mill Loops
Tweedmouth FD
Berwick upon Tweed
Berwick Goods Loops
– ML
– GL
–
–
–
– GL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– SL
– DML
SL UML
–
– GL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
To/from Norwood Jn – LN684
To/from Norwood Jn – LN682
To/from King Edward Bridge East Jn –
LN676
Slow line only To/from King Edward Bridge
East Jn – LN620
To/from Forth Banks – LN622
Platform detail must be shown
Standard line designations
These line designations only to be used
when departing from Platform 7 via
Platform 8
To/From High Level Bridge Junction –
LN627
Newcastle East Junction
Manors
Heaton South Junction
NOTES
S
S
X
X
S
To/from Newsham L.C. – LN694
To/from Hepscott Jn – LN696
X
S
X
S
S
S
S
To/from Hepscott Jn – LN694
To/from Butterwell – LN700
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
S
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
25 of 310
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Signal EG403
Signal EG402
Reston GSP
–
UP
CODE
NOTES
Down trains To Reston – SC147
Up trains From Reston – SC147
–
LN618 HOLGATE JUNCTION TO SKELTON JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Holgate Junction
York Yard South Junction
–
LSL –
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
–
–
FL SL
–
–
SL
S
S
York Yard South
York GR Shed
York NRM Annexe (Warehouse
Yard)
York Engineers’ Yard
York Yard North
Skelton Junction
CODE
NOTES
To/from Colton North Jn – LN600
Trains to Holgate Sidings/Loop to be –
(blank line).
Trains to Colton Junction/ Colton North
Junction must be LSL.
To/from Skelton Bridge Jn – LN600
To/from Poppleton – LN838
LN620 KING EDWARD BRIDGE EAST JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE
NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
King Edward Bridge East
Junction
King Edward Bridge North
Junction
–
–
To/from Greensfield Jn – LN676
USL
–
To/from Newcastle – LN600
DOWN
UP
LN622 FORTH BRANCH
TIMING POINT
Newcastle West Junction
Forth Banks
CODE
NOTES
To/from Newcastle – LN600
–
LN624 NORTHALLERTON CASTLE HILLS JUNCTION TO CASTLE HILLS WEST
GF
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Castle Hills Junction
Castle Hills Loop
Castle Hills West GF
–
–
S
NOTES
To/from Northallerton – LN600
To/from Wensleydale Railway
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
26 of 310
LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST
JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
Northallerton High Junction
Northallerton Signal Y478
Northallerton East Jn
DOWN
UP
CODE
S
–
–
–
NOTES
To/from Thirsk – LN600
To/from Yarm/Eaglescliffe LN627
LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE
COAST
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Longlands Junction
Boroughbridge Road LC
Northallerton East Jn.
Yarm
Eaglescliffe
Stockton Cut Junction
Hartburn Junction
Stockton Sig B907
Stockton TJ Thompson
Stockton
Norton South Junction
Norton East Junction
Billingham Junction
Billingham
Greatham SB
Hartlepool South Works
Seaton Snook Junction
Seaton Carew
Cliffe House DGL
Hartlepool
Horden Sig 7137
–
–
–
–
–
– SL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Horden Sig 7150
Hartlepool Docks
Seaham Harbour
Seaham
Ryhope Grange Sidings
Ryhope Grange Junction
Siding 1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
NOTES
To/from Thirsk – LN600
To/from Northallerton High Jn – LN626
S
To/from Dinsdale – LN631
To/from Bowesfield Jn – LN632
To/from Bowesfield Jn – LN644
S
S
P
X
Reversing point on Up line
To/from Norton West Jn – LN646
To/from Norton West Jn – LN648
To/from Belasis Lane – LN652
S
S
X
S
S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
To/from Seaton on Tees Branch – LN656
UGL Out of use
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
–
S
–
–
To/from Hendon – LN662
S
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
27 of 310
LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE
COAST
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Sunderland South Junction
Sunderland
–
– DSH
St Peter’s
Stadium of Light
Seaburn
East Boldon
East Boldon Up Loop
Boldon East Junction
Brockley Whins
Boldon West Junction
Fellgate
Pelaw Metro Jn
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Pelaw Junction
–
–
Pelaw Goods Loop
Heworth
Tyneside CFD
Park Lane Jn
High Level Bridge Junction
High Level Bridge Central Jn
Newcastle East Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from South Hylton – LN628
Platform detail must be shown
DSH for trains terminating at Park Lane
S
S
S
S
S
X
P
F
S
X
S
S
S
To/from Boldon North Jn – LN666
To/from Boldon North Jn – LN666
Tyne & Wear Metro Trains only
To/from Pelaw South Junction – LN629
To/from Pelaw North Junction – LN630
To/from Jarrow – LN670
To/from Wardley – LN672
Presently out of use
To/from Greensfield Jn – LN676
To/from Greensfield Junction – LN674
To/from Newcastle – LN600
LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
South Hylton
Pallion
Millfield
University (Sunderland)
Sunderland Park Lane
Siding 2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
S
S
Sunderland South Junction
NOTES
For train planning purposes, this location is
known as Sunderland Burdon Dock Sdg
To/from Sunderland – LN627
LN629 PELAW METRO JUNCTION TO PELAW SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Pelaw Metro Junction
–
Pelaw South Junction
UP
CODE
NOTES
X
Down direction only
From Sunderland – LN627
To Tyne & Wear Metro
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
28 of 310
LN630 PELAW NORTH JUNCTION TO PELAW METRO JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Pelaw North Junction
Pelaw Metro Junction
UP
CODE
NOTES
–
X
From Tyne & Wear Metro
Up direction only
To Sunderland – LN627
LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Darlington South Jn
Dinsdale
Tees–side Airport
Allens West
Eaglescliffe South Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Darlington – LN600
S
S
To/from Northallerton or Boroughbridge
L.C. – LN627
LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Stockton Cut Junction
Bowesfield Junction
Thornaby East Junction
Thornaby
Thornaby No.1
Tees NY
Newport East Jn
–
–
– ML GL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– FL
GL1 GL2
–
–
Middlesbrough Goods Yard
Middlesbrough Dawson’s
Middlesbrough West Dock
Middlesbrough
Middlesbrough Carriage Sdgs
Guisborough Junction
Whitehouse Jn
South Bank Jn
South Bank
Beam Mill Junction
Grangetown (Cleveland)
Tees Dock
Grangetown Junction
Shell Junction
Redcar Ore Terminal Junction
Redcar Bulk Terminal
Redcar Mineral Terminal
British Steel Redcar
Redcar Central
Redcar East
Longbeck
Marske
Saltburn West Junction
Saltburn
–
ML GL
–
–
– ML GL
–
–
ML GL
–
GL
ML GL
– ML
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– ML GL
–
–
– ML GL
–
–
GL
ML GL
–
GL
ML GL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Eaglescliffe – LN627
To/from Hartburn Jn – LN644
F
P
S
S
F
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
S
P
F
F
S
F
F
S
X
X
X
S
S
S
To/from Nunthorpe – LN634
To/from Lackenby – LN636
To/from Wilton – LN638
S
S
S
To/from Boulby – LN642
Platform detail must be shown
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
29 of 310
LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Guisborough Junction
James Cook
Marton
Gypsy Lane
Nunthorpe
Nunthorpe Signal N1
Great Ayton
Battersby
Kildale
Commondale
Castleton Moor
Danby
Lealholm
Glaisdale
Egton
Grosmont
Sleights
Ruswarp
Whitby
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Middlesbrough – LN632
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
Train reverses – See Section 5.3
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
To/from North Yorkshire Moors Railway
Platform detail must be shown
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
30 of 310
LN636 BEAM MILL JUNCTION TO SLAG ROAD (LACKENBY)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Beam Mill Junction
Slag Road LC
–
–
GL
–
F
To/from Middlesbrough – LN632
NR boundary
To/from Lackenby BSC
LN638 GRANGETOWN SHELL JUNCTION TO CLEVELAND FREIGHTLINER
TERMINAL (WILTON)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Shell Junction
ICI Wilton Junction
Wilton EFW Terminal
Wilton FLT
–
ML GL
X
To/from Grangetown – LN632
To/from ICI Wilton Coal Terminal – LN640
–
–
–
S
LN640 ICI WILTON COAL TERMINAL
TIMING POINT
DOWN
ICI Wilton Junction
Wilton Coal Terminal
UP
CODE
NOTES
To/from Shell Jn – LN638
–
LN642 SALTBURN WEST JUNCTION TO BOULBY POTASH MINE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Salburn West Junction
Crag Hall Signal Box
Skinningrove BSC
Boulby Potash Reception
Boulby Mine Carlin How
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Redcar Central – LN632
Token Exchange Point
S
S
S
LN644 HARTBURN JUNCTION TO BOWESFIELD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Hartburn Junction
Bowesfield Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Stockton – LN627
To/from Thornaby – LN632
LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Norton South Jn
Norton West Jn
Ferryhill South Jn
–
–
– SL
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Stockton – LN627
To/from Norton East Jn – LN648
To/from Darlington – LN600
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
31 of 310
LN648 NORTON-ON-TEES WEST TO NORTON-ON-TEES EAST
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Norton West Jn
Norton East Jn
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Ferryhill South Jn – LN646
To/from Billingham – LN627
LN652 BILLINGHAM JUNCTION TO SEAL SANDS STORAGE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Billingham Jn
Belasis Lane SB
–
–
–
–
Haverton Hill East Grid
Port Clarence Sidings: Bells Bank
Port Clarence Sidings: Petroplus
Phillips Loop
Port Clarance Refinery
Port Clarence Phillip’s
North Tees Level Crossing
Seal Sands Branch Jn
Seal Sands Storage
–
–
–
NOTES
To/from Norton Jns – LN627
Trains to/from Phillips Loop direction Must
stop for token exchange See 5.3
S
S
S
–
–
–
CODE
Must stop for ground frame operation see
5.3
S
S
Present end of route
Permanently Out of Use
Permanently Out of Use
–
–
LN656 SEATON-ON-TEES BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Seaton Snook Jn
Hartlepool Power Station
–
–
–
X
To/from Seaton Carew – LN627
LN662 RYHOPE GRANGE JUNCTION TO HENDON (SUNDERLAND DOCKS)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Ryhope Grange Jn
Hendon
Sunderland South Dock
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Seaham – LN627
LN664 BOLDON EAST JUNCTION TO BOLDON NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Boldon East Jn
Boldon North Jn
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Sunderland – LN627
To/from Green Lane – LN666
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
32 of 310
LN666 BOLDON WEST JUNCTION TO TYNE DOCK
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Boldon West Junction
Boldon North Junction
Green Lane Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Pelaw Jn
Jarrow Shell Depot
–
–
–
S
NOTES
To/from Pelaw – LN627
To/from Boldon East Jn LN664
Green Lane Junction and Tyne Dock are
within Port of Tyne Authority land and are
not Network Rail infrastructure.
Tyne Dock
LN670 JARROW BRANCH
NOTES
To/from Park Lane Jn – LN627
LN674 HIGH LEVEL BRIDGE JUNCTION TO GREENSFIELD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
High Level Bridge Jn
Greensfield Jn
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Newcastle East Jn – LN627
To/from King Edward Bridge East Jn –
LN676
LN676 PARK LANE JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Park Lane Junction
Greensfield Jn NB All trains to be
timed here including those on the
Gateshead line
King Edward Bridge East
Junction
King Edward Bridge South Jn
– UML
–
–
–
–
– DML
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Pelaw Jn – LN627
To/from High Level Bridge Jn – Access
to/from the Down Greensfield West Up
only – LN674
To/from King Edward Bridge North Jn –
LN620
To/from Birtley Jn – LN600
To/from Norwood Jn – LN682
Note
Trains in Up Direction is towards Park Lane Junction and the Down Direction is towards King Edward Bridge
Junction
LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Darlington North Junction
North Road
Merchant Park
Heighington
Newton Aycliffe
Shildon
Bishop Auckland
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Darlington – LN600
S
Platform detail must be shown
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
33 of 310
LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Bishop Auckland West
NOTES
Bishop Auckland Jn (Exclusive) to
Eastgate is controlled by the Weardale
Railway who should be contacted for
permission to access the line.
Wolsingham Coal Handling
Plant
Eastgate
–
LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE
JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
King Edward Bridge South
Junction
Norwood Junction
Dunston
Metrocentre
Swalwell Junction
Blaydon
Wylam
Prudhoe
Stocksfield
Riding Mill
Corbridge
Hexham
Haydon Bridge
Bardon Mill
Haltwhistle
Low Row S.B.
Brampton (Cumbria)
Brampton Fell S.B.
Corby Gates S.B.
Wetheral
Petteril Bridge Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Newcastle – LN600
To/from Greensfield Junction – LN676
To/from Low Fell Junction – LN684
S
S
Trains reversing only
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
S
To/from London Road Jn – NW9901
LN684 LOW FELL JUNCTION TO NORWOOD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Low Fell Junction
Low Fell Royal Mail Terminal
Norwood Junction
–
–
–
– SL
–
–
X
S
To/from Birtley Junction– LN600
To/from Metrocentre – LN682
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
34 of 310
LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA
BEDLINGTON
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Benton North Junction
Newsham L.C.
Bedlington Furnaceway Sdgs
Bedlington North LC
Hepscott Junction
Morpeth North Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Heaton South Jn – LN600
–
–
–
To/from West Sleekburn Jn – LN702
X
To/from Alnmouth for Alnwick – LN600
LN696 HEPSCOTT JUNCTION TO MORPETH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Hepscott Junction
Morpeth Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Bedlington North LC – LN694
To/from Morpeth – LN600
LN698 BUTTERWELL SOUTH BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
This part of the opencast site is now disconnected and not available for use
LN700 BUTTERWELL NORTH BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Butterwell Junction
Butterwell Opencast
Potland Burn
–
–
–
–
X
S
S
To/from Morpeth – LN600
LN702 BEDLINGTON NORTH TO LYNEMOUTH ALCAN
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Bedlington North LC
West Sleekburn Junction
Marchey’s House Junction
Ashington Junction
Lynemouth Alcan
Lynemouth Power Station
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Benton North Jn – LN694
To/from Winning – LN706
To/from Winning – LN708
S
S
LN706 WEST SLEEKBURN JUNCTION TO NORTH BLYTH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
West Sleekburn Junction
Winning Junction
Freeman’s LC
Battleship Wharf
North Blyth
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Bedlington North – LN702
To/from Marchey’s House – LN708
S
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
35 of 310
LN708 WINNING JUNCTION TO MARCHEY’S HOUSE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Winning Junction
Marchey’s House Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from North Blyth – LN706
To/from Ashington – LN702
LN724 HOLGATE JUNCTION TO SKELTON JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Refer to LN618
LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Cleethorpes
New Clee
Grimsby Docks
Pasture Street Signal 1000
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
Pasture Street Signal 981
–
Grimsby Town
Grimsby Marsh Junction
Great Coates
Healing
Stallingborough
Habrough
Habrough Junction
Brocklesby Junction
Barnetby
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Wrawby Junction
ML GL
FL DGL
SL
–
Brigg
Kirton Lime Sidings
Kirton Lindsey
Northorpe SB
Gainsborough Central
Gainsborough Trent Jns
–
–
–
–
–
–
West Burton Power Station
Clarborough Junction
Gringley Road Loop
Retford Low Level
Thrumpton West Junction
Manton Wood Siding
Worksop
Worksop SS
Shireoaks East Junction
Shireoaks West Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Platform detail must be shown
S
X
S
S
Located Cleethorpes end of Down/Up
Passenger Loop
Located on Down/Up Main approaching
Grimsby Town
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Great Coates No.1 S.B. – LN740
To/from Ulceby – LN741
To/from Ulceby – LN742
Platform detail must be shown
FL SL
DGL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
NOTES
To/from Scunthorpe – LN752
To/from Holton-le-Moor – LN200
To/from Bessacarr Jn – LN170
To/from Gainsborough Lea Road LN170
S
To/from Cottam Power Station – LN746
S
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Retford High Level – LN748
S
–
–
–
–
Platform detail must be shown
S
X
To/from Woodend Jn – LN768
To/from Woodend Jn – LN782
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
36 of 310
LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Shireoaks
Brancliffe East Junction
Kiveton Park
Kiveton Bridge
Woodhouse Junction
Woodhouse Sidings
Woodhouse
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Darnall
Woodburn Junction
Nunnery Main Line Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Dinnington Jn – LN758
S
To/from Beighton Junction – LN816
S
S
S
To/from Broughton Lane Jn – LN830
To/from Sheffield – LN804
LN738 GREAT COATES NO.1 TO UNION DOCK
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Great Coates No.1 SB
Grimsby Union Dock
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Grimsby Marsh Jn – LN740
LN740 MARSH WEST JUNCTION TO HUMBER ROAD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Grimsby Marsh Junction
Grimsby West Marsh TC
Great Coates No.1 SB
Pyewipe Road SB
Immingham Texaco
Immingham East Jn.
Immingham TMD
Immingham SS
Immingham Reception
Immingham A2 Siding
Immingham B4 Siding
Immingham Hargreaves
Humber Road Junction
–
–
–
–
X
S
To/from Habrough – LN736
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
To/from Grimsby Union Dock – LN738
To/from Yards
S
–
–
–
–
To/from Yards
S
S
S
S
S
S
–
To/from Ulceby – LN742
LN741 HABROUGH JUNCTION TO ULCEBY SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Habrough Junction
Ulceby South Junction
NOTES
To/from Habrough – LN736
To/from Ulceby – LN742
LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Killingholme
Immingham Headshunt RR
Immingham Signal 253
Immingham HIT
–
–
–
–
UP
CODE
NOTES
S
S
S
Trains on Down Killingholme only
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
37 of 310
LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Immingham Bulk Terminal
Immingham Ore Terminal
Immingham West Junction
Immingham Storage West
Immingham Dock CT
Immingham Mineral Quay
Immingham Pad 1
Humber Road Junction
Lindsey Oil Refinery
Humber Oil Refinery
Ulceby North Junction
Ulceby
Ulceby South Junction
Brocklesby Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ML GL
–
CODE
NOTES
S
S
–
S
S
S
S
To/from Immingham East Jn – LN740
S
S
To/from Barton-on-Humber – LN744
To/from Habrough Jn – LN741
To/from Barnetby – LN736
LN744 ULCEBY NORTH JUNCTION TO BARTON ON HUMBER
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Ulceby North Junction
Thornton Abbey
–
–
S
Goxhill
Oxmarsh
New Holland
Barrow Haven
Barton on Humber
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
S
NOTES
To/from Ulceby – LN742
All trains in the down direction must come
to a stand to wait for the Drivers White
Lights for Barton Road Level Crossing
# Stop required for Token Working
LN746 COTTAM POWER STATION TO CLARBOROUGH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Cottam Power Station
Clarborough Junction
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Retford – LN736
LN748 RETFORD WESTERN JUNCTION TO THRUMPTON WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Retford Western Junction
Thrumpton West Junction
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Retford (High Level) – LN101
To/from Worksop – LN736
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
38 of 310
LN750 WOODBURN JUNCTION TO DEEPCAR
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Woodburn Junction
–
–
Deepcar
Stocksbridge Works
CODE
NOTES
To/from Woodhouse – LN736
To/from Broughton Lane Jn – LN830
NR boundary
–
LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Wrawby Junction
–
Foreign Ore Branch Junction
North Lincoln Junction
Scunthorpe Corus CHP
Scunthorpe Anchor Exchange
Scunthorpe Container Terminal
Scunthorpe Entrance ‘C’
Scunthorpe Trent TC
Scunthorpe Trent Junction
Scunthorpe FD
Frodingham Jn
–
DSG
–
–
–
–
– DSG
–
–
–
FL SL
DGL
–
–
Scunthorpe
Scunthorpe West Jn
Gunhouse Loop
Althorpe
Crowle
Thorne South
Thorne Junction
Hatfield Colliery
Hatfield & Stainforth
Kirk Sandall
Kirk Sandall Junction
Bentley Junction
Marshgate Junction
–
–
–
– ML
USG
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– SL
–
– SL
–
SL
USL
SL
AL
CODE
NOTES
To/from Brocklesby – LN736
X
X
S
S
S
S
S
X
S
X
To/from Santon F.O.T. –LN754
To/from Roxby – LN756
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
S
To/from Goole – LN912
SF
To/from Applehurst Jn –LN842
S
XF
To/from Low Ellers Curve Jn – LN758
To/from Hexthorpe Jn – LN826
To/from Doncaster – LN101
LN754 SCUNTHORPE FOREIGN ORE BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Foreign Ore Branch Junction
Santon Foreign Ore Terminal
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Appleby – LN752
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
39 of 310
LN756 SCUNTHORPE TRENT JUNCTION TO ROXBY
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Scunthorpe Trent Junction
Normanby Park GF
Dragonby Sidings
Flixborough Wharf
Roxby Gullet
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
X
S
S
S
To/from North Lincoln Jn – LN752
–
LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Brancliffe East Junction
WP605 Signal
WP606 Signal
Dinnington Junction
Maltby RJB Mining
Maltby Colliery SB
Firbeck Junction
St Catherines Junction
Low Ellers Curve Junction
Kirk Sandall Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– SL
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Shireoaks – LN736
S
To/from Decoy South Junction –LN762
To/from PottericCarr Junction –LN764
To/from Hatfield and Stainforth – LN752
LN762 ST CATHERINE’S JUNCTION TO DECOY SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
St Catherine’s Junction
Decoy South Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Brancliffe East Jn – LN758
To/from Decoy North Jn – LN150
LN764 ST CATHERINE’S JUNCTION TO POTTERIC CARR JUNCTION (LOW
ELLERS CURVE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
St Catherine’s Junction
Low Ellers Curve Junction
Potteric Carr Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Brancliffe East Jn – LN758
To/from Doncaster Up Decoy – LN101
LN766 BENTLEY JUNCTION TO HEXTHORPE JUNCTION (DONCASTER
AVOIDING LINE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Bentley Junction
Hexthorpe Junction
AL
–
–
AL
CODE
NOTES
To/from Hatfield & Stainforth – LN752
To/from Conisbrough – LN826
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
40 of 310
LN768 MANSFIELD WOODHOUSE TO SHIREOAKS EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Mansfield Woodhouse
Shirebrook
Shirebrook Jn
Shirebrook East Junction
Langwith Whaley Thorns
Creswell
Elmton & Cresswell Jn
Whitwell Derby SB
Whitwell
Woodend Junction
Shireoaks East Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
F
F
S
NOTES
To/from Kirkby Lane End Jn – LN3273
To/from Warsop Jn – LN722
To/from Warsop Jn – LN784
To/from Shireoaks West Jn – LN736
To/from Worksop – LN736
LN772 WARSOP JUNCTION TO SHIREBROOK JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Warsop Junction
Shirebrook Junction
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Welbeck Colliery Jn – LN784
To/from Mansfield – LN768
LN774 BARROW NORTH HILL JUNCTION TO OXCROFT DISPOSAL POINT
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Barrow Hill North Jn
Hall Lane Junction
Seymour Junction
Oxcroft Junction
Oxcroft RJB Mining
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Tapton Jn – LN768
S
LN776 HALL LANE JUNCTION TO FOXLOW JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Hall Lane Junction
Foxlow Junction
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Seymour Jn – LN774
To/from Beighton Jn – LN806
LN778 SEYMOUR JUNCTION TO BOLSOVER
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Seymour Junction
Bolsover Coalite
–
–
–
S
NOTES
To/from Hall Lane Jn – LN774
LN782 WOODEND JUNCTION TO SHIREOAKS WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Woodend Junction
Shireoaks West Junction
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Whitwell – LN757
To/from Shireoaks – LN736
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
41 of 310
LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTIONS
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
High Marnham
Boughton Junction
Thoresby Colliery Junction
Clipstone East Junction
Clipstone West Junction
Welbeck Colliery Junction
Warsop Junction
Shirebrook East Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
X
To/from Bevercotes – LN786
To/from Thoresby Colliery – LN788
To/from Clipstone South Jn – LN790
To/from Clipstone South Jn – LN800
To/from Welbeck Colliery – LN802
To/from Shirebrook Jn – LN772
To/from Woodend Jn – LN768
NOTES
LN786 BEVERCOTES COLLIERY BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Boughton Junction
Bevercotes Colliery
–
–
–
S
To/from High Marnham – LN784
LN788 THORESBY COLLIERY BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Thoresby Colliery Junction
Thoresby Colliery
–
–
–
S
NOTES
To/from High Marnham – LN784
LN790 RUFFORD NO.1 COAL STACKING SITE TO CLIPSTONE EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Clipstone South Junction
Clipstone East Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
Line OOU beyond 10m68ch
To/from High Marnham – LN784
LN800 CLIPSTONE SOUTH JUNCTION TO CLIPSTONE WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Clipstone South Junction
Clipstone West Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Clipstone Colliery Jn – LN790
To/from Warsop Jn – LN784
LN802 WELBECK COLLIERY BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Welbeck Colliery Junction
Welbeck Colliery Run Round
Welbeck Colliery
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from High Marnham – LN784
S
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
42 of 310
LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Tapton Junction
–
Dronfield
Dore South Jn
Dore Station Junction
Heeley Up Loop
Sheffield Signal S77
Sheffield Signal S81
Sheffield HS
Sheffield
Nunnery Main Line Junction
Mill Race Junction
Attercliffe Sidings
Brightside Up & Down East Slow
Brightside Jn
Wincobank Jn
–
–
–
ML UBH
DBH
–
–
–
–
DPL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– SL
–
–
–
–
–
– GL
SL
Meadowhall Interchange
Holmes Junction
Masborough Junction
Aldwarke Junction
–
– DGL
–
–
–
–
–
–
Swinton
Bolton upon Dearne
Goldthorpe
Thurnscoe
Moorthorpe Goods Loop
Moorthorpe
Moorthorpe Signal L6586
Pontefract Baghill
Ferrybridge North Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Ferrybridge PowerGen
Ferrybridge HS
Ferrybridge NP Depot
Milford Jn
S
S
S
–
–
–
–
–
Milford West Sdgs
Gascoigne Wood Junction
–
–
–
–
S
NOTES
To/from Chesterfield – LN3201
To/from Barrow Hill North Jn – LN806
S
X
To/from Dore West Jn – LN807
To/from Dore West Junction – LN808
S
X
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Woodburn Jn – LN736
X
S
S
X
To / From Eccelsfield West SB LN868
S
XF
To/from Rotherham Central – LN818
To/from Beighton Jn – LN806
To/from Rotherham Central – LN830
To/from Thrybergh Junction – LN828
To/from Mexborough – LN826
S
S
S
S
To/from South Kirkby Jn – LN824
S
S
To/from Knottingley – LN892
To/from Castleford – LN854
To/from Church Fenton – LN854
To/from Hambleton West Jn – LN898
LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Tapton Junction
Barrow Hill South Junction
Barrow Hill SS
Barrow Hill North Junction
Foxlow Junction
Westthorpe Run Round
–
– GL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Chesterfield – LN3201
X
S
X
S
To/from Hall Lane Jn – LN774
To/from Hall Lane Jn – LN776
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
43 of 310
LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Beighton Junction
Treeton Junction
Up Canklow Goods Loop
Masborough SS South Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F
S
XS
Masborough FD
Masborough Junction
–
–
–
S
XF
NOTES
To/from Woodhouse Junction – LN816
To/from Aldwarke Jn – LN804
LN807 DORE SOUTH JUNCTION TO DORE WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Dore South Junction
Dore West Junction
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Dronfield – LN804
To/from Totley Tunnel East Jn – LN808
LN808 DORE STATION JUNCTION TO TOTLEY TUNNEL EAST
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Dore Station Jn
Dore & Totley
Dore West Jn
Totley Tunnel East
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Sheffield – LN804
S
To/from Dore South Jn – LN807
To/from Grindleford – NW9001
LN809 SHEPCOTE LANE WEST JUNCTION TO TINSLEY YARD EAST END
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Shepcote Lane West Junction
Shepcote Lane East Junction
–
–
Tinsley Yard
CODE
NOTES
To/from Tinsley South Jn – LN810
For train planning purposes, this location is
known as Shepcote Lane Jn.
To/from Broughton Lane Jn – LN812
–
LN810 SHEPCOTE LANE WEST JUNCTION TO TINSLEY SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Shepcote Lane West Junction
Tinsley South Junction
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Shepcote Lane East Jn – LN809
To/from Tinsley East Jn – LN830
LN812 SHEPCOTE LANE EAST JUNCTION TO BROUGHTON LANE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Shepcote Lane East Junction
Broughton Lane Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Tinsley Yard – LN809
To/From Woodburn Junction- LN830
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
44 of 310
LN814 TINSLEY NORTH JUNCTION TO SHEFFIELD TRAM TRANSFER LINE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Tinsley North Junction
Sheffield Tram W210
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
Tram Only To/from LN830
LN815 PARKGATE JUNCTION TO SHEFFIELD TRAM PARKGATE TRANSFER
LINE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Parkgate Junction
Sheffield Tram Parkgate
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
Tram Only To/from LN830
LN816 BEIGHTON JUNCTION TO WOODHOUSE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Beighton Junction
Beighton Station Junction Signal
Box
Woodhouse Junction
–
–
To/from Barrow Hill North Jn – LN806
–
–
To/from Woodburn Jn – LN736
LN818 HOLMES JUNCTION TO ROTHERHAM CENTRAL JUNCTION (HOLMES
CURVE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Holmes Junction
Rotherham Booth’s
Rotherham Central Junction
–
–
–
–
S
–
NOTES
To/from Meadowhall – LN804
To/from Aldwarke Jn – LN830
LN824 MOORTHORPE JUNCTION TO SOUTH KIRKBY JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Moorthorpe
South Kirkby Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Swinton – LN804
To/from Hare Park Jn – LN836
LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON
TIMING POINT
South Yorkshire Junction
St James’ Junction
Hexthorpe Sdgs
Hexthorpe Junction
Cadeby Up Goods Loop
Conisbrough
Mexborough
Swinton
DOWN
UP
CODE
GL
GL
–
GL
GL
– GL AL
–
–
–
–
X
S
–
–
–
NOTES
To/from Doncaster – LN101
To/from Bridge Jn – LN832
To/from Bentley Jn – LN766
S
S
To/from Thrybergh Jn – LN828
To/from Aldwarke Jn – LN804
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
45 of 310
LN828 MEXBOROUGH JUNCTION TO ALDWARKE JUNCTION VIA KILNHURST
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Mexborough Junction
Kilnhurst Up Goods Loop
Thrybergh Junction
Aldwarke Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Hexthorpe Junction – LN826
S
To/from Holmes Jn – LN804
To/from Rotherham Central – LN830
LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Aldwarke Junction
–
–
Aldwarke New Site
Aldwarke Jn Sig S738
Aldwarke Jn Sig S1092
Parkgate Junction
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Swinton – LN804
To/from Thrybergh Jn – LN828
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
X
Rotherham Central
Tinsley East Junction
Tinsley North Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
X
Tinsley South Junction
Broughton Lane Junction
Woodburn Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
Reversing point on Up Tinsley Line
Reversing point on Down Tinsley Line
To/from Sheffield Tram Parkgate, Tram
only – LN815
To/from Holmes Jn – LN818
To/from Sheffield Tram W210, Tram only
–LN814
To/from Shepcote Lane West Jn – LN810
To/from Shepcote Lane East Jn – LN812
To/from Nunnery Main Line Jn – LN736
LN832 DONCASTER BRIDGE JUNCTION TO ST. JAMES JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Bridge Junction
St. James Junction
GL–
GL
– WSL
GL
CODE
NOTES
To/from Decoy North Jn – LN101
To/from Nunnery Main Line Jn – LN736
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
46 of 310
LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Doncaster Marshgate Junction
Bentley
Adwick
Carcroft Junction
Adwick Junction
South Elmsall
South Kirkby Junction
Hemsworth Loops
Fitzwilliam
Wintersett
Hare Park Junction
Sandall and Agbrigg
Wakefield Westgate South
Junction
Wakefield Westgate
Prison Sidings
Wrenthorpe Sidings
Outwood
Copley Hill West Jn
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
To/from Doncaster – LN101
X
To/from Skellow Junction – LN846
To/from Skellow Junction – LN842
Holbeck Junction
Whitehall Jn
–
C E
UWC
–
–
Leeds West Junction
A B C
E F
BS CS
ES CN
CNS EN
DH D E
F UM
Leeds
–
B D E F
BS DS
DN DNS
EN FS
Marsh Lane Junction
– GL
–
–
–
S
To/from To/from Moorthorpe – LN824
S
S
S
Out of Use STNC/G1/2017/LNE/001
To/from Crofton West Jn – LN848
S
To/from Wakefield Kirkgate – LN850
–
–
CHC
–
–
–
–
–
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
S
X
Only when crossing to/from E or F lines or
UWC/DWC. Next/previous timing point
Whitehall Junction
To/from Mill Lane Jn – LN852
Not a timing point on A or B lines.
To/from Engine Shed Jn – LN840
To/from Armley Jn – LN922
The line codes shown between Leeds
West Jn and Leeds in both directions are
the lines the train is on at Leeds West Jn.
The line codes shown between Leeds
West Jn and Whitehall Jn are the lines the
trains are on at the east side of Whitehall
Jn.
Line codes other than those shown are
available for ARS/SSI alternative routes
but should not be used for normal
timetabling purposes. Further details are
available from the Operational Planning
Project Manager, Network Rail.
F Line to be used in Down direction for
Platform 16/17 only.
Line codes ending in ‘S’ are for trains to
Platforms 11 and 12 east end only via
Platforms 11 and 12 West.
Line codes ending in ‘N’ are ARS “NonFavourite” routes.
To/from Engine Shed Jn – LN872
Platform detail must be shown.
Line codes ending in ‘S’ are for trains from
Platforms 11 and 12 east end only via
Platforms 11 and 12 West.
Line codes ending in ‘N’ are ARS “NonFavourite” routes.
X
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
47 of 310
LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Marsh Lane Tilcon
Neville Hill West Jn
–
–
– FL GL
Neville Hill T&RSMD
Neville Hill Up Sidings
Neville Hill East Junction
–
–
–
–
GL
GL –
CODE
NOTES
S
Trains in up direction from Neville Hill
T&RSMD must be shown FL or GL
To/from Hunslet East - LN900
S
S
X
To/from Cross Gates – LN898
LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA
HARROGATE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Armley Jn
Burley Park
Headingley
Horsforth
Weeton
Rigton LC
Pannal
Hornbeam Park
Harrogate
Starbeck
Knaresborough
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UH
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Cattal
Hammerton
Poppleton
Skelton Jn
–
–
–
– DL
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Whitehall Jn – LN922
S
S
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
Platform detail must be shown
Token Exchange Point
Token Exchange Point
Token Exchange Point
Token Exchange Point
To/from York – LN600
To/from York Yard – LN618
LN840 ENGINE SHED JUNCTION TO WHITEHALL EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Engine Shed Junction
DWC
UWC
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Stourton Jn – LN872
Whitehall East Junction
To/from Copley Hill East Junction – LN836
To/from Holbeck Junction or Armley
Junction – LN836
LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Thorpe Marsh Junction
Applehurst Junction
Skellow Junction
Adwick Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Hatfield & Stainforth – LN888
To/from Joan Croft Jn – LN844
To/from Carcroft Jn – LN846
To/from South Kirkby Jn – LN836
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
48 of 310
LN844 APPLEHURST JUNCTION TO JOAN CROFT JUNCTION (APPLEHURST
LOOP)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Applehurst Jn
Joan Croft Jn
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Hatfield & Stainforth – LN842
To/from Temple Hirst Jn – LN600
LN846 CARCROFT JUNCTION TO SKELLOW JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Carcroft Jn
Skellow Jn
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Adwick – LN836
To/from Applehurst Jn – LN842
LN848 HARE PARK JUNCTION TO CROFTON WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Hare Park Junction
Crofton West Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from South Kirby Junction – LN836
To/from Turners Lane Jn –LN822
LN850 WAKEFIELD WESTGATE SOUTH JUNCTION TO WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE
WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
Wakefield Westgate South
Junction
Wakefield Kirkgate West Junction
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
To/from Wakefield Westgate – LN836
To/from Wakefield Kirkgate – LN854
LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Holbeck Junction
Bramley
New Pudsey
Laisterdyke
Laisterdyke Sig M1558
––
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
S
Hammerton Street Loop
Mill Lane Junction
Bradford Interchange
–
–
–
–
–
–
NOTES
To/from Whitehall Jn – LN836
Reversal point on Down line
S
To/from Halifax – LN858
Platform detail must be shown
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Hall Royd Junction
–
–
Hebden Bridge
Mytholmroyd
Signal HB7
Signal MR8
Sowerby Bridge
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Littleborough – NW7001
To/from Copy Pit – NW7009
S
Down trains only
Up trains only
S
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
49 of 310
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Milner Royd Junction
Greetland Junction
Brighouse
Bradley Wood Junction
Heaton Lodge Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Heaton Lodge East Junction
–
Mirfield
Mirfield East Junction
Thornhill LNW Junction
–
–
–
FL SL
FL SL
–
S
Dewsbury East Junction
Healey Mills Yard
Healey Mills B Junction
Horbury Up Goods Loop
Horbury Junction
Wakefield Kirkgate West Junction
–
–
X
S
S
S
FL SL
–
–
–
–
–
Wakefield Kirkgate
– GL
FL SL
Turner’s Lane Junction
Normanton
Altofts Junction
Whitwood Junction
Castleford West Junction
Castleford
Milford Junction
–
–
–
–
– GL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Milford Loops
Sherburn Junction
Sherburn-in-Elmet
Church Fenton
–
–
–
NNL
LSL
–
–
–
–
S
X
S
NNL
LSL
LSL
NNL
LSL
NNL
LSL
NNL
NNL
LSL
S
Church Fenton North Junction
Ulleskelf
Colton South Junction
Colton Junction
CODE
NOTES
To/from Dryclough Jn – LN858
To/from Dryclough Jn – LN859
S
To/from Bradley Jn – LN861
Up trains only
To Huddersfield – LN860
Down Trains only
From Huddersfield – LN860
X
S
X
Trains from Dewsbury and trains towards
Healey Mills only
To/from Dewsbury Railway Street – LN864
To/from Barnsley – LN868
To/from Wakefield Westgate South Jn –
LN850
Platform details must be shown.
To/from Calder Bridge Jn – LN882
To/from Calder Bridge Jn – LN870
To/from Methley Jn – LN872
To/from Methley Jn – LN874
To/from Pontefract Monkhill – LN875
To/from Ferrybridge North Jn/Gascoigne
Wood Jn – LN804
To/from Gascoigne Wood – LN878
Platform details must be shown
To/from Micklefield – LN902
X
To/from Hambleton North Jn/York – LN600
LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO BRADFORD MILL LANE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Milner Royd Junction
Dryclough Junction
Halifax Reversing Sdg
Halifax
Low Moor
Mill Lane Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Sowerby Bridge – LN854
To/from Greetland Jn – LN859
S
S
To/from Bradford Interchange – LN852
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
50 of 310
LN859 GREETLAND JUNCTION TO DRYCLOUGH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Greetland Jn
Dryclough Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Brighouse – LN854
To/from Halifax – LN858
LN860 DIGGLE JN TO COPLEY HILL EAST JN
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Diggle Junction
Marsden
–
–
–
–
Slaithwaite
Huddersfield
Deighton
Bradley Junction
Heaton Lodge Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Heaton Lodge East Junction
–
Mirfield
Mirfield East Junction
Thornhill LNW Junction
–
–
FL SL
FL SL
–
S
Ravensthorpe
–
–
S
Dewsbury
Batley
Morley
Cottingley
Copley Hill East Jn
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
NOTES
To/from Greenfield – NW7021
Platform detail must be shown
S
Platform detail must be shown
S
To/from Bradley Wood Jn – LN861
Up trains only
To Bradley Wood Junction – LN854
Down trains only
From Bradley Wood Junction – LN854
From Horbury Junction – LN854
Trains from Dewsbury and trains towards
Healey Mills only
To Horbury Junction – LN854
Line/Platform detail must be shown
S
S
To/from Whitehall Road Jn – LN836
LN861 BRADLEY JUNCTION TO BRADLEY WOOD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Bradley Junction
Bradley Wood Junction
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Huddersfield – LN860
To/from Brighouse – LN854
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
51 of 310
LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Barnsley Station Junction
Dodworth
Silkstone Common
Penistone
Denby Dale
Clayton West Junction
Shepley
Stocksmoor
Brockholes
Berry Brow
Lockwood
Springwood Junction
Huddersfield
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
NOTES
To/from Barnsley – LN868
S
S
S
S
S
X
Only trains not terminating in Platform 2
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Heaton Lodge East Jn – LN860
LN864 DEWSBURY RAILWAY STREET BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Dewsbury Railway Street
–
Dewsbury East Junction
–
UP
CODE
NOTES
–
X
To/from Horbury Jn – LN854
LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Wincobank Junction
Meadowhall
Ecclesfield West SB
Chapeltown
Elsecar
Wombwell
Barnsley
Barnsley Station Junction
Darton
Woolley Coal Sdg SB
Horbury Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– SL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
FL SL
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
S
To/from Nunnery Mainline Jn – LN804
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Penistone – LN862
S
To/from Wakefield Kirkgate – LN854
LN870 TURNER’S LANE JUNCTION TO CALDER BRIDGE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Turner’s Lane Junction
Calder Bridge Junction
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Altofts Jn – LN854
To/from Crofton West Jn – LN882
LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Altofts Junction
Wakefield Europort
–
–
–
S
NOTES
To/from Wakefield Kirkgate – LN854
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
52 of 310
LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Methley Junction
Woodlesford
Stourton Junction
Leeds Signal L928
Leeds Signal L929
Leeds Freightliner Terminal
Hunslet South Junction
Leeds Balm Road
Leeds Stourton RMC
Hunslet SS
Hunslet Station Junction
Holbeck Depot
Engine Shed Junction
–
–
– AD
–
–
–
AD
–
–
–
–
–
Leeds West Junction
AD
–
–
–
DM
DWC
UWC
E
– AD
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Whitwood Jn – LN874
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
X
S
Crew change location
Crew change location
To/from Whitehall Jn – LN840
UM DM
To/from Leeds – LN836
LN874 METHLEY JUNCTION TO WHITWOOD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Methley Junction
Whitwood Junction
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Woodlesford – LN872
To/from Castleford – LN854
LN875 CASTLEFORD WEST JUNCTION TO PONTEFRACT WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Castleford West Junction
Glasshoughton
Pontefract West Junction
–
–
S
NOTES
To/from Castleford – LN854
To/from Pontefract Monkhill – LN882
LN878 SHERBURN JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Sherburn Junction
Gascoigne Wood Junction
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Church Fenton – LN854
To/from Hambleton West Jn – LN898
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
53 of 310
LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
York
–
Scarborough Bridge Junction
Bootham
–
-
– NNL
LSL
–
Strensall
Barton Hill
Kirkham Abbey
Malton
Weaverthorpe
Seamer West Junction
Seamer
Scarborough
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Colton Jn – LN600
S
Steam locomotive watering point in down
direction
–
–
–
–
To/from Filey – LN914
–
–
–
Platform detail must be shown
LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE
JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Wakefield Kirkgate
–
–
Wakefield Withams Cobra
Calder Bridge Junction
Oakenshaw Up Goods Loop
Oakenshaw Junction
Crofton West Junction
Crofton East Junction
Crofton Depot
Crofton East Spur
Streethouse
Featherstone
Pontefract Tanshelf
Pontefract West Junction
Pontefract Monkhill
Pontefract East Jn
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Knottingley West Junction
–
–
Knottingley
Knottingley WRD
Knottingley TMD
Knottingley Signal FE6418
Knottingley
Up Goods Loop
Knottingley East Junction
England Lane LC
Sudforth Lane SB
Kellingley Colliery
Sudforth Lane Down Sidings
Sudforth Lane Up RS
–
UGL
–
–
CODE
NOTES
Wakefield Kirkgate West Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Horbury Jn – LN854
To/from Wakefield Westgate – LN850
S
To/from Turners Lane Jn – LN870
S
X
S
S
S
S
S
X
–
P
S
S
S
UGL
S
– UGL
–
–
S
–
–
To/from Oakenshaw South Jn – LN884
To/from Hare Park Jn – LN848
To/from Oakenshaw South Jn – LN886
To/from Castleford – LN875
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Ferrybridge South Jn – LN892
To/from Ferrybridge North Jn – LN888
To/from Knottingley South Jn – LN888
Crew change location
Crew change location
S
S
S
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
54 of 310
LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE
JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Whitley Bridge
Whitley Bridge Jn.
Eggborough Power Station
Hensall
Drax Branch Junction
Snaith
Rawcliffe
Potters Grange Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
X
S
To/from Drax Power Station – LN896
X
To/from Thorne Junction – LN912
LN884 OAKENSHAW SOUTH JUNCTION TO OAKENSHAW JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Oakenshaw South Jn
Oakenshaw Jn
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Monk Bretton – LN886
To/from Calder Bridge Jn – LN882
LN886 MONK BRETTON LOOP TO CROFTON EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Monk Bretton
Royston Junction
Oakenshaw South Jn
Crofton East Jn
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Oakenshaw Jn – LN884
To/from Pontefract – LN882
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
55 of 310
LN888 HATFIELD AND STAINFORTH (STAINFORTH JUNCTION) TO
FERRYBRIDGE NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Hatfield & Stainforth
Thorpe Marsh Junction
Haywood Junction
Knottingley South Jn
–
–
–
–
SL
–
–
–
Knottingley West Junction
–
–
To/from Thorne Jn – LN752
To/from Applehurst Jn – LN842
To/from Shaftholme Junction –LN889
To/from Knottingley East Jn (England
Lane) – LN894
To/from Pontefract Monkhill – LN882
Ferrybridge North Junction
–
–
To/from Milford Junction – LN804
LN889 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO HAYWOOD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Shaftholme Jn
Haywood Junction
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Doncaster – LN101
To/from Ferrybridge North Junction –
LN888
LN892 PONTEFRACT EAST JUNCTION TO FERRYBRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Pontefract East Junction
Ferrybridge South Junction
–
–
X
To/from Pontefract Monkhill – LN882
To/from Milford Jn – LN804
LN894 KNOTTINGLEY SOUTH JUNCTION TO KNOTTINGLEY EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Knottingley South Junction
Knottingley East Junction
–
–
–
–
FSX
To/from Shaftholme Jn – LN888
To/from Sudforth Lane – LN882
LN896 DRAX POWER STATION BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Drax Branch Jn
Drax Power Station Signal D17
Drax Power Station
–
–
–
–
FX
To/from Sudforth Lane – LN882
–
LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Neville Hill East Junction
Cross Gates
Garforth
East Garforth
Micklefield
Micklefield Junction
–
–
–
–
–
GL –
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Leeds – LN836
S
S
To/from Church Fenton – LN902
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
56 of 310
LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
South Milford
Gascoigne Wood Junction
–
–
–
–
S
Gascoigne Wood Down Loop
Gascoigne Wood Down Sidings
Gascoigne Wood Up Sidings
Hambleton West Junction
Hambleton East Junction
Selby West Junction
–
–
–
–
–
– UL
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Selby South Junction
Selby
Barlby Loop
Selby Potter Group
Wressle
Howden
Eastrington
Gilberdyke
Broomfleet
Crabley Creek Signal Box
Brough
Brough East Signal Box
Melton Lane Signal Box
Ferriby
Hessle
Hull Yard
Hessle East Junction
Dairycoats (Tilcon)
Hessle Road Junction
Anlaby Road Junction
Botanic Gardens TMD
West Parade Junction
Hull
NOTES
To/from Sherburn Jn – LN878
To/from Milford Jn – LN804
X
To/from Hambleton South Jn – LN904
To/from Hambleton North Jn – LN906
To Selby Platform 3
To/from Selby Canal Jn – LN908
To/from Selby Canal Jn – LN910
Platform detail must be shown
S
S
S
S
S
To/from Goole – LN912
S
Signal Box for AB Section
–
– SL
S
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
S
XF
S
–
–
–
–
–
XF
S
Signal Box for AB Section
Signal Box for AB Section
Slow Line between Ferriby and Welton
Lane LC
To/from Hull Saltend – LN916
To/from West Parade North Jn – LN920
To/from West Parade North Jn – LN914
Platform detail must be shown
–
LN900 NEVILLE HILL WEST JUNCTION TO HUNSLET EAST
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Neville Hill West Jn
Hunslet East
–
– FL GL
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Neville Hill – LN836
LN902 MICKLEFIELD JUNCTION TO CHURCH FENTON NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
Micklefield Junction
Church Fenton
Church Fenton North Junction
DOWN
UP
NNL
LSL
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Leeds – LN898
Platform detail must be shown
To/from York – LN854
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
57 of 310
LN904 HAMBLETON SOUTH JUNCTION TO HAMBLETON WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Hambleton South Jn
Hambleton West Jn
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Shaftholme Jn – LN600
To/from Neville Hill East Jn – LN898
LN906 HAMBLETON EAST JUNCTION TO HAMBLETON NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Hambleton East Jn
Hambleton North Jn
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Selby – LN898
To/from York – LN600
LN908 SELBY WEST JUNCTION TO SELBY CANAL JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Selby West Junction
Selby Canal Junction
–
–
–
–
X
XF
To/from Hambleton East – LN898
To/from Temple Hirst Jn – LN910
LN910 TEMPLE HIRST JUNCTION TO SELBY SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Temple Hirst Junction
Selby Canal Junction
Selby South Junction
–
–
–
–
XF
To/from Shaftholme Jn – LN600
To/from Temple Hirst Jn – LN910
To/from Selby – LN898
LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Thorne Junction
Thorne North
Goole Glassworks
Potters Grange Junction
Goole Docks
Goole Up & Down Goods Loop
Goole
Saltmarshe
Gilberdyke Junction
–
–
–
–
– SL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Hatfield & Stainforth – LN752
S
S
X
S
S
To/from Rawcliffe – LN882
Platform detail must be shown
S
To/from Brough – LN898
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
58 of 310
LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Hull
West Parade Junction
West Parade North Junction
Walton St. Junction
Cottingham
Beverley
Arram
Hutton Cranswick
Driffield
Nafferton
Bridlington
Bempton
Hunmanby
Filey
Seamer West Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UP
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
X
X
S
NOTES
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Anlaby Road Jn – LN898
To/from Anlaby Road Jn – LN920
To/from Springbank North Jn – LN918
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
S
To/from Scarborough – LN880
LN916 HESSLE ROAD JUNCTION TO SALTEND
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Hessle Road Junction
Springbank South Junction
Springbank North Junction
Bridges Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Hull Dock Security Gates
Hedon Road Sdgs
Hull Coal Terminal
Hull Saltend BP
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Brough – LN898
To/from Walton St. Jn – LN918
–
–
–
–
LN918 SPRINGBANK NORTH JUNCTION TO WALTON STREET JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Springbank North Jn
Walton Street Jn
–
–
–
–
X
To/from Hessle Road Jn – LN916
To/from Hull – LN914
LN920 ANLABY ROAD JUNCTION TO WEST PARADE NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
NOTES
Anlaby Road Jn
West Parade North Jn
–
–
–
–
X
X
To/from Hessle Road Jn – LN898
To/from Beverley – LN914
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
59 of 310
LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Whitehall Junction
DS US
Armley Junction
–
Kirkstall Down Loop
Kirkstall Up Loop
Kirkstall Forge
Apperley Junction
Apperley Bridge
Dockfield Junction
Shipley East Jn
Shipley
Shipley West Jn
Saltaire
Bingley
Crossflatts
Keighley
Keighley Station Jn
Steeton and Silsden
Cononley
Skipton Sig. L4031
–
–
–
–
–
C D
UWC
DWC
US UH
DS DH
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Skipton Sig. L4549
Skipton Down Stabling Siding
Skipton
Skipton Middle Jn
Broughton Road CS
Down Shipley Slow
Skipton Signal L4046
Gargrave
Hellifield South Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
Not a timing point on A or B/Down or Up
Shipley Main lines
To/from Leeds – LN836
S
S
S
To/from Ilkley – LN924
S
To/from Baildon – LN926
To/from Bradford Forster Square – LN928
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Shipley South Jn – LN932
S
S
S
S
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Keighley & Worth Valley Railway
Regulation/reversal point on Down Shipley
Main
Reversal point on Up Shipley Main
S
–
–
–
–
–
–
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Rylstone – LN930
S
S
S
S
Regulation point on Up Shipley Main
To/from Settle Jn – NW9901
LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY
Apperley Junction
Esholt Junction
Guiseley
Menston
Burley in Wharfedale
Ben Rhydding
Ilkley
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
To/from Leeds – LN922
To/from Dockfield Junction – LN926
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
LN926 DOCKFIELD JUNCTION TO ESHOLT JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
CODE
Dockfield Junction
Baildon
Esholt Junction
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
NOTES
To/from Shipley – LN922
To/from Ilkley – LN924
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
60 of 310
LN928 SHIPLEY EAST JUNCTION TO BRADFORD FORSTER SQUARE
TIMING POINT
Shipley East Junction
Shipley
Shipley South Junction
Shipley Crossley Evans
Frizinghall
Bradford Forster Square
DOWN
UP
–
–
–
–
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Leeds – LN922
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Shipley West Jn – LN932
S
S
Platform detail must be shown
LN930 SKIPTON MIDDLE JUNCTION TO RYLSTONE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Skipton Middle Junction
Rylstone
UP
CODE
NOTES
To/from Skipton – LN922
–
LN932 SHIPLEY SOUTH JUNCTION TO SHIPLEY WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Shipley South Junction
Shipley
Shipley West Junction
–
–
CODE
NOTES
To/from Bradford Forster Square – LN928
Platform detail must be shown
To/from Skipton – LN922
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
61 of 310
2.2 Route Opening Hours
LINE OF ROUTE
Subject to constraints imposed by Rules of the Route, all routes are open continuously, except as shown below.
The hours shown reflect the contractual opening hours. The actual opening hours may vary from those shown. If
there is doubt about a signalbox’s opening hours check with the appropriate Network Rail Operations Manager.
When the routes shown are required for services diverted under the Rules of the Route, opening hours will be
increased as necessary on a temporary basis.
Signal boxes equipped to be switched–out during a route’s opening hours are shown within the routes concerned.
PLT denotes passage of last train.
LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Werrington Junction to
Gainsborough Trent West
Junction (Inclusive)
Gainsborough Trent West
Junction (Exclusive) to Bessacarr
Junction
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
From 0930 Mon
Until 2130
Closed
LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Allington West Jn to Boston
Boston to Skegness
0610 – 2310
0620 – 2156
0610 – 2310
0620 – 2156
0835 – 2135
0925 – 2125
LN190 ALLINGTON EAST JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION
(ALLINGTON CHORD)
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Allington East Junction to Allington
North Junction
0515 – 2309
0515 – 2309
0905 – 2320
LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN
(INCLUSIVE)
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Grantham Nottingham Jn to
Allington West Junction
0515 – 2305
0515 – 2305
0905 – 2320
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
62 of 310
LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Wrawby Junction to Pelham Street
Junction
Continuous
Until 2320
From1045
LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Newark Castle to Swinderby
Swinderby to West
Holmes/Pyewipe Jn.
Continuous
Continuous
Until 2300
Until 2320
From 1525
From 1045
LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST
JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Northallerton High Jn to
Northallerton East Jn.
Continuous
0000 – 2359
0830 – 2400
LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE
COAST
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Longlands Jn to Stockton Cut
Stockton Cut to Billingham
Billingham Junction to Belasis
Lane
Greatham to Sunderland (excl)
Sunderland (excl) to South Hylton
Sunderland to High Level Bridge
Junction
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
0000 –2359
0000 –20:00
Continuous
08:01 – 2400
22:00–23:59
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
0000 –0056*
Continuous
Continuous
0800 – 2400
Continuous
Continuous
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Greatham to Sunderland (excl) closes at 0056 vice 2350 SO
LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Darlington South to Allens West
0515 –0030*
0712* – 2356*
0510* – 0030*
Low Gates to Eaglescliffe
Continuous
0000 – 2359
0830 – 2400
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Darlington South to Allens West opens at 0510 vice 0515 and closes at 0030 vice 2345 SX
Darlington South to Allens West closes at 0030 vice 2345 SO
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
63 of 310
LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Darlington South to Allens West opens at 0712 vice 0730 and closes at 2356 vice 2345 SUN
LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Newport East to Saltburn
Continuous
0000 – 2359
0830 – 2400
Middlesbrough open
from 0730
LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Guisborough Junction to Whitby
0636 –2130*
0636 – 2130*
0800 – 2000 (All Year
Shunts at signal M695 controlled
Round)*
by Middlesbrough Signal Box.
Check EAS and Compendium of
Signal Box Opening Times
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Guisborough Junction to Whitby closes 2130 vice 2124 SX
Guisborough Junction to Whitby closes 2130 vice 2124 SO
Guisborough Junction to Whitby opens All Year Round vice Summer Months Only
LN642 SALTBURN WEST JUNCTION TO BOULBY POTASH MINE
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Saltburn West Jn. To Boulby
Continuous
0000 – 2359
0830 – 2359
LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Norton South to Ferryhill
Norton East Junction to Norton
West Junction
Continuous
As required
0000 – 1401
As required
Closed
Closed
LN664 BOLDON EAST JUNCTION TO BOLDON NORTH JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Boldon East Jn to Boldon North Jn
Continuous
0000 – 2300
0800 – 2400
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
64 of 310
LN666 BOLDON WEST JUNCTION TO TYNE DOCK
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Boldon West to Green Lane
Junction
Green Lane Junction to Tyne
Biomass/Coal Loading Sidings
Continuous
0000 – 2300
0800 – 2400
Not NR Infrastructure
Not NR Infrastructure
Not NR Infrastructure
LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Darlington North Junction to
Bishop Auckland and Eastgate
0645–2230
0645–2230
07:30-20:00
LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE
JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Blaydon to Petteril Bridge
Open continuously from 0001 – 2350*
0840 – 2200
0540 (Mon)
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Blaydon to Petteril Bridge closes 2350 vice 2340 SO
LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA
BEDLINGTON
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Benton Junction to Morpeth (via Bedlington)
0530 - 2200*
0530 - 2200*
Closed
Bedlington to Blyth
0530 - 2200*
0530 - 2200*
Closed
Marcheys House to Lynemouth
0530 - 2200*
0530 - 2200*
Closed
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific GB Railfreight Ltd
services. These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between GB
Railfreight Ltd and Network Rail.
Benton Junction to Morpeth (via Bedlington) Closes at 22:00 vice 21:00 SX
Bedlington to Blyth Closes at 22:00 vice 21:00 SX
Marcheys House to Lynemouth Closes at 22:00 vice 21:00 SX
Benton Junction to Morpeth (via Bedlington) Opens at 05:30 vice 09:00 AND Closes at 22:00 vice 15:30 SO
Bedlington to Blyth Opens at 05:30 vice 09:00 AND Closes at 22:00 vice 15:30 SO
Marcheys House to Lynemouth Opens at 05:30 vice 09:00 AND Closes at 22:00 vice 15:30 SO
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
65 of 310
LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Habrough to Grimsby (excl)
Wrawby Junction (excl) to
Gainsborough Central
0450 – 0002
1400 – 2359 (Mon –
Fri)
0000 – 0600 (Tue – Fri)
0540 – 2359
Continuous
Continuous
0450 – 0002
00.00 – 2100
0930 – 0045
Closed
Gainsborough Trent Junction
0000 – 2152
09:25* - 23:15*
West Burton to Shireoaks (incl)
Continuous
Continuous
Shireoaks (excl) to Woodburn
0500 – 2359
08:30* – 23:50*
Junction (excl)
Woodburn Junction to Nunnery
Continuous
0000 – 2400
08:30* – 24:00
ML Junction
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Gainsborough Trent Junction opens at 09:25 vice 13:40 on Sundays.
Shireoaks to Woodburn Junction and Woodburn Junction to Nunnery Main Line opens at 08:30 vice 13:50 on
Sundays.
Gainsborough Trent Junction closes at 23:15 vice 23:00 on Sundays.
Shireoaks to Woodburn Junction closes at 23:50 vice 23:00 Sundays.
LN740 GRIMSBY MARSH WEST JUNCTION TO HUMBER ROAD JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
Immingham/Grimsby Light
Railway
Open as Required
SO
SUN
LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Humber Road Junction to
Immingham West
Continuous
0000 – 2400
0801 – 2400
LN744 ULCEBY NORTH JUNCTION TO BARTON ON HUMBER
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Ulceby to Barton on Humber
0620 – 2232
0620 – 2232
1000 – 1940
LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Brancliffe East Junction to St
Catherine’s Junction
Continuous
0000 – 1530
1400 – 2400
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
66 of 310
LN768 MANSFIELD WOODHOUSE TO SHIREOAKS EAST JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Mansfield Woodhouse to
Shireoaks Junctions
Continuous
0000 – 2300
1400 – 2400
LN774 BARROW HILL NORTH JUNCTION TO OXCROFT DISPOSAL POINT
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Barrow Hill to Oxcroft/Bolsover
0530 – 2209
0530 – 1445
1500 – 2100
LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
High Marnham and Branches to
Shirebrook Junctions
Continuous
0000 – 2200
1500 –2400
LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Swinton Junction to South Kirkby
Continuous
0000 – 2400
0845* – 2400
Moorthorpe (excl) to Gascoigne
Continuous
0000 – 2300
0750 – 2400
Wood
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Swinton Junction to South Kirkby opens at 0845 vice 0900 SUN
LN809 SHEPCOTE LANE WEST JUNCTION TO TINSLEY YARD EAST END
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Tinsley South Junction to Tinsley
Yard
Continuous
0000 – 2359
1350 – 2400
LN816 BEIGHTON JUNCTION TO WOODHOUSE JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Beighton Junction (excl) to
Continuous
0001 –0015*
1330 – 2359
Woodhouse Junction (excl)
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Beighton Junction (excl) to Woodhouse Junction (excl) closes at 0015 vice 2200 SO
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
67 of 310
LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Rotherham Central (excl) to
Continuous
0000 – 2359
0830 – 2400
Woodburn Junction
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Supertram services. These
are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Stagecoach Supertram and
Network Rail.
Rotherham Central(excl) to Woodburn Junction Opening hours opens 0830 Sunday vice 1350 Sunday
LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA
HARROGATE
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Armley Junction to Harrogate
0540 –0020*
0540 –0020*
0905* – 0015
0540 –0020*
0540 –0020*
0905* – 2355
Harrogate (excl) to Skelton
0650 –2248*
0650 –2248*
1140 –2155*
Junction
0635 –2318*
0635 –2318*
1115 –2225*
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Armley Junction to Harrogate closes 0020 vice 0010 SX (Applies in both directions)
Armley Junction to Harrogate closes 0020 vice 0010 SO (Applies in both directions)
Armley Junction to Harrogate opens 0905 vice 0930 SUN (Applies in both directions)
Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2248 vice 2226 SX (Applies in Up Direction only)
Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2318 vice 2235 SX (Applies in Down Direction Only)
Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2248 vice 2226 SO (Applies in Up Direction only)
Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2318 vice 2235 SO (Applies in Down Direction Only)
Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2155 vice 2150 SUN (Applies in Up Direction only)
Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2225 vice 2210 SUN (Applies in Down Direction Only)
LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Holbeck Junction (Exc) to
0500 – 0040
0520 – 0100
0740 –0020*
Bradford Interchange
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Holbeck Junction (Excl) to Bradford Interchange closes 0020 vice 0015 SUN
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
68 of 310
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Hebden Bridge to Milner Royd
Junction
Milner Royd Junction to Heaton
Lodge Junction
Healey Mills to Horbury Junction
Horbury Junction to Castleford
Castleford to Milford Junction
Continuous
0000 – 0050 Sun*
0820 – 2359
Continuous
Continuous
0840 – 2359
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
0001 –2359
0000 – 2400
0000 – 2300
0000 – 2400
0000 – 2300
0845 – 2359
0835* – 2400
0800 – 2400
0840 – 2400
0750 – 2400
Milford Junction to Church Fenton Continuous
(excl)
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Hebden Bridge to Milner Royd Junction Opens 0000 and closes 0050 Sun vice Continuous SO
Horbury Junction to Castleford Opens 0835 vice 0845 Sun
LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO BRADFORD MILL LANE JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Dryclough Junction to Greetland
0520 – 0035
0535 – 2355
0845 – 2315
Junction
Milner Royd Junction to Mill Lane
0530 –0035
0555 –0035
0810 – 0015
Junction
0500 – 0040
0520 – 0100
0740 – 0015
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Milner Royd Junction to Mill Lane Junction closes 0035 vice 0010 SX (Applies in the Down direction only)
Milner Royd Junction to Mill Lane Junction closes 0035 vice 0025 SO (Applies in the Down direction only)
LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Barnsley Station Junction to
0600 – 2359
0600 – 2359
0905*– 2055*
Huddersfield
0555 – 2355
0555 – 2355
0905*– 2055*
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Barnsley Station Junction to Huddersfield opens 0905 vice 0945 and closes 2055 vice 2015 SUN (Applies in the
Down Direction only)
Barnsley Station Junction to Huddersfield opens 0905 vice 0910 and closes 2055 vice 2034 SUN (Applies in the
Up Direction only)
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
69 of 310
LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Wincobank Junction (excl) to
0445 –0012* FSX
0445 – 2350
0825 – 2330
Barnsley
0445 –0012* FO
Barnsley Station Junction to
0600 –2359
0600 – 2359
0855* – 2325
Horbury Junction
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Wincobank Junction (Excl) to Barnsley closes 0012 vice 0005 FSX
Wincobank Junction (Excl) to Barnsley closes 0012 vice 2350 FO
Barnsley Station Junction to Horbury Junction opens 0855 vice 0915 SUN
LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Altofts Junction – Leeds (excl)
Continuous
0000 – 2400
0820* – 2400
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Altofts Junction to Leeds (Excl) opens 0820 vice 0830 SUN
LN875 CASTLEFORD WEST JUNCTION TO PONTEFRACT WEST JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Castleford (excl) to Pontefract
Continuous
0000 – 2400
0900* – 2400
Monkhill (excl)
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Castleford (Excl) to Pontefract Monkhill (Excl) opens 0900 vice 0940 SUN
LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
York to Scarborough
0600 –2335*
0600 –2335*
0845 –2335*
* Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific TransPennine Express
services. These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between
TransPennine Express and Network Rail.
York to Scarborough Opens at 0600 SX and SO and closes 2335 SX, SO and SU vice 2330 SX, SO and SU
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
70 of 310
LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE
JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Wakefield Kirkgate to Pontefract
Continuous
0000 –0005*
0845 – 2400
East Junction (excl)
Pontefract East Junction (incl) to
Continuous
Continous
Continuous
Drax Branch Junction (incl)
Drax Branch Junction (incl) to
Continuous
Continous
Continuous
Drax Power Station
Drax Branch Junction (excl) to
Continuous
0000 – 2400
0845 – 2400
Goole Potter’s Grange Junction
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Wakefield Kirkgate to Pontefract East Junction (Excl) closes 0005 vice 2400 SO
LN886 MONK BRETTON LOOP TO CROFTON EAST JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Monk Bretton to Crofton East Jn
Continuous
0000 – 2400
0845 – 2400
LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Micklefield/Milford/Sherburn in
Elmet to Hambleton East
Hambleton East to Gilberdyke
(excl)
Gilberdyke to Hull (excl)
Continuous
0000 –2320
0735** – 2400
0525**– 2325**
0525** –2325**
0745** –2335**
0510 –2400**
0510– 0014
0835 – 2359
Selby to Temple Hirst
0550 – 2234
0602 – 2245
0900 – 2250*
* Signal Box opening hours are 1030 to 2215 (SUN) Any trains planned outside these hours require special
arrangements to be made with the L.O.M.
**Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North and
TransPennine Express services. These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis,
between TransPennine Express, Arriva Rail North and Network Rail.
Micklefield/Milford/Sherburn in Elmet to Hambleton East opens 0735 vice 0800 SUN and Closes 2320 SO vice
2300 SO
Hambleton East to Gilberdyke (Excl) opens 0525 vice 0552 and closes 2325 vice 2238 SX
Hambleton East to Gilberdyke (Excl) opens 0525 vice 0602 and closes 2325 vice 2245 SO
Hambleton East to Gilberdyke (Excl) opens 0745 vice 0850 and closes 2335 vice 2300 SUN
Gilberdyke to Hull (Excl) closes 2400 vice 2352 SX
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
71 of 310
LN912 THORNE JUNCTION. TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Thorne Junction to Gilberdyke
0522 –2335*
0522 –2335*
0835*– 0005*
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Thorne Junction to Gilberdyke closes 2335 vice 2310 SX
Thorne Junction to Gilberdyke closes 2335 vice 2310 SO
Thorne Junction to Gilberdyke opens 0835 vice 0845 and closes 0005 vice 2340 SUN
LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION
ROUTE SECTION
SX
SO
SUN
Hull to Bridlington
0540*– 2400*
0545 –2400*
0835* –2400*
Bridlington (excl) to Seamer
0615* –2148*
0630 –2148*
0920*– 2205*
*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.
These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and
Network Rail.
Hull to Bridlington opens 0540 vice 0545 and closes 2400 vice 2345 SX
Hull to Bridlington closes 2400 vice 2345 SO
Hull to Bridlington opens 0835 vice 0900 and closes 2400 vice 2100 SUN
Bridlington (Excl) to Seamer opens 0615 vice 0625 and closes 2148 vice 2118 SX
Bridlington (Excl) to Seamer closes 2148 vice 2118 SO
Bridlington (Excl) to Seamer opens 0920 vice 0950 and closes 2205 vice 1950 SUN
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
72 of 310
3 Electrification
3.1 Electrification Limits
Limits of the 25 kV AC and 750V DC electrification systems are contained in Table A of the Sectional Appendix to the
Working Timetables, issued by, Network Rail. Refer to Table A for the given location to identify the type of
electrification that applies.
3.2 Electrification Supply Restrictions
Under normal conditions, the electrification power supplies will not place any restrictions on the use of approved
electric traction. However, the Route Clearance sections of the Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetables,
issued by, Network Rail do tabulate restrictions on the movement of electric trains. Refer to Table A and select
Route Clearance.
Under maintenance conditions, certain sections of the electrified network may be blocked to electric traction. These
restrictions are contained within the Network Rail Rules of the Route for the appropriate year. Additional restrictions
may also arise in connection with engineering possessions requested through the Rules of the Route amendment
procedure.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
73 of 310
4 Rolling Stock Restrictions
4.1 Locomotive Route Availability
See the applicable Route Clearance table for the given location in Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetables,
issued by Network Rail. Refer to Table A, and select Route Clearance.
4.2 Passenger Stock Restrictions
See the applicable Route Clearance table for the given location in Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetables,
issued by Network Rail. Refer to Table A, and select Route Clearance.
4.3 Freight Wagon Restrictions
See the applicable Route Clearance table for the given location in Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetables,
issued by Network Rail. The Route Availability for a given location is in the ‘Signalling and Remarks’ column of Table
A. Route Clearance Table D5 Route clearance of freight vehicles gives further guidance on freight wagon
restrictions.
Trains conveying vehicles that have a heavy axle weight or other exceptional characteristics, or vehicles conveying
containers or swap bodies require an RT3973 form.
Note: The Rule Book GERT8000 Section TW4 of defines a container as an intermodal transport unit constructed to a
standard (usually specified by the ISO) suitable for conveyance by road, rail or sea.
Note: The Sectional Appendix does not cover the CTRL HS1. The CTRL has its own Working Manual.
4.4 Freight Train Load Limits
Trailing load limits for all traction types are contained in the Freight Loads Book published by Network Rail.
Note: It is important to understand the weight limitations that apply to trains especially over sections of heavily graded
routes. Coupling strength information is also contained in the Freight Loads Book. Coupling strength is important in
determining the trailing loads that trains can convey.
4.5 Freight Train Length Limits
Refer to the Freight Train Loads Book published by Network Rail for the length limits of freight trains.
Note: The Sectional Appendix quotes loop lengths in metres and feet. All lengths are exclusive of an allowance of
one locomotive.
4.6 Engineers’ Trains Restrictions
Some On Track Machines (OTMs) do not reliably activate track circuits. These OTMs must use one of the following
special reporting numbers 6Z09, 7Z09 or 8Z09*. Because these OTMs do not reliably activate track circuits it is not
possible to apply the headways and junction margins as outlined in Timetable Planning Rules consistently and it is
therefore not possible for Operational Planning to provide timings for these movements.
* Source GE/RT 8000–OTM
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
74 of 310
5 Running Times, Margins and Allowances
Except where otherwise stated, the information in this section of the Timetable Planning Rules reflects the general
rules used in developing the 1994/5 timetable (Several exceptions to the general rules were agreed for 1994/5 and
exceptions may continue to be possible with the specific agreement of Network Rail in every case.)
5.1 Sectional Running Times
The definition for Sectional Running Times (SRTs) is listed in Section 6.4 of the National TPRs.
5.1.1 Source of Current SRTs
The definitive catalogue of SRTs is Bplan.
5.1.2 Method of Calculation
SRTs are revised by Train Operators and Network Rail as part of the Revision of Timetable Planning Rules process
outlined in Network Code Part D 2.2. Normally they will not change from one timetable to the next. Network Rail will,
however, re–calculate SRTs for particular train/route combinations in the following circumstances:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Where a Train Operator anticipates using a train/route combination for which no suitable SRTs exist;
Where Network Rail anticipates a change to route data, e.g. line speed changes;
Where there is evidence that the SRTs in current use do not adequately represent real train performance;
Where it is cost–effective to re–calculate all SRTs on a route at the same time as a re–calculation for a particular
train type.
Network Rail will reflect the methodology and assumptions described in Section 6 of the National TPRs when
calculating TPR proposals, unless and to the extent documented otherwise in respect of any given proposal.
Timetable participants are encouraged to submit change proposals for review and consultation in line with the
national methodology, or in line with such alternative methodology and assumptions as favoured by the proposer.
NR will not seek to reject any proposal on the exclusive basis of the methodology employed, provided that the
methodology and assumptions are clearly stated and demonstrably adhered to in respect of the proposal
received.
SRT change proposals may be calculated in a number of ways including, but not limited to:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Through actual timing of trains
Use of On Train Monitoring Recorder (OTMR) systems
Ues of computer system actual values
Use of computer simulation tools
By any other agreed methodology
It is permissible to include percentage uplift in SRTs instead of applying engineering recovery allowances to be
agreed by all affected parties.
In the event that the application of different methodologies produces conflicting proposals, a joint observation
exercise should be undertaken to ascertain what happens in reality.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
75 of 310
5.1.3 New and Revised Sectional Running Times
New and revised SRTs revised by Train Operators and Network Rail on an individual basis. These should be
supplied by applying the methodology described in Section 6 of the National TPRs unless another methodology is
deemed appropriate, provided that the methodology and assumptions are clearly stated and demonstrably adhered
to in respect of the proposal received.
5.1.4 Timing of Trains Consisting of Passenger Vehicles on Goods Lines
The sectional running timings quoted for trains consisting of passenger vehicles on Goods Lines reflect the speeds
shown in the relevant Table ‘A’ of the appropriate Sectional Appendix. They do not constitute an authority to time
trains conveying passengers on a Goods Lines. Nor do they reflect the permitted speeds at which a train conveying
passengers can proceed. Network Rail will offer the sectional running times for trains conveying passengers on a
Goods Line on a train–by–train basis. For those times, please apply to the Capacity Planning Department.
Operations Publications publish the authority to allow the planned operation of trains conveying passengers on
Goods Lines. Before Operations Publications can grant authority, they require confirmation that the track is fit for
purpose and that there is a safe method of operation. Therefore, the Capacity Planning Department must apply to
the relevant Track Engineer and Operations Manager for confirmation of these requirements in writing. The Capacity
Planning Department must pass these responses to Operations Publications. The Capacity Planning Department is
responsible for advising Operations Publications of the requirement to operate a passenger train on a Goods Line at
least 8 weeks before the day of operation.
5.2 Headways
The definition for Headways is listed in Section 6.5 of the National TPRs.
5.2.1 Headway Values
All times are in minutes. All routes are shown.
Where track circuit block (TCB) signalling applies, the standard headways for each route are shown, together with
any exceptions.
AB indicates locations where absolute block signalling applies: here the headway is to be calculated from the transit
time of the first of each pair of trains running between the consecutive block posts being considered. To this transit
time shall be added 2 minutes to allow for the signaller’s actions. Exceptions are shown as AB and appear together
with the actual headway value to be used, which includes the allowance for signallers’ actions. Where there is an
intermediate block signal, the absolute block section concerned shall be between this signal and the next block post
in advance.
Single lines and other forms of signalling are shown, together with any values applicable, where they occur.
“OTNS” or “OT” indicates One Train Working with No Train Staff; “OTS” or “OT(S)” indicates One train Working with
Train Staff. “NST” indicates No Signaller token. In these cases only one train is allowed in the section at one time; a
second train cannot be allowed to enter the section until the first train has left the section.
“ETB” indicates Electric Token Block and “TB” indicates Tokenless Block for single lines.
“RB” indicates Radio Signalling where “long section tokens” can be issued between certain block posts during times
of low traffic volume.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
76 of 310
Where headways are shown as being “following a non stop” or “following a stopping“ these descriptions refer to the
service that the path is following. The headway value does not refer to running lines. The “following a stopping”
headway should be applied to a service following a preceding service which stops at either a station or any other
location for operational reasons. The ‘’following a non-stopping’’ headway should be applied to a service following a
preceding service which does not stop at that location. Immediately the preceding service stops at any location for
any reason, the headway should be amended to the "following stopping” value. If in doubt, apply the use of the
“following non-stop” headway.
Light engine movements to be treated as passenger trains when applying margins/allowances where there is a
passenger/freight differential.
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
King’s Cross to Hitchin Alexandra
Palace
Alexandra Palace to Woolmer
Green Junction
4
4
3
3
3
3* - Fast
3- Slow
3
3
3 – Fast
4 – Slow
4 – Fast
5 – Slow
3 – Fast
4 – Slow
4 – Fast
5 – Slow
Woolmer Green Junction to
Hitchin
Hitchin to Peterborough
Helpston to Stoke Junction
NOTES
*May be reduced to 2½ where a stopping service at
Knebworth has crossed to FL behind a non-stop
express service timed at 100mph or above
LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN120 WOOD GREEN NORTH JUNCTION TO LANGLEY JUNCTION (VIA
HERTFORD)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Alexandra Palace to Gordon Hill
Gordon Hill to Hertford
Hertford to Langley
3
5
3½
3
5
3½
Hertford to Langley
5
5
NOTES
Following a train not stopping at Watton – At –
Stone
Following a train stopping at Watton – At –Stone
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
77 of 310
LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Werrington Jn to Spalding
Spalding to Quadring
Quadring to Sleaford Sth Jn
Sleaford Sth Jn to Sleaford North
Jn
Sleaford North Jn to
Metheringham
Metheringham to Pelham Street
Junction
Pelham Street Jn to Pyewipe Jn
Pyewipe Jn to Saxilby
Saxilby to Gainsborough Lea
Road
Gainsborough Lea Road to
Flyover East Junction
5
4
9
3
6
4
7½
3
6
5
6
7
3
5½
6½
3
5½
6½
4
4*
NOTES
* Absolute block for Beckingham to Gainsborough
Trent Junction
LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Allington West Junction to
Ancaster
Ancaster to Rauceby
Rauceby to Sleaford
Sleaford to Heckington
Heckington to Hubberts Bridge
Hubberts Bridge to Sibsey
Sibsey to Bellwater Junction
Signal Box
Bellwater Junction Signal Box to
Thorpe Culvert
Thorpe Culvert to Wainfleet
Wainfleet to Skegness
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
Single line
AB
Single line
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
NOTES
TB planned as AB
TB planned as AB
LN190 ALLINGTON EAST JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION
(ALLINGTON CHORD)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Allington East Junction to Allington
North Junction
AB
AB
NOTES
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
78 of 310
LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN
(INCLUSIVE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Nottingham Branch Junction to
Allington West Junction
AB
AB
NOTES
LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Wrawby Junction to Holton le
Moor
Holton le Moor to Wickenby SB
Wickenby SB to Langworth SB
Langworth SB to Pelham Street
Junction
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
NOTES
LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
NOTES
Standard Headway
6 Pass.
6 Pass.
Down
6 Freight following Pass.
8 when Freight following Freight
Up
6 Freight following Pass.
8 when Freight following Freight
Exceptions:
Approaching West Holmes Jn
Approaching Newark Flat
Crossing East Jn
5 if
following
a train
stopping
at
Hykeham
5 if
following
a train
stopping
at
Collingha
m
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
79 of 310
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
York to Colton Junction
4
4
4
4
NOTES
Down
A stopping service can follow 3 minutes behind non–
stop on Down Leeds line, and can arrive York 3
minutes behind stopping service
Up
A stopping service can follow 3 minutes behind non–
stop from York on the Up Leeds line.
York to Skelton Junction
Skelton Junction to Northallerton
King Edward Bridge South
Junction to Heaton South Junction
Benton North Junction
Signal EG402/403
3
4 – Fast
5 – Slow
3
3
4 – Fast
5 – Slow
3
5*
5*
* May be 4 if Class 1 service is following Class 1
service. Also, trains can be 4 minutes apart
passing Heaton South in either direction.
LN620 KING EDWARD BRIDGE EAST JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE
NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
Standard Headway
DOWN
TCB*
UP
TCB*
NOTES
*Plan as AB
LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST
JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
Standard Headway
DOWN
TCB*
UP
TCB*
NOTES
*Plan as AB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
80 of 310
LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE
COAST
Down Direction
HEADWAY AT
Longlands Junction
Boroughbridge Road LC
Northallerton East Jn
Yarm
FOLLOW
PASSENGER
n/a
n/a
4½
5*
FOLLOW
TWM
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
FOLLOW
FREIGHT
3½
3½
5½
3½
Eaglescliffe
Stockton Cut Jn
Hartburn Jn
Norton South Jn
Billingham Jn
Greatham SB
4
4
4
4
AB
5*
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
4
4
4
5
AB
4
Hartlepool
TCB treat as
AB*
n/a
TCB treat as AB
Horden Sig 7137
TCB treat as
AB*
n/a
TCB treat as AB
Seaham
Ryhope Grange Jn
Sunderland
5
5
3
n/a
n/a
4
5
5
4
Boldon West/Brockley W
Pelaw Metro Junction
Pelaw Junction
2½
n/a
5*
3
3
n/a
3½
n/a
3
Park Lane J (to Newcastle)
High Level Bridge Jn
3
3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
NOTES
*If 1st train stopping
Yarm; 3 if not
*If 1st train stopping;
4 if not
*A train stopping
Hartlepool can
depart 4” after
preceeding train but
{2} required before
Horden
*Second train pass
Horden 1” after
passenger
arrive/pass
Seaham; 2” after
freight from south
pass Seaham. A
freight from
Seaham Harbour
does not affect
headway from
Horden
If 2nd train freight,
see margins
*If 1st train stopping
Heworth; 2 if not
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
81 of 310
LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE
COAST
Up Direction
HEADWAY AT
FOLLOW
PASSENGER
2½
2½
2½
n/a
2½
FOLLOW
TWM
n/a
n/a
See margins
2½
2½
FOLLOW
FREIGHT
n/a
5
4½
n/a
5½*
Sunderland
Ryhope Grange Jn
Seaham
5
5
TCB treat as
AB*
n/a
n/a
n/a
5
5
TCB treat as AB*
Horden Sig 7148
Hartlepool
6
5*
n/a
n/a
7
4
Greatham SB
Billingham Jn
Norton South Jn
Hartburn Jn
Stockton Cut Jn
Eaglescliffe
AB
4
4
4
4
5½*
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
AB
6
4
4
4
4
Yarm
5*
n/a
4½
Northallerton East Jn
Boroughbridge Road LC
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
3½
3½
High Level Bridge Jn
Park Lane Junction
Pelaw Junction
Pelaw Metro Junction
Boldon West/Brockley W
NOTES
*High figure due to
signaling restriction;
see Margins
*In Up Direction, 2nd
train can
pass/depart
Seaham 1”
(passenger) 2”(
freight going to
Hartlepool) after 1st
train pass
Horden. freight
trains to Seaham
Harbour can pass
Seaham 5” after
preceding train
*If 1st train stopping;
4 if not
*If 1st train stopping
Yarm; 3½ if not
*If 1st train stopping
Yarm; 4 if not
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
82 of 310
LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
South Hylton to Sunderland
4
4
NOTES
LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
5
5
NOTES
LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Middlesbrough to Redcar Central
Redcar Central to Saltburn West
Junction
Saltburn West Junction to Saltburn
4
4
5
8
5
8
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Guisborough Jn to Nunthorpe
Nunthorpe to Battersby
Battersby to Glaisdale
Glaisdale to Whitby
UP
Single Line
Single Line
Single Line
Single Line
NOTES
TCB but treat as AB. See Restrictions at Nunthorpe
NSTR but treat as AB*
NSTR but treat as AB*
NSTR but treat as AB*. See Restrictions at
Glaisdale and Whitby
Passing points:
Nunthorpe
Battersby
Glaisdale
*AB for Nunthorpe-Battersby-Glaisdale-Whitby must be 5 minutes arrive/depart. This is due to first driver at
location ‘x’ having to walk to token box, unlock, and relinquish token; then driver at location ‘y’ having to phone
signaler for permission to obtain token, lock token box, return to train, then conductor close doors, before train can
depart
LN642 SALTBURN WEST JUNCTION TO BOULBY POTASH MINE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Saltburn West Junction to Crag
Hall
Crag Hall to Boulby
UP
NOTES
Single Line
TB
Single Line
NST
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
83 of 310
LN644 HARTBURN JUNCTION TO BOWESFIELD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
NOTES
Bowesfield Junction to Hartburn
Junction
TCB*
TCB*
* planned as AB
LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Norton-on-Tees South Jn to
Norton-on-Tees West Jn
Norton-on-Tees West Jn to
Ferryhill South Jn
AB
AB
AB
AB
NOTES
LN652 BILLINGHAM JUNCTION TO SEAL SANDS STORAGE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Billingham Jn. To Belasis Lane
Belasis Lane to Port
Clarence/Seal Sands
AB
UP
AB
Single Line
NOTES
NTS/OTS Working
LN664 BOLDON EAST JUNCTION TO BOLDON NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Boldon East Junction to Boldon
North Junction
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN666 BOLDON WEST JUNCTION TO TYNE DOCK
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Boldon West Junction to Boldon
North Junction
Boldon North to Green Lane
Junction
Green Lane Junction to Tyne
Dock
UP
NOTES
Single line
TCB
Single line
Only one train in either direction between these
locations
Information only controlled by Port of Tyne
LN674 HIGH LEVEL BRIDGE JUNCTION GREENSFIELD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
Standard Headway
DOWN
TCB*
UP
TCB*
NOTES
*Plan as AB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
84 of 310
LN676 PARK LANE JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
NOTES
Park Lane Junction to Greensfield
Junction
Greensfield Junction to King
Edward Bridge East Junction
King Edward Bridge East Junction
to King Edward Bridge South
Junction
TCB*
TCB*
*Plan as AB
TCB*
TCB*
*Plan as AB
TCB*
TCB*
*Plan as AB
LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Darlington to Heighington
Heighington to Shildon
Shildon to Bishop Auckland
AB
UP
Single line
AB
Single line
NOTES
TCB planned as AB
TCB planned as AB. Bishop Auckland Jn (exculsive)
to Eastgate controlled by the Weardale Railway who
should be contacted for permission to access the
line.
LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE
JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
King Edward Bridge South
Junction to Blaydon
4
following
non-stop,
5½
following
stopping
AB
AB
7
following
non–stop
10
following
stopping
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
4
4
following
non-stop,
5½
following
stopping
AB
AB
7
following
non–stop
9½
following
stopping
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
Blaydon to Wylam
Wylam to Prudhoe
Prudhoe to Hexham
Hexham to Haydon Bridge
Haydon Bridge to Haltwhistle
Haltwhistle to Low Row
Low Row to Brampton Fell
Brampton Fell to Corby Gates
Corby Gates to Petteril Bridge
Junction
NOTES
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
85 of 310
LN684 LOW FELL JUNCTION TO NORWOOD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Low Fell Junction to Norwood
Junction
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA
BEDLINGTON
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Morpeth to Bedlington North
Junction
Bedlington North Junction to
Newsham
Newsham to Benton North
Junction
UP
Single line
AB
NOTES
TCB planned as AB
AB
Single line
TCB planned as AB
LN696 HEPSCOTT JUNCTION TO MORPETH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Hepscott Junction to Morpeth
Junction
4
4
NOTES
LN700 BUTTERWELL NORTH BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Butterwell Junction to Butterwell
Single Line
UP
NOTES
TCB planned as AB
LN702 BEDLINGTON NORTH TO LYNEMOUTH ALCAN
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Bedlington North to West
Sleekburn Junction
West Sleekburn Junction to
Marchey’s House Junction
Marchey’s House Junction to
Ashington Junction
Ashington Junction to Lynemouth
Alcan/Power Station
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
NOTES
LN706 WEST SLEEKBURN JUNCTION TO NORTH BLYTH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
West Sleekburn Junction to
Winning Junction
Winning Junction to Freeman’s LC
Freeman’s LC to North Blyth
AB
AB
AB
AB
Single Line
NOTES
See Section 5.3 for Method of Working
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
86 of 310
LN708 WINNING JUNCTION TO MARCHEY’S HOUSE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Winning Junction to Marchey’s
House Junction
AB
AB
NOTES
LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Cleethorpes to Brocklesby
Down
4
All stations can
depart 3 minutes
behind non–stop.
Up
4
Non–stop can arrive
3 minutes behind all
stations
4
5 DM
5
8 DG
Brocklesby to Barnetby
UP
NOTES
Following
Freight
over 800
tonnes
Barnetby to Wrawby Junction
4
Following
Passenger
5
Following
Freight
4
5
Following
Freight
over 800
tonnes
Wrawby Junction to Brigg
Brigg to Kirton Lime Sidings
Kirton Lime Sidings to
Gainsborough Central
6*
AB
9**
6*
AB
8**
Gainsborough Trent Junction to
Retford
Retford to Worksop
Worksop to Brancliffe East
Junction
Brancliffe East Junction to Kiveton
Park
Kiveton Park to Woodhouse
Junction
Woodhouse Junction to Woodburn
Junction
Woodburn Junction to Nunnery
Main Line
5
5
6
4
5
4
TCB
TCB
AB
AB
AB
AB
4
4
* Single line TCB
** Single line TCB Passing loop at Northorpe
To be planned as AB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
87 of 310
LN740 GRIMSBY MARSH WEST JUNCTION TO HUMBER ROAD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Marsh West Junction to Great
Coates No. 1
Great Coates No. 1 to Pyewipe
Road SB
Pyewipe Road SB to Immingham
East Junction
Immingham East Jn to Humber
Road Jn
AB
AB
Single line
One train in section
TCB
TCB
NOTES
AB
ETB
Planned as AB
LN741 HABROUGH JUNCTION TO ULCEBY SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Habrough Junction to Ulceby
4
4
NOTES
LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Killingholme to IW253 signal
Immingham West Jn to Ulceby
6
UP
Single line
6
NOTES
OT(S)
LN744 ULCEBY NORTH JUNCTION TO BARTON ON HUMBER
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Ulceby to Goxhill
Goxhill to Oxmarsh Crossing
Oxmarsh Crossing to Barton on
Humber
AB
AB
UP
AB
AB
Single line
NOTES
OTS
LN750 WOODBURN JUNCTION TO DEEPCAR
Restriction:
Tokenless One Train Working on Stocksbridge Line
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
88 of 310
LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
NOTES
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Wrawby Junction to Foreign Ore
Branch Junction
4
4
4
Following
Passenger
5
Following
Freight
4
5
Following
Freight
over 800
tonnes
Kirk Sandall Junction to Doncaster
4
3
Stopping
Pass’r or
Freight
following
non–stop
4
LN756 SCUNTHORPE TRENT JUNCTION TO ROXBY
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
NOTES
Single Line
Staff Working
LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Brancliffe East Junction to WP605
Signal
AB
WP605 Signal to Dinnington
Junction
Brancliffe East Junction to WP606
Signal
WP606 Signal to Dinnington
Junction
Dinnington Junction to Maltby
Colliery SB
Maltby Colliery SB to Firbeck
Junction
Firbeck Junction to St Catherines
Junction
St Catherines Junction to Kirk
Sandall Junction
AB
UP
NOTES
AB
AB
Single Line
TB planned as AB
Single Line
TB planned as AB
Single Line
TCB planned as AB
Single Line
TCB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
89 of 310
LN766 BENTLEY JUNCTION TO HEXTHORPE JUNCTION (DONCASTER
AVOIDING LINE)
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
5
5
NOTES
LN768 MANSFIELD WOODHOUSE TO SHIREOAKS EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Mansfield Woodhouse to
Shirebrook Jn
Shirebrook Jn to Shireoaks East
Jn
AB
AB
AB
AB
NOTES
Elmton & Creswell Signal Box is in situ but switched
out. If required for timeble purposes Elmton &
Creswell Signal Box can be opened outside normal
opening box times.
LN774 BARROW HILL NORTH JUNCTION TO OXCROFT DISPOSAL POINT
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
OTS
LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
High Marnham to Boughton
Junction
AB
AB
Single line
NOTES
OTS
LN786 BEVERCOTES COLLIERY BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Bevercotes Colliery to Boughton
Junction
UP
Single line
NOTES
Out of use
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
90 of 310
LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Tapton Junction to Dore Station
Junction
Dore Station Junction to Sheffield
4
4
4
4
Down
Trains stopping at Dore or signal stop at Dore may
be 3 minutes behind at Dore Station Jn
Up
Trains may depart 3 minutes apart from Sheffield
but must be 4 minutes behind at Dore Station Jn
Sheffield to Nunnery Main Line
Junction
3
3
Down
2½ when preceding/following train to Woodburn
Junction
Up
2½ when preceding/following train from Woodburn
Junction
Nunnery Main Line Junction to
Wincobank Junction
3
3
Wincobank Junction to Holmes
Junction
3
3
Holmes Junction to Swinton
Swinton to Ferrybridge North
Junction
Ferrybridge North Junction to
Milford Junction
3
4
3
4
4
Passenger
6 Freight
4
4
Passenger
6 Freight
5
Milford Junction to Church Fenton
NOTES
Up
2½ from Rotherham Central when following non–
stop
LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN807 DORE SOUTH JUNCTION TO DORE WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN808 DORE STATION JUNCTION TO TOTLEY TUNNEL EAST
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Dore Station Jn to Dore West Jn
Dore West Jn to Totley Tunnel
East
4
UP
Single line
4
NOTES
TCB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
91 of 310
LN809 SHEPCOTE LANE WEST JUNCTION TO TINSLEY YARD EAST END
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN814 TINSLEY NORTH JUNCTION TO SHEFFIELD TRAM TRANSFER LINE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN815 PARKGATE JUNCTION TO SHEFFIELD TRAM PARKGATE TRANSFER
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN816 BEIGHTON JUNCTION TO WOODHOUSE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN818 HOLMES JUNCTION TO ROTHERHAM CENTRAL
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Doncaster to Hexthorpe Jn
4
4
4
4
NOTES
Down
3 stopping Passenger or Freight following non–stop
from Doncaster
Up
3 non–stop can arrive behind stopping Passenger at
Doncaster
LN828 MEXBOROUGH JUNCTION TO ALDWARKE JUNCTION VIA KILNHURST
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
92 of 310
LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Tinsley East Junction to
Woodburn Junction
4
4
Single
Line
NOTES
TCB to be planned as AB
LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
South Kirkby Junction to Hare
Park Junction
4
4
4
4
4
4
Wakefield Westgate to Holbeck
Junction
Armley Junction to Leeds
Armley Junction to Whitehall Jn
Holbeck Junction to Leeds
Leeds West Junction to Leeds
Leeds to Neville Hill East Junction
2½
3
3
2
4
2½
3
3
2
4
NOTES
Down
3 from Branch following train from Doncaster at
South Kirkby Jn. 2 if from a stand
Down
3½ on approach to Holbeck Jn if 1st train has an
excess of pathing, engineering or performance
allowances.
Up
3½ Loco hauled or stopping DMU following electric
service
A and B Lines Only
C and D Lines Only
E and F Lines Only
Down
A stopping service can follow 3 minutes behind non–
stop from Leeds.
Up
A non–stop can arrive Leeds 3 minutes behind
stopping service
LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA
HARROGATE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Poppleton to Hammerton
Cattal to Knaresborough
Harrogate to Horsforth
AB
AB
Horsforth to Armley Junction
Armley Junction to Leeds
Single line
Single line
6½*
6½*
8*
8*
5
2½
4½
2½
NOTES
ET
ET
Following Non-Stop service
Following Stopping service
*Please refer to Harrogate station under junction
margins for exceptions to the headways listed
A and B Lines Only. See also LN836 for other
headways west of Leeds.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
93 of 310
LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN848 HARE PARK JUNCTION TO CROFTON WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN850 WAKEFIELD WESTGATE SOUTH JUNCTION TO WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE
WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Mill Lane Junction to Bradford
Interchange
5
5
3½ –
train from
Halifax
followed
by train
from
Leeds
2½ –
train from
Leeds
followed
by train
from
Halifax
2 – trains
diverging
at Mill
Lane
Junction
NOTES
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
94 of 310
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
5
5
Hall Royd Jn. To Hebden Bridge
Hebden Bridge to IBS signals
HB7/MR8
IBS signals HB7/MR8 to Milner
Royd Junction
Greetland Junction to Bradley
Wood Junction
Heaton Lodge/Heaton Lodge East
Junction to Thornhill LNW/Mirfield
East Junctions to Dewsbury
4
AB
4
AB
AB
AB
4½
4½
2½*
2½*
Thornhill LNW Junction to Horbury
Junction
Horbury Junction to Wakefield
Kirkgate
Wakefield Kirkgate to Whitwood
Junction
5
6
5
6
4
5*
Whitwood Junction to Castleford
3 Pass
4 Freight
6 Pass
10 Freight
4
3 Pass
4 Freight
6 Pass
10 Freight
4
Castleford to Milford Junction
Church Fenton North Junction to
Colton Junction
NOTES
Section also appears in LN860
*Down. 3 following freight going towards Healey
Mills
*Up. 4 on US
*A train may pass Altofts Junction 2 minutes before
a service passes Turners Lane Junction towards
Calder Bridge Junction
Maximum of 2 trains between Castleford and Milford
Junction at the same time.
LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO MILL LANE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
NOTES
Milner Royd Junction to Halifax
Halifax to Mill Lane Junction
5
6$
following
non stop
7½ $ #
following
stopping
5½
6
Following
non stop
7½
Following
Stopping
$ Trains can be 5 minutes apart at Mill Lane
Junction
# Headway following a stopping train can be
reduced to 6 minutes provided that at least 1½
minutes pathing time is added before Mill Lane
Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
95 of 310
LN860 DIGGLE JUNCTION TO COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION : Down Direction
HEADWAY AT
Diggle Junction
FOLLOWING
NON-STOP
See notes
FOLLOWING
STOPPER
See notes
Marsden
Huddersfield (arriving)
Huddersfield (depart)
4
4*
4*
4
4*
4
NOTES
This section is TCB. It is operated as one section
Marsden to Diggle Junction as though it were AB
*3½ if arriving at different platforms
*2½ if calling at Deighton and/or diverging at
Bradley Junction, following non–stop; 3½
consecutive fasts Huddersfield if coming from
different platforms
Bradley Junction
2½
4
Heaton Lodge East Jn
2½*
3
Mirfield East Junction
2½
3
Dewsbury
3
3½
Morley
4
4
Trains maybe timed 3 minutes apart at Whitehall Junction
*3 following freight going towards Healey Mills
LN860 COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION TO DIGGLE JUNCTION : Up Direction
HEADWAY AT
Whitehall Junction
Morley
Dewsbury
Thornhill LNW Junction
Mirfield East J (FL)
Mirfield East J (SL)
Heaton Lodge Junction
Bradley Junction
Huddersfield (arriving)
Huddersfield (depart)
Marsden (arriving)
Marsden (departing)
FOLLOWING
NON-STOP
3
4½
2½
2½
2½
4
2½
2½
2½
4
See notes
FOLLOWING
STOPPER
4
5½*
2½
2½
4
4
3
3
2½
4
4½
See notes
NOTES
*5 if class 185 stopping at Morley
This section is TCB. It is operated as one section
Diggle Junction to Marsden as though it were AB
(Second train can depart Marsden 1 after first train
has passed Diggle)
LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Clayton West Junction to
Stocksmoor
UP
Single line
AB
NOTES
TCB
AB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
96 of 310
LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Wincobank Junction to Ecclesfield
West
Ecclesfield West to Barnsley
Barnsley to Horbury Junction
5
5
8
8
8
8
NOTES
LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN874 METHLEY JUNCTION TO WHITWOOD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
3
3
NOTES
LN875 CASTLEFORD WEST JUNCTION TO PONTEFRACT WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
5 Pass
6 Freight
5 Pass
6 Freight
NOTES
LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
York to Strensall
Strensall to Barton Hill
Barton Hill to Kirkham Abbey
Kirkham Abbey to Malton
Malton to Weaverthorpe
Weaverthorpe to Seamer
Seamer to Scarborough
6
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
3½
6
AB
AB
AB
AB
AB
3½
NOTES
LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE
JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Wakefield Kirkgate to Oakenshaw
Junction
Pontefract East Goods Junction to
Knottingley West Junction
Knottingley East Junction to Drax
Branch Junction
Drax Branch Junction to Goole
4
4
3
3
3
3
5 Pass
5 Pass
6 Freight 6 Freight
Single line
NOTES
TCB planned as AB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
97 of 310
LN886 MONK BRETTON LOOP TO CROFTON EAST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single Line
NOTES
OTNS. Monk Bretton loop can only be used for a
locomotive run round.
LN888 HATFIELD AND STAINFORTH (STAINFORTH JUNCTION) TO
FERRYBRIDGE NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Haywood Junction to Knottingley
South Junction
4
4
4 Pass
6 Freight
4 Pass
6 Freight
NOTES
LN889 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO HAYWOOD JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
Standard Headway
DOWN
4
UP
4
NOTES
LN896 DRAX POWER STATION BRANCH
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Drax Branch Junction to Drax PS
6
6
NOTES
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
98 of 310
LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Selby West to Selby
Selby to Gilberdyke
4
4
3
6
following
non–
stop.
8
following
stopping
train or
Freight
AB
AB
AB
4
4
following
non–stop
6
following
stopping
train or
Freight
AB
5 non–
stop
3
stopping
train
arriving
in front of
non–stop
AB
4 non–
stop
3
stopping
train
following
non–stop
Gilberdyke to Broomfleet
Broomfleet to Crabley Creek SB
Crabley Creek SB to Brough East
SB
Brough East SB to Melton Lane
Melton Lane to Hull
NOTES
AB
AB
AB
LN902 MICKLEFIELD JUNCTION TO CHURCH FENTON NORTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN910 TEMPLE HIRST JUNCTION TO SELBY SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Exceptions:
Saltmarshe to Gilberdyke
4
4
AB
AB
NOTES
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
99 of 310
LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Hull to Beverley
Beverley to Driffield
Driffield to Bridlington
Bridlington to Hunmanby
Filey to Seamer
6
AB
AB
UP
6
AB
AB
Single line
Single line
NOTES
TCB
TCB
LN916 HESSLE ROAD JUNCTION TO SALTEND
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
Single line
Springbank South Jn to Dock
Security Gates
Passing point
Hessle Road Junction to Springbank South Junction
NOTES
TCB Section Split at Bridges Junction
LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Whitehall West Junction to Shipley
Shipley to Keighley
4
4
(6 at
Shipley
following
train
stopping
at
Saltaire)
5
4
4 (6 at
Keighley
following
train
stopping at
Crossflats)
Keighley to Skipton
Skipton to Gargrave
Gargrave to Hellifield
8½
following
non–stop
10
following
stopping
AB
NOTES
5 (6 at
Skipton
following
train
stopping at
Connonley
)
8½
following
non–stop
10
following
stopping
AB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
100 of 310
LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Apperley Junction to Springs
Junction
Esholt Junction to Guiseley
Guiseley to Burley-In-Wharfedale
Burley-In-Wharfedale to Ilkley
Ilkley to Ben Rhydding
Ben Rhydding to Burley-InWharfedale
UP
Single line
TCB
TCB
TCB
TCB
TCB
TCB
TCB
NOTES
TCB
Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute
Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute
Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute
Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute
Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute
LN926 DOCKFIELD JUNCTION TO ESHOLT JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Standard Headway
UP
Single line
NOTES
TCB
LN928 SHIPLEY EAST JUNCTION TO BRADFORD FORSTER SQUARE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
Standard Headway
4
4
NOTES
LN930 SKIPTON MIDDLE JUNCTION TO RYLSTONE
TIMING POINT
DOWN
Skipton to Rylstone
UP
Single line
NOTES
OTNS
LN3214 BELLE ISLE TO CANAL TUNNEL JUNCTION
TIMING POINT
DOWN
UP
NOTES
For Route LN3214 Please See East Midlands Timetable Planning Rules
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
101 of 310
5.2.2 General Capacity Constraints
Where single line working is to operate or trains are to be routed to run on a line other than that normally planned for
them, constraints on capacity will apply – see Rules of the Route.
The following special capacity and timing restrictions apply in addition to the constraints stated elsewhere in this
document:
None
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
102 of 310
5.3 Junction Margins and Station Planning Rules
The definition for Junction Margins and Station Planning Rules is listed in Section 6.6 - 6.10 of the National TPRs.
All times shown are in minutes. Where adjustments to sectional running times are shown, the value must be added
to the normal SRTs shown in B Plan. Negative adjustments are specially identified.
Minimum station allowances are the minimum practical for the particular type of stock. These are shown with
exceptions being listed by line of route where applicable.
Light engine movements to be treated as passenger trains when applying margins/allowances where there is a
passenger/freight differential.
LINE OF ROUTE
STANDARD VALUES – MINIMUM
Attachment of Locomotives/Units
22x
DMU
EMU (gangwayed)
EMU (Non gangwayed)
EMU (Northern Trains)
Locomotive
Govia Thameslink Railway class
313/365/387 units
7
6
4
3
7
15
6
Connectional Allowance
5 minutes
Detachment of Locomotives/Units:
22X
7
DMU
5
EMU (gangwayed)
3
EMU (non gangwayed)
2
EMU (Northern Trains)
7
%
Locomotive
10 % 12 if locomotive attached at other end of train
Govia Thameslink Railway class
5
313/365/387 units
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
103 of 310
Dwell Time
DMU (E)
DMU (Other)
DMU reversing on through
services
EMU
HST/LH/22X/180
Tyne & Wear Metro cars
1
45 seconds. To be shown as alternating 1 and ½ minute stops
3*
* 4 East Midlands Trains services
½
1½
24 seconds. To be shown as ½ stop and SRT shortened by 6 seconds
Locomotive Change
At same end
16
Locomotive Run–Round
Passenger
Freight
16
20
Platform End Conflictions
1st train arrive to 2nd train depart
1
Platform Re–occupation
Following EMU/DMU in same
direction
following EMU/DMU in opposite
direction
Following LH/HST in same
direction
Following LH/HST in opposite
direction
Reversal
No change in composition
HST 2+7 or 2+8 includes Serco
New Measurement Train
HST 2+7 or 2+8 Re–manned
3
5
4
6
8
7
5
Turnround
DMU*
4
* Where turnround times are specified at locations for trains from specific origins, request should be made to the
Operational Planning Project Manager LNE, Network Rail for times from other locations as a longer turnround may
apply.
HST/LH
35
Terminating CrossCountry trains prior to ECS move to Depot – Safety Check Unit (SCU):–
1 x 22X
8 SCU and depart in same direction as arrival
1 x 22X
10 SCU and depart in reverse direction to arrival
2 x 22X
15 SCU and depart in same direction as arrival
2 x 22X
20 SCU and depart in reverse direction to arrival
Minimum Platform standing allowance before passenger train departure of 22x after arriving ECS form depot(train
preparation reasons)
1 x 22x
15
2 x 22x
20
By exception, values may be reduced after discussion and agreement with CrossCountry
3 car class 313
6 car class 313
5
6
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
4 car class 365
8 car class 365
12 car class 365
4 car class 387
8 car class 387
12 car class 387
8 car class 700
12 car class 700
6 car class 717
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
104 of 310
5
6
7
8
9
10
8
10
6
THE FOLLOWING PAGES SHOW THE EXCEPTIONS TO THESE STANDARD VALUES
EXCEPTIONS TO THE STANDARD VALUES:
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
London King’s Cross
Connectional Allowance
15
Junction Margins and Platform re- occupation – Crossing via Throat
Depart/Arrive Platforms 1 – 8
5
Depart/Arrive Platforms 9 – 11
4
Arrive/Depart
2*
* May be reduced to 1 if both trains are EMUs
Minimum Turnround
Suburban EMU
From Yorkshire and stations south
there of (VTEC)
From Newcastle
From Scotland
From Hull (Hull Trains)
From Sunderland (Grand Central)
All Times
7*
30
* 8 minutes if from north of Cambridge
35
40
30
20 for arrivals during the following hours:
Monday to Friday 0700 – 1000hrs and 1600 – 1900hrs
Saturday All day
Sunday 1700 – 2100hrs
35
20 for arrivals originating from York during contingency timetable
20 for weekend trains subject to engineering diversions
Station Working
Platform 1. Trains starting from Platform 1 using signal K287 must depart via FL2 to Belle Isle and then FL to
Holloway. Trains required to depart via FL1 must start behind K285 signal.
Station Watering Points
Platforms 0 – 11
Belle Isle Junction
Note : It is not permissable for up trains to have any pathing,engineering or perforamnce allowances between
Belle Isle Junctions and King’s Cross as there are no signals in this section.
Junction Margins
All crossing margins
3 minutes
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
105 of 310
Copenhagen Junction
Note: Trains in the Down direction on the North London Incline (NLI) should not normally be shown to stop at
Copenhagen Junction. Down trains required to stop on the NLI to wait a path over Copenhagen Jn should be
timed to stop at York Way North Jn unless they exceed 630 metres in length. Only trains in excess of 630 metres
in length should be timed to stop at Copenhagen Jn. In those circumstances due to signalling constraints the
following applies: A Down train on the NLI planned to stop at Copenhagen Jn must arrive a minimum of 5 minutes
before the passage of any train on the Down Slow
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train from NLI to Down Slow Line
Train from Up Slow Line to North London
Incline
Train passing on Down Slow
Second Movement
Train from Up Slow Line to North London
Incline
Train passing on Down Slow
Margin
5
4½
Train from Up Slow Line to North London
Incline
4
Reason
DF or DS to DG pass to pass, approach control
and differential junction speed
Value
½
Reason
US2 to UF or US pass to pass
Value
½
Holloway South Junction
Adjustment to sectional running times
Movement Down
Belle Isle to Holloway South Jn
Movement Up
Holloway South Jn to Belle Isle
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Up train passes Belle Isle
Pass from SL2
Up trains cross to/from SL
Next train passes Finsbury Park
Down train cross to SL/FL
Next train passes Belle Isle
Down train cross to GL
Next train passes Belle Isle
Down FL train pass Finsbury Park
Cross from DSL to DFL
^ - May be 1½ if 2nd train is also crossing to/from SL
* - May be 1 if 2nd train is calling at Finsbury Park
Margin
1½
2^
1½
2
1½*
Finsbury Park
Dwell Time
Class 313, 365 and 387
Class 700 and 717
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Platform 7 to DSL
Arrive USL from UFL
Depart Platform 4 to DFL
Pass DFL
Pass DFL
1
1½ May be reduced to one minute by TOC agreement
Second Movement
Depart platform 8 to DSL
Pass UFL
Arrive Platform 4 from UFL
Depart DSL to DFL
Pass DSL to DFL
Margin
2
2½
4
1½^
$
2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
106 of 310
Finsbury Park
*
$ May be 1½ if second train has 1 minute or more pathing time approaching Finsbury Park
^ Headway passing Alexandra Palace may be reduced to 2½ minutes.
Platform Re–occupation
In same direction
2½
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Alexandra Palace to Finsbury Park
Movement Down
Finsbury Park to Alexandra Palace
Reason
UF to US (all movements)
Approach Control and Differential Junction
Speed
Reason
Value
1 EMU
1½ HST/LH/
180/225
Value
DS to DF (all movements)
Differential Junction Speed
½
Second Movement
Arrive/Pass Finsbury Park
Margin
5
Harringay
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart US2 (K85) to Hornsey EMUD
Alexandra Palace
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Finsbury Park to Alexandra Palace
Alexandra Palace to Potters Bar
Movement Up
Potters Bar to Alexandra Palace
Alexandra Palace to Finsbury Park
Reason
DF to Down Hertford and also DF to DS pass
to pass; approach control and differential
junction speed
DF to Down Hertford and also DF to DS start to
pass
DS to Down Hertford also DS to DF pass to
pass
DF to DS pass to pass
DS to DF pass to pass
Reason
US to UF pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
US1 to US2 pass to pass; approach control
and differential junction speed
Up Hertford to UF pass to pass; differential
junction speed
Up Hertford to US pass to pass; differential
junction speed
Value
1 EMU
1½ HST/LH/
180/225/*
1
½
1
1 180/EMU
1½ HST/LH/
225
Value
1 Except
HST/225
1½ HST/225
½ EMU
1 180/EMU
1½ HST/LH/
225
½ 180
1 HST/LH/
225
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
107 of 310
Alexandra Palace
US1 to UF pass to pass; differential junction
speed
US2 to US pass to pass; differential junction
speed
For services departing from Bounds Green
Depot to US2 Start to pass; for acceleration
purposes
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass DFL
Pass DFL
Arrive/pass DSL from DFL
Pass UFL
Pass UFL
Pass USL
Pass USL
Second Movement
Depart DSL to DFL
Pass DSL to DFL
Pass DFL
Pass USL to UFL
Depart USL to UFL
Depart USL2 to USL
Pass USL2 to USL
Depart USL not calling at Hornsey
Pass USL2
Depart USL2 to USL caling at Hornsey
Pass USL to USL2
1 180/EMU
1½ HST/LH
½ EMU
1½ HST/LH
Margin
1½
2*
3
2*
1½
1½
2*
2
2*
* May be reduced to 1½ if second train has 1
minute or more pathing time approaching
Alexandra Palace
Dwell Time
1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate /St Pancras International 0700 – 0959 SX
1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate/ St Pancras International 1600 – 1859 SX
Platform Re–occupation
In same direction
2½
New Southgate
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross UFL to USL
Second Movement
Up fast passes Potters Bar
Margin
Same time
Second Movement
Next fast train passes Alexandra Palace
Next train passes Potters Bar
Depart USL to UFL
Pass USL to UFL
Depart/pass DSL to DFL
Margin
½
1
1 before
Same time
Same time
New Barnet
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train to cross to SL
Up train cross to SL
Fast passes Alexandra Palace
Fast passes Alexandra Palace
Fast passes Potters Bar
Dwell Time
1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate / St Pancras International 0700 – 0959 SX
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
108 of 310
New Barnet
1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate / St Pancras International 1600 – 1859 0700 0959 SX
Potters Bar
Adjustment to sectional running times
Movement Down
Alexandra Palace to Potters Bar
Reason
DF to DS pass to pass and pass to stop;
approach control and differential junction speed
DS to DF pass to pass and pass to stop;
approach control and differential junction speed
Potters Bar to Welwyn Garden City
DF to DS pass to pass and pass to stop
DS to DF pass to pass
Movement Up
Welwyn Garden City to Potters Bar
Reason
UF to US pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
US to UF pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
UF to US pass to pass
US to UF pass to pass
Potters Bar to Alexandra Palace
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train to cross to SL
Up train cross UFL to USL
Pass UFL
Pass UFL
Pass DFL
Pass DFL
Value
½
½ EMU
1HST/LH/
180 /225
1
1 EMU/180
1½ HST/LH/
225
Value
1
1
1
½ EMU/180
1 HST/LH/
225
Second Movement
Before next fast train passes Down Fast
Before next fast train passes
Depart USL to UFL
Pass USL to UFL
Depart DSL to DFL
Pass DSL to DFL
Margin
2½
3½
1½
2½
1½
2
Second Movement
Pass USL to UFL
Pass USL to UFL
Margin
3
Same time
Second Movement
Before next train passes Welwyn Garden City
Pass DSL to DFL
Margin
1½
1
Marshmoor Crossover
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up train arrive Welham Green
Up Fast Potters Bar
Hatfield
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross to USL at Hatfield North
Down fast pass Welwyn G.C.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
109 of 310
Welwyn Garden City
Adjustment to sectional running times
Movement Down
Potters Bar to Welwyn Garden City
Reason
DF to DS pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
DS to DF pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
Value
1
Potters Bar or Hatfield to Welwyn Garden City
DS to DF pass to pass
1 180/EMU 2
HST/LH/
225
Movement Up
Woolmer Green to Welwyn Garden City
Reason
UF to US pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
US to UF pass to pass
Value
1
Connectional Allowance
4
Dwell Time
Class 313, 365 and 387
Class 700 and 717
1
1½
1
1 EMU/180
2 HST/LH/
225
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Cross to DSL
Pass DFL
3
Pass DFL
Depart DSL to DFL
2
Pass UFL
Depart USL to UFL
2
Cross to USL
Pass UFL
3
Depart Yard
Pass Up/Down
5
Pass Up/Down
Depart Yard
2
GTR class 387, 700 and 717 trains to Welwyn Garden City CS require a 4 minute operational stop in the platforms
to clear the train of passengers and lock the doors
GTR Class 313 and 365 trains to Welwyn Garden City CS require a 5 minute operational stop in the platforms to
close windows, clear the train of passengers and lock the doors
This is to permit station staff to ensure windows are closed prior to the train passing through the carriage washer
All shunt movements to be timed
Turnrounds
Platform Re–occupation
In either direction
3
Digswell
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Up train to cross to SL
Up fast passes Welwyn Garden City
3½
Down Fast train passes Welwyn Garden City
Pass DSL to DFL
2½*
Down Fast train passes Welwyn Garden City
Depart from USL
2
* May be reduced to 1½ mins for trains with pathing allowance after Welwyn Garden City and calling at Welwyn
North
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
110 of 310
Welwyn North
Station Working
For trains booked to call at Welwyn North a public/working differential (up to a maximum value of 3 minutes) equal
to any pathing time approaching Digswell (down) and Woolmer Green (up) is to be applied
Woolmer Green
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Approaching Woolmer Green Jn
Movement Up
After Woolmer Green Jn
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train to cross to SL
Pass UFL
Reason
DF – DS when DF from Welwyn GC;
differential junction speed
Value
½ HST/180/
225
Reason
US – UF when UF to Welwyn GC; differential
junction speed
Value
½ HST/180/
225
Second Movement
Next train pass
Pass from USL
Margin
3
2
Reason
DF to DS pass to pass; junction differential
Value
½ 180 /EMU
1 HST/LH/
225
1 180/EMU
1½ HST/LH/
225
Stevenage
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Stevenage to Hitchin
DS to DF pass to pass (use for Hertford
diversions)
Woolmer Green to Stevenage
Movement Up
Hitchin to Stevenage
Stevenage to Woolmer Green
US or UF to DF (for originating trains at during
engineering works); differential junction speed
½
DF to DS pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
1
DF to DS pass to stop; approach control and
differential junction speed
DS to DF pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
½
Reason
UF to US pass to pass (use for Hertford
diversions); approach control and differential
junction speed
UF to US pass to stop (use for Hertford
diversions); approach control and differential
junction speed
US to UF pass to pass; approach control and
differential junction speed
UF to US pass to pass
US to UF pass to pass
Value
1 EMU
1½ HST/LH
180/225
½ HST/LH/
180
½ 180 /EMU
1 HST/LH/
225
1
1
1 180/EMU
1½ HST/LH/
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
111 of 310
Stevenage
225
Connectional Allowance
4
Dwell Time
Class 313, 365 and 387
LH/HST/222
Class 700 and 717
1
1½
1½ May be reduced to 1 minute by TOC agreement
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Cross to DSL
Pass DFL
3
Cross to USL
Pass UFL
3
Pass DFL
Depart DSL to DFL
2
Pass DFL
Pass DSL to DFL
2½*
Pass UFL
Depart USL to UFL
2
Pass UFL
Pass USL to UFL
2½*
Depart USL to UFL
Arrive/Pass UFL
3
Depart DSL in Up direction
Arrive DSL
6
Depart DSL in Up direction
Arrive DSL from DML
4
* May be reduced to 2 minutes if second train has 1 or more minutes pathing time approaching Stevenage
Platform Re–occupation
In same direction
3
Station Working
Up trains must be routed SL from Hitchin if UFL platform at Stevenage is occupied by an originating down
passenger service.
Turnround
Suburban EMU services turning round in platform 4 : 8 maximum SX, 10
maximum SO
Hitchin
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Stevenage to Hitchin
Reason
DF to Cambridge (via DCF) pass to pass;
approach control and differential
(EMU differential included in the SRT)
DF to Cambridge (via flat junction) pass to
pass; approach control and differential
DF to DS pass to pass crossing at Hitchin
South Jcn; junction differential
DS to DF or Cambridge (via flat junction) pass
to pass; approach control and differential
DS to DF pass to pass
Value
1 HST/LH/
/225 Also
see 5.1
½ EMU
1
HST/LH/225
½
½ /EMU
1 HST/LH/
225
1 222/EMU
1½ HST/LH/
225
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
112 of 310
Hitchin
Movement Up
Sandy to Hitchin
Reason
UF to US pass to pass;
approach control and differential
US to UF pass to pass; approach control
UF to US pass to pass
Up Cambridge to Up Fast pass to pass;
differential
Hitchin to Stevenage
US to UF pass to pass crossing at Hitchin
South Jn ; differential
Value
1½ EMU
2 HST/LH/
180/225
1
½
1 EMU
2 HST/LH/
180 /225
1 HST/LH
180/225/365
Connectional Allowance
4
Dwell Time
EMU
1 * May be reduced to ½ minute by agreement with Train Operator
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Arrive USL from UFL
Pass Up Main
Pass UFL
Pass from USL to UFL
Down train to depart towards Royston
Before next fast Up or Down passes
Depart to Royston
Arrive from Peterborough
Down or Up fast passes
Depart to Royston
Arrive DSL from DFL
Pass DFL
Pass Up Fast/Up Slow
Pass to Royston
Pass to Royston
Pass Up Main
Pass to Royston via Flyover
Down Pass at Hitchin
Pass to Royston via Flyover
Depart to Sandy
* 1½ minutes when train on Down Slow arrives exactly same time as train passes Down Fast
Margin
4
2
3½
3½
1*
2½
3
3
3
3
Platform Re–occupation
In same direction
3
Simultaneous moves not permitted
A train may not arrive at the Down Slow platform 2 while a train is signalled from K699 signal on the Down Fast to
the Down Slow(via 2271 crossover unless both trains have {1} on approach to Hitchin as they will both be
approach controlled at Hitchin South Jn. Otherwise a margin of 2 minutes is required.
A train may not cross from K699 signal on the Down Fast to the Down Slow (via 2271 crossover) while a train is
arriving at platform 2 unless both trains have {1} on approach to Hitchin, as both trains will be approach-controlled
at Hitchin South Jn. Otherwise a margin of 2 minutes is required
Cadwell
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Up Fast passes Hitchin
Reason
Cross USL to UFL
Value
1
Arlesey
Dwell Time
1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate / St Pancras International
1600 – 1859 SX
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
113 of 310
Biggleswade
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Down train cross to DFL to DSL
Depart/Pass UFL to USL
Arrive DS from US
Arrive DS from US
Arrive DS from US
Arrive DS from US
Arrive DS from US
Arrive Plasmor
Arrive Plasmor
Pass UF
Pass UF
Depart platform 2 to UF
Depart platform 2 to UF
Pass DF
Pass DF
Pass DS
Pass DS
Down depart on DS.
Down depart on DS
US pass
US depart
Depart DS to Up
Depart DS to Up
Depart DS to Up
Depart DS to US
Next Down fast train pass on DFL
Next Up fast train pass on UFL
Depart US or UF to Hitchin
Pass on US
Pass on UF
Pass on DF
Down arrive platform 3
Pass on DS
Down arrive Biggleswade
Depart DS to Up
Depart K235 to DS
Depart DS to Up
Depart K235 to DS
Depart DS to Up
Depart K235 to DS
Depart Plasmoor
Depart K235 to DS
Depart Plasmor
Depart K235 to DS
Depart DS to US
Depart DS to US
Pass DS
Arrive DS
Pass DF
Pass UF
2
2½
Same time
1½
1½
2
3½
2½
2½
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2½
2½
2
2½
4
4½
4
4
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Reason
Hitchin to Biggleswade. To be
DF to DS ; approach
applied approaching
control
Biggleswade
Bigglswade to Sandy. To be
DF to DS; acceleration from
applied after Biggleswade
slow speed pointwork
Movement Up
Sandy to Biggleswade. To be
applied approaching
Biggleswade
Biggleswade to Hitchin. To be
applied after Biggleswade
Value
1 for non stopping; ½ stopping at Biggleswade
½ for non stopping trains only
Reason
UF to US; approach control
Value
½
UF to US; acceleration from
slow speed pointwork
1 for non stopping trains only
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
114 of 310
METHOD OF WORKING TO/FROM PLASMOR SIDINGS
Method of Working from South, to Plasmor Sidings:
Hitchin
xx/xx
Biggleswade [platform 4] arr xxRM00
Biggleswade [platform 4] dep xxRMPR03
Biggleswade Plasmor
xxPR06½
Method of Working from North, to Plasmor Sidings:
Sandy
xx/xx
Biggleswade [platform 1 or 2]
xx/00
Biggleswade Signal K235 arrive xxRM02
Biggleswade Signal K235 depart xxRMPR04
Biggleswade [platform 4] arrive
xxPRRM07
Biggleswade [platform 4] depart
xxRM09
Bigglswade Plasmor arrive
xx:12½
Method of Working from Plasmor Sidings to South:
Bigglswade Plasmor depart
xxPR00
Biggleswade [platform 4] arrive
xxPRRM02
Biggleswade [platform 4] depart
xxRM04
Hitchin
xx/xx
Method of Working from Plasmor Sidings to North:
Bigglswade Plasmor depart
xx:00
Bigglswade [platform 4] arrive
xxOP02 (OP stop to allow GF operator to join train)
Biggleswade [platform 4] depart xxOP07
Sandy
xx/xx
Notes:
Run Rounds, if required, use the DSL. Planners must satisfy themselves that a ‘window’ of at least 10
minutes exists between other traffic to allow this to take place
Siding Lengths:
No. 1 Siding (adjacent to Down Slow): Complete siding 821yards/117slu; south, clear of ‘A’ ground frame
476yards/67slu; north, clear of ‘B’ ground frame and all points 85yards/12slu; between ‘A’ ground frame
and ‘B’ ground frame 276yards/39slu
No. 2 Siding (adjacent to no. 1 siding at south end) – 205yds/29slu [presently out of use]
No. 3 Siding (adjacent to no. 1 siding at north end) – 213yards/39 slu
No. 4 Siding (adjacent to no. 3 siding) – 213yards/39 slu
No. 5 Siding (adjacent to no. 4 siding) – room for locomotive only
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
115 of 310
Sandy
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Hitchin to Sandy
Sandy to Huntingdon
Movement Up
Huntingdon to Sandy
Reason
DF to DS pass to pass; approach control
DS to DF pass to pass; differential
DF to DS pass to pass; approach control
DS to DF pass to pass; differential
Reason
UF to US pass to pass; approach control and
differential
US to UF pass to pass; differential
UF to US pass to pass; approach control
US to UF pass to pass; differential
Sandy to Hitchin
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train pass FL to SL
Up train crosses FL to SL
Pass Up Fast
Pass Down Fast
Second Movement
Next DF train passes
Next UF train passes
Depart USL cross UFL
Depart DSL cross DFL
Value
1 EMU
2 HST/LH/
180/225
1
1
1 180/EMU
2 HST/LH/
225
Value
1 EMU
2 HST/LH/
180/225
1
1
1 180/EMU
2 HST/LH/
225
Margin
3
3
2
2
St Neots
Dwell Time
All trains
1
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Sandy to St.Neots
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train to clear to SL
Reason
DF to DS ; approach control
Value
1 EMU
Second Movement
Before next non–stop train passes Sandy
Pass Up fast
Depart USL to UFL
Margin
Pass Sandy
½ before 1st
train has
cleared to SL
at St Neots
1½ before
fast passes
Sandy
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
116 of 310
Huntingdon
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Sandy to Huntingdon
Reason
DF to DS pass to pass ; approach control
Huntingdon to Holme
DS to DF pass to pass ; differential
DF to DS pass to pass ; approach control
Movement Up
Conington South Jn to Huntingdon
Reason
UF to US pass to pass ; approach control
Value
½
EMU/Freight
1½ HST/LH/
180/225
Second Movement
Before next non stop train passes
Before next non stop train passes
Depart DSL to DFL
Before next non stop train passes
Arrive Up Slow Platform
Arrive Up Slow Platform
3 minutes
Margin
3
3
1½
3½
3
3½
Second Movement
Depart Loop
Margin
3 after fast
passes
Conington
South Jn
Value
1 EMU
2 HST/LH/
180/225
1
½ EMU
1
HST/LH/180/
225
Dwell Time
EMU: 1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up train to arrive
Down train to clear to SL
Pass Down Fast
Empty EMU to arrive Up platform from DFL
Depart Up Bay
Arrive Up Bay from P33 signal
Platform Reoccupation
Conington Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Up Main
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
117 of 310
Conington South Junction
Minimum Turnaround
4 cars
8 cars
12 cars
5
6
7
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up train cross to SL
Cross Down to Up
Cross Down to Up
Cross Down to Up
Second Movement
Before next Up fast train passes
Before Down fast passes Holme
After Down fast passes Holme
After Up train passes
Margin
4
5
1
2
Reason
DS – DF when DF to Peterborough; differential
junction speed
Value
1 HST/180/
225
Second Movement
Pass from DSL
Depart from DSL
Margin
2½
2
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train to clear to SL
Pass Up Main
Second Movement
Before next non stop passes Holme
Pass/depart USL
Pass Up Main
Pass/depart USL
Margin
Same time
3 after non–
stop passes
Peterborough
4 after
stopping train
departs
Peterborough
Holme Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
After Holme Jn
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass DFL
Pass DFL
Fletton Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
118 of 310
Peterborough
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
After Peterborough for departures from
Platforms 2, 4 and 5 via USL towards
Werrington Jn
Connectional Allowance
8
Dwell Time
DMU/EMU
LH/HST
170
2
2
1½
Reason
Via slow speed connections
Value
½ All
Junction Margins
Conflicting moves 3 minutes unless listed below
In the following tables,
‘A’ denotes a parallel move to Peterborough East, then normal headway.
‘P’ denotes a parallel move.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Platforms 1, 2 and 3
Dep
2nd move → Dep
Pl 1
Pl 1
to UF to
1st move ↓
US
Depart Pl 1
to UF
Depart Pl 1
to US
Depart Pl 2
to UF
Depart Pl 3
to UF
Pass Pl3 to
UF
Depart Pl 1
to DF
Depart Pl 2
to DF
Arrive Pl 1
from DF
Arrive Pl 2
from DF
Arrive Pl 1
from UF
Arrive Pl 2
from UF
Arrive Pl 3
from UF
Arrive Pl 1
from US/WY
Arrive Pl 2
from US/WY
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
Dep
Pl 2
to UF
Dep
Pl 3
to
UF
Pass
Pl 3
to
UF
Dep
Pl 1
to
DF
Dep
Pl 2
to DF
Arr
Pl 1
from
DF
Arr Pl
2
from
DF
3
3
5
–
–
5
4
Arr
Pl 1
frm
US/
WY
4
Arr
Pl 2
frm
US/
WY
4
P
P
–
–
5
P
–
–
P
4
–
5
P
4
4
P
4
P
P
4
P
P
4
P
5
3
–
3
P
–
3
5
–
–
5
3
P
3
–
–
–
–
5
2
P
2
–
–
2
2
3
3
4
4
P
P
P
P
5
–
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
P
P
–
P
5
4
–
P
4
5
5
5
P
5
–
–
2
2
4
–
P
–
3
4
P
4
–
4
2
P
–
2
4
2
–
3
–
P
5
4
P
5
–
–
P
P
4
–
2
3
P
–
4
4
–
3
2
P
–
2
4
2
–
3
4
4
–
4
P
4
2
P
2
–
–
1
1
3
3
4
4
–
P
3
1
1
P
P
P
–
P
4
P
4
P
P
–
–
2
P
–
P
4
2
–
3
4
4
4
4
3
–
5
4
Arr Pl
3
from
UF
3
Platforms 4 and 5
First Movement
Time between trains in the same direction in
the same platform
Time between trains in the opposite direction in
the same platform
Calling on restrictive aspect 3 mins between
movements in same direction
Arrive Platform 4 from north
Arrive Platform 5 from south/Nene
Arrive 2-Way Goods lines from north
Depart 2-Way Goods lines to north
Arrive Platform 5 from south
Arrive Platform 5 from south
Arrive Platform 4 from south
4
Arr Pl
2
from
UF
–
P
5
Arr Pl
1
from
UF
2.0
02 February 2018
119 of 310
Second Movement
Margin
4
5
Plus 1 running time for arrival
Arrive Platform 5 from south/Nene
Arrive Platform 4 from north
Arrive Platform 5 from south
Arrive Platform 5 from south
Depart 2-Way Goods lines to north
Arrive/pass on the 2-Way Goods from the north
Depart 2-Way Goods to north/Down Main/West
Yard
3
3
3
4
Parallel
Parallel
Parallel
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Platforms 4 and 5 north end movements
Dep Pl 4 Dep Pl 4 Dep Pl 5
2nd move →
to DSL
to DM/
to DSL
W Yd
1st move ↓
Dep Pl 4 to D
–
3
3
Stamford
Dep Pl 4 to
3
–
P
DM/W Yd
Dep Pl 5 to
3
P
–
DS
Dep Pl 5 to
3
3
3
DM/W Yd
Arrive Pl 4
–
–
P
from Up
Stamford
Arrive Pl 5
1
P
–
from Up
Stamford
Arrive Pl 4
–
–
P
from UM/USL
Arrive Pl 5
1
1
–
from UM/USL
Pass Down
P
2
P
Main
Arrive Pl 2/3
P
P
P
from UM/US
2.0
02 February 2018
120 of 310
Dep Pl 5
to DM/
W Yd
3
Arr Pl 4
from Up
Stamfd
5
Arr Pl 5
from Up
Stamfd
5
Arr Pl 4
from
UM/US
5
Arr Pl 5
from
UM/US
5
Pass
Down
Main
P
3
5
P
6
6
7
3
P
5
P
5
P
–
5
5
5
5
6
1
–
4
4
4
P
–
4
–
P
4
P
1
4
P
–
4
5
–
4
4
4
–
5
2
P
P
5
5
–
P
P
P
3
3
P
Platform 4 and 5 south end movements
Dep
Dep
Dep
Dep
2nd move →
Pl 4 to Pl 5 to Pl 4 to Pl 5 to
Nene
Nene
March March
1st move ↓
Dep Pl 4 to
Nene Sdgs
Dep Pl 5 to
Nene Sdgs
Dep Pl 4 to
March
Dep Pl 5 to
March
Dep Pl 5 via 2
way
Arr Pl 4 from
DM/DS
Arr Pl 5 from
DM/DS
Arr Pl 4 from
Nene
Arr Pl 5 from
Nene
Arr Pl 4 from
March
Arr Pl 5 from
March
Version:
Date:
Page:
Dep
Pl 5
via 2
way
P
Arr Pl
4 from
DM/
DS
4
Arr Pl
5 from
DM/
DS
4
Arr Pl
4 from
Nene
Arr Pl
5 from
Nene
Arr Pl
4 from
March
Arr Pl
5 from
March
7
7
4
P
–
4
3
3
4
–
3
3
3
4
5
7
7
4
4
3
3
–
3
A
4
4
3
3
4
P
3
3
3
–
–
4
4
3
3
4
4
P
3
A
–
–
P
4
P
3
7
7
–
1
–
1
P
–
4
3
3
3
P
1
–
1
–
–
4
–
3
3
4
4
–
1
–
1
P
4
4
–
4
4
P
1
–
1
–
–
4
4
4
–
4
4
–
1
–
1
1
4
4
4
3
–
4
P
–
P
–
–
P
4
P
3
4
–
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
121 of 310
Peterborough continued
Junction Margins
North End Movements
First Movement
Dep Pt 5 to Down Fast
Pass Pt 5 from Up Slow
Pass Pt 5 from Up Slow
Pass Pt 5 from Up Slow
Dep Pt 6 to Down Fast
Dep Pt 6 to Down Fast
Dep Pt 6 to Up Slow
Dep Pt 6 to Up Slow
Arrive Platform 5 from Down Fast/Down Slow
Arrive Platform 6 from Up Slow/Up Fast/Up
Stamford
Arrive Pt 6 from Up Slow
Arrive Pt 6 from Up Slow
Arrive Pt 6 from Up Slow
Pass Pt 6 from Up Slow
Pass Pt 6 from Up Slow
Train Watering Points
Turnround
To/from Spalding
To/from Lincoln
To/from Doncaster, or North or
West of Lincoln
To/from East Anglia
Suburban EMU services
Second Movement
Pass Plat 6 to Down Stamford /Up Slow
Arrive Plat 1 from Up Slow
Pass Plat 3 from Up Fast
Arrive Plat 6 from Up Stamford
Dep Platform 5 to Down Stamford/ Down Fast
/Up Slow/
Arrive Platform 5 from Up Slow
Pass Platform 3 from Up Fast
Pass Down Fast
Arrive Platform 6 from Up Slow/Up Fast/Up
Stamford
Arrive Platform 5 from Down Fast/Down Slow
Margin
3½
4
3
3½
3
Arrive Platform 1/2 from Up Fast
Arrive Platform 3 from Up Fast
Pass Down Fast
Pass Platform 3 from Up Fast
3
3
2
3
Arrive Platform 4 from Up Fast/Stamford
3½
4
3½
4
4
4
Platforms 1, 3 and Nene Sidings
5
7
10
10
Suburban EMU turnaround to be 6 minutes absolute minimum all day.
New England North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Freight to clear to Down Stamford line
Down Freight to clear to Down Stamford line
Down Freight to clear to Down Stamford line
Down Freight to clear to Down Stamford line
Up Freight (from Ketton) to clear to
Peterborough Yard – A/D lines
Up Freight (from Ketton) to clear to
Peterborough Yard – A/D lines
Second Movement
Before Down train passes Peterborough (DFL)
Before Up train passes Tallington (UFL)
Before Up train passes Werrington Junction
(USL)
Before Up train passes Helpston (from
Stamford)
Before Down train passes Peterborough
Margin
3
2
2
Before Up train passes Tallington
2
1
3
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
122 of 310
Werrington Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Sleaford
Up train passes Tallington
Pass to Sleaford
Pass to Sleaford
Second Movement
Up train passes Tallington
Pass to Sleaford
Down train passes Peterborough
Down train departs Peterborough
Margin
1½
6
3
1
Second Movement
Pass from Stamford
Pass Down Slow to Tallington Junction
Margin
4
3
Second Movement
Next train pass Up/Down Main
Pass from SL
Margin
4
3
Reason
DF-DS approach control and differential
junction speed
Value
2 HST/180/
225
Reason
UF – US; approach control and differential
junction speed
US – UF; approach control and differential
junction speed
Value
2 HST/180/
225
2 HST/180/
225
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
After Stoke Jn
Reason
DS – DF; differential junction speed
Value
1 HST/180/
225
Movement Up
Approaching Stoke Jn
* When UF from Grantham
Reason
UF – US*; approach control and differential
junction speed
Value
1 HST/180/
225
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass DFL
Pass DFL
Second Movement
Depart DSL
Pass DSL to DFL
Margin
$
1½
3
Helpston Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Down Slow to Tallington
Pass from Stamford
Tallington Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train clear to SL
Pass Up or Down Main
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Approaching Tallington
Movement Up
Approaching Tallington
After Tallington
Stoke Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
123 of 310
Stoke Junction
Cross to Up Slow before next Up train passes
4
$ maximum of (2) approaching Stoke on DSL permitted for trains following Down Fast. Otherwise * stop at Stoke
Junction to be shown.
Highdyke Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up train passes Stoke Junction
Second Movement
Depart from Up Slow
Margin
½
Grantham
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times (to be shown after this location)
Movement
Reason
Down Fast to P4/Up & Down Slow
Approach control and differential junction
speed at Grantham South Jn
Stoke Jn to Nottingham Branch Jn to Allington
Approach control and differential junction
triangle; pass to pass
speed at Grantham South Jn
Up Fast only to Up Slow (to Highdyke Jn)
Approach control and differential junction
speed
P4/Up & Down Slow to Up Fast
Differential junction speed at Grantham South
Jn
Allington triangle to Nottingham Branch Jn to
Differential junction speed at Grantham South
Stoke Jn; pass to pass
Jn
Connectional Allowance
7
Dwell Time
365
DMU
LH/HST
180
1
2*. * 4 for reversing trains
1½
1½
Minimum Turnround
7 – DMU/EMU
Value
1½ HST/
180/225
2 Freight
2 Freight
2 HST/180/
225
2 Freight
Junction Margins
In the following tables, ‘P’ denotes a parallel move.
Time in–between trains in the same direction in the same platform – 4 mins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive Platform 4 from Stoke
Arrive Platform 4 from Stoke
Depart Platform 3 to Nottingham Branch Junction
Arrive Platform 3 from Nottingham Branch
Junction
Arrive Platform 4 from Stoke
2
4
Arrive Platform 3 from Nottingham Branch
Junction
4
North End movements
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
124 of 310
Grantham
2nd move →
Arr Pl ¾ *
from
Nottm
4
Dep Pl ¾
* to
Claypole
2
Dep Pl ¾
* to Nottm
4
–
8
Dep Down
Main
Pass Up
Main
Arr Up
Main
2
Pass
Down
Main
3
1
3
4
2
2
P
P
P
P
7
–
4
7
6
P
P
7
7
4
–
P
P
P
P
6
P
2
P
–
–
P
P
7
P
3
P
–
–
P
P
7
6
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
–
–
–
–
1st move ↓
Arr Pl ¾ * from
Claypole
Arr Pl ¾ * from
Nottm
Dep Pl ¾ * to
Claypole
Dep Pl ¾ * to
Nottm
Pass Down
Main
Dep Down
Main
Pass Up Main
Arr Up Main
Arr Pl ¾ *
from
Claypole
–
* Platform ¾ margins also apply to movements to/from GL
South End movements
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Up Train from Up/Down Slow depart Grantham
Down train passes/arrives Grantham
Up train passes
Up train departs
Down train passes/arrives Grantham
Up Train from Up/Down Slow depart Grantham
Up Train from Up/Down Slow depart Grantham
Up Train from Up/Down Slow depart Grantham
5
2
2
3
Claypole Loop
Restrictions
In Down directions, train in excess of 350 yards (50 SLU) in length are only permitted to stand for a maximum of
15 minutes
Newark North Gate
Advertised Differential
Trains to Nottingham should be advertised to depart 2 minutes earlier
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement (to be shown after Newark)
UDPL/P3 to Down Main when Down Main to
Retford
Newark Crossing East Jn via P3/UDG to the
Up Main; pass to pass
Movement (to be shown approaching Newark)
Up Main to P3/UDPL
Down Main to Newark Crossing East Jn via
P3/UDG; pass to pass
Connectional Allowance
Reason
Junction differential when joining the Main line
Junction differential when joining the Main line
Reason
Approach control and differential junction
speed
Approach control and differential junction
speed
Value
½ HST/180/
225
2 Freight
Value
½ HST/180/
225
2 Freight
7
Dwell Time
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
125 of 310
Newark North Gate
DMU/EMU
LH/HST
1½*. * 4 for reversing trains
1½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up train pass
Up train depart Platform 3/GL
Down train arrives in Platform 3/GL
Down train arrives in Platform 3/GL
Down train arrives into loop
Down train arrives into loop
Down train passes Newark NG
Up Train arrive loop
Up Train depart Newark NG
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Down train arrives in Platform 3/GL
Down train arrives in Platform 3/GL
Up train arrive
Up train depart
Down train passes Newark NG
Up train passes Newark NG
Down train depart loop
Up train pass Newark NG
Up train depart loop
Margin
4
4½
4
1
5
4
1
5
2½
7 – DMU/EMU 20 – VTEC
Platform Re–occupation
In same direction
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
126 of 310
Newark Flat Crossing
Adjustment to Sectional Running Time (to be shown after this location)
Movement Down
Reason
Newark Northgate to Retford start to pass
Not at linespeed by Newark Flat Crossing
Newark Northgate to Retford start to stop
Not at linespeed by Newark Flat Crossing
Junction Margins
2nd move →
Down ECML
passing
1st move ↓
Newark Flat
Crossing
Up ECML
passing
Newark Flat
Crossing
Down ECML
calling
Newark NG
passing Flat
Crossing
Up ECML
calling
Newark NG
passing Flat
Crossing
Nottm –
Lincoln pass
Value
1 Class 91/180
1½ HST
1 HST/180
1½ Class 91
Lincoln –
Nottm pass
Down ECML
passing
Newark Flat
Crossing
–
–
–
–
2½
2
Down ECML
calling
Newark NG
passing Flat
Crossing
–
–
–
–
3
2½
Up ECML
passing
Newark Flat
Crossing
–
–
–
–
3½
3
Up ECML
calling Newark
NG passing
Flat Crossing
–
–
–
–
3
2½
Nottingham–
Lincoln pass
4½
3½
4½
5
–
–
Lincoln–
Nottingham
pass
4½
4
4½
5
–
–
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
127 of 310
Carlton Loops
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train arrive
Second Movement
Next Down pass Newark North Gate
Down train arrive
Next Down depart Newark North Gate
Down train passes Newark North Gate
Down train departs Newark North Gate
Up train arrive
Depart Loop
Depart Loop
Next Up pass Retford
Up train arrive
Next Up depart Retford
Up train passes Retford
Up train departs Retford
Depart Loop
Depart Loop
Margin
1 before first
train arrives
Loop
2½ before
first train
arrives Loop
5
7
4½ before
first train
arrives Loop
7 before first
train arrives
Loop
8½
11½
Retford High Level
Adjustment to Sectional Running Time
Movement
Newark Flat Crossing/Carlton Loop to Retford
to Thrumpton West Jn (not stopping at Retford)
Thrumpton West Jn to Retford to Newark Flat
Crossing/Carlton Loop (not stopping at Retford)
Down freight trains to Babworth loop
Connectional Allowance
10
Dwell Time
HST/LH
1½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Worksop and shunt to single line
Arrive from Worksop and shunt to siding
Depart to Worksop
Depart to Worksop
Pass Up or Down
Minimum Turnround
Reason
Not at linespeed passing Retford
Not at linespeed passing Retford
Slow Speed Crossover
Second Movement
Down train arrives
Down train arrives
Next train arrives from Worksop
Down train arrives
Depart Up or Down platform
Value
2 Approach
Retford
2 After
Retford
2 Approach
Retford
Margin
8
10
7
5
2
10 – DMU/EMU. ECS moves to Single Line, Down Slow or Siding may
require extended turnrounds
Babworth Loop
Junction Margins
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
128 of 310
Babworth Loop
First Movement
Pass Down Main at Retford
Second Movement
Depart Down Loop
Margin
2
Second Movement
Down train passes Retford
Down train departs Retford
Depart Loop
Depart Loop
Up train passes Loversall Carr
Depart Loop
Depart Loop
Margin
2
1
5
7
Same time
1
2
Reason
Differential Speed
Value
1
Reason
Acceleration
Value
1
Second Movement
Next train passes
After train passes
After train passes
Margin
4½
2
3
Second Movement
Pass from Bessacarr Junction
Margin
3½
Second Movement
Next train passes Loversall Carr
Pass DSL to FL
Margin
3
Same time
Ranskill Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Loop
Arrive Loop
Down train passes Retford
Down train departs Retford
Arrive Loop
Up train passes Retford
Up train arrives Retford
Loversall Carr Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movements Down
All Passenger trains to West Slow Line
approaching Loversall Carr
Movements Up
All Passenger trains from Up East Slow Line
approaching Retford
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross to Down SL
Depart US to UF
Pass US to UF
Black Carr Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Loversall Carr Junction
Decoy North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross to WSL
Down pass/arrive Doncaster
Doncaster
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
129 of 310
Doncaster
Movement Down
Trains arriving Platform 5
Reason
TPWS
Value
½
Movements Up
Trains stopping or passing Doncaster if
diverging from Up Fast Up to up East Slow. Up
fast to Thorne Slow into platform 1 or Up Fast
to Down side, approaching Doncaster.
Trains from Up Leeds line if diverging to Down
Side. Approaching Doncaster
Trains from Up Leeds line if diverging to Up
East Slow line. Approaching Doncaster
Trains arriving Platforms 6 and 7
Reason
Approach control
Value
1 Passenger
2 Freight
Approach control
Approach control
1 (Except
DMU/EMUs)
2
TPWS
½
Connectional Allowance
7
Dwell Time
DMU
HST/LH
XC 22x
TPE
2
2
2 (Can be 1½ if no transfer of catering trolleys)
2
Junction Margins
South End Movements
First Movement
Depart Platform 1 to South
Second Movement
Arrive from Carrage Sidings to depart 1 to
North
Pass Up/Down Main
Pass Up/Down Main
Arrive from Down Main/Slow
Arrive Platforms 3B/4/5 from Sheffield
Depart Platforms 3B/4/5/8 to Sheffield
Depart Platforms 3B/4/5 to Sheffield
Depart Platform 3B to Sheffield
Arrive Platform 3B from Sheffield/WSL
Arrive Platform 8 from Down Main/Slow
Arrive Platform 3 from Sheffield
Arrive Platforms 4, 5, 8 from Down M/S
Arrive Platforms 4, 5, 8 from Down M/S
Depart Goods Lines
Depart Platform 1
Pass Platform 1
Depart Platform 3 to ESL
Pass Platform 3
Depart Platform 3 to UF
3½
4
5
6
2
Parallel
1
3½
4
3
4
3½
2
1
4
1
4
Parallel
Depart Platform 2 to ESL
Depart Platform 1 to UF
2½
2
North End Movements
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Depart Plat 0 to Up Thorne
Depart Plat 0 to Up Thorne
Arrive Plat 1 from York (via Thorne Slow)
Arrive Plat 0 from Down Thorne
Arrive Plat 1 from York (via Thorne Slow)
Arrive Plat 0 from Down Thorne
4
4½
2½
Arrive Platform 3B from Down
Depart Plat 3B to Sheffield/WSL
Depart Plat 3B to Sheffield/WSL
Depart Plats 3B/4/5/8 to Sheffield
Arrive Plats 3B/4/5 from Sheffield
Arrive Platform 8 from Sheffield
Pass Up/Down Main
Pass Up/Down Main
Arrive Platform 4/5 from Sheffield
Arrive Plat 4/8 from Down Main/Slow
Depart Platform 4/5 to Sheffield
Arrive Plat 3B from Sheffield
Arrive Plats 4, 5, 8 from Sheffield/SL
Arrive Platform 2
Arrive Platform 2
Arrive Platform 2
Arrive Platform 2
Arrive Platform 2 via ESL
2401pts
Depart Platform 1 to UF
Depart Platform 2 to ESL
Margin
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
130 of 310
Doncaster
Arrive Plat 0 from Down Thorne
Arrive Plat 1 from York (via Thorne Slow)
Dept Plat 0 to Up Thorne
Dept Plat 0 to Up Thorne
Arrive Platforms 1/3 from Leeds
Pass Down Main (to York)
Pass Down Main (to York)
Depart Down Main (to York)
Depart Down Main (to York)
Depart Plat 4 to Leeds/York
Pass Up Main (from York)
Pass Plat 1/3 from East Slow
Depart Plat 8 to Thorne
Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 to Thorne
Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 to Thorne
Depart Goods Lines to Thorne
Arrive/Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from Thorne
Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from Thorne
Arrive Plat 1 from Leeds/York
Arrive Plat 1/3 from Leeds/York
Arrive Plat 3B from South
Arrive Plat 1 from Leeds/York
Pass Up Main/Down Main
Pass Up Main/Down Main
Arrive Plat 1 from Leeds
Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 to York
Depart Plat 3B to Leeds/York
Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 to North
Arrive Plat 3 from York
Arrive Plat 1 from Down Thorne
Depart to York/Thorne
Pass Up Main (from Leeds)
Arrive Plat 1/3 (from Leeds)
Pass Up Main (from Leeds)
Arrive Plat 1/3 (from Leeds)
Depart Plat 8 to Thorne
Arrive Up Main (from Leeds)
Arrive Plat 1/3 from York/Leeds
Depart Plat 4 to Leeds or York
Arrive from Leeds or York
Pass from Leeds or York
Depart Plat 4 to Leeds or York
Pass Up Main/Down Main
Arrive Plats 1/3
Arrive Plat 3B from Thorne
Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from Thorne
Arrive Plat 1 from Leeds
Arrive Plat 3B from South
Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from Thorne/York
Depart to Thorne from Down Side
Arrive Plat 3 from York
Pass Down Main (to Leeds)
Arrive Plat 3B from Leeds/York
Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from North
Depart Plats 1/3 to Thorne
Arrive Plats 6, 7 from North
Arrive Plats 4, 8 from North
Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from North
Arrive Plats 1/3 from Thorne
Follow to same platforms
Follow to same platforms
Dep Goods Lines
3
4 (parallel
unless arrival
is via Up ESL)
4
1
3½
4
4
5
2
4
5
2
4½
4
4
4
3½
2
4
6*
4*
4
1
4
4½
5
5 when
conflicting
3
3
3½
2
* refers to Overlap Restrictions
Minimum Turnround
7 – Leeds EMU services, but not 2 consecutive
10 – DMU/EMU from Leeds, Sheffield, Humberside area, Lincolnshire and
Peterborough. Any reduction must be specially agreed
Operating Restrictions –
Doncaster Station. Trains from the Sheffield direction arriving into Platform 3B will hold the overlap so trains
cannot arrive into Platform 1 from the Up Main line/Leeds Line. Trains from the Shaftholme Junction direction can
access Platform 1 simultaneously by using the Down Thorne Slow line which will add an extra 1 minute running
time. This should be shown in the timetable as Adjustment allowance.
Doncaster West Yard. Electrically hauled trains shunting to or from Doncaster West Yard must be routed to
stand behind Signal D1488 or on to the Thorne Lines due to the presence of an OHL Neutral Section
Platform Re–occupation
In same direction
In opposite direction
4 (3 DMU)
5 (4 DMU)
Train Watering Points
Platforms 2, 5, 6, 7, Middle Road
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
131 of 310
Arksey Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive in Loop
Arrive in Loop
Down Main pass Shaftholme Junction
Second Movement
Before Down train passes Doncaster
Before Down train departs Doncaster
Depart Down Loop
Margin
3
1
Same time
LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION
Moorgate
Junction Margins and Platform Re-occupations – Crossing via Throat
First Movement
Arrive Platform 9
Depart Platform 9
Depart Platform 9
Arrive Platform 10
Depart Platform 10
Depart Platform 10
Second Movement
Depart Platform 10
Arrive Platform 9
Arrive Platform 10
Depart Platform 9
Arrive Platform 9
Arrive Platform 10
Margin
1
2½
Parallel
Parallel
2½
2½
Station Working
ARS will automatically route trains into platform 9 if it is not occupied
Highbury & Islington
Dwell Time
EMU
1
LN110 CANONBURY WEST JUNCTION TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION
Highbury Vale Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train from Canonbury West Junction
Second Movement
Train to Canonbury West Junction
Margin
2½
LN115 COPENHAGEN JUNCTION TO CAMDEN ROAD CENTRAL JUNCTION
York Way North Junction
Junction Margins
Movement
Margin
Fouling Move
2½
Where trains are required to stand at Copenhagen Junction and are likely to be in excess of 620 metres in length
then these should be held at York Way North Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
132 of 310
Camden Road Central Junction
Junction Margins
Up Trains towards Camden Road on the North
London Line
Down Train travelling towards Copenhagen
Junction on the North London Incline Line
Down Train towards Copenhagen Junction on
the North London Incline Line
Up Train travelling towards Camden Road on
the North London Line
Margin
3
3
LN120 WOOD GREEN NORTH JUNCTION TO LANGLEY JUNCTION (VIA
HERTFORD)
Bowes Park
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Reversing Siding
Arrive/pass Alexandra Palace
Depart Reversing Siding
Depart Reversing Siding
Depart Reversing Siding
Second Movement
Next train depart/pass Alexandra Palace
Depart Reversing Siding
Fast passes Gordon Hill
All stations departs Winchmore Hill
Semi Fast departs Winchmore Hill
Margin
1
Same time
Same time
Same time
1
Palmers Green
Dwell Time
1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX
1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX
Winchmore Hill
Dwell Time
1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX
1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX
Enfield Chase
Dwell Time
1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX
1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX Trains
terminating at Gordon Hill may have a ½ minute dwell time by agreement with
the Train Operator if deemed appropriate
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
133 of 310
Gordon Hill
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Up Bay
Arrive Up Bay
Arrive Up Main
Depart Up Bay
Depart / Pass Up Main
Pass Up Main
Second Movement
Arrive /Pass Up Platform
Depart Up Platform
Depart Up Bay
Arrive/Pass Up Platforms
Arrive Up Bay
Depart Up Bay
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains arriving Up Bay
Reason
Approach Control
Margin
3
1
1
3
3
2
Value
½
Dwell Time
1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX
1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX
Hertford North
Dwell Time
EMU
1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX
1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains Arriving Down Bay
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Platform 1
Depart / Pass Platform 1
Arrive Platform 3
Reason
Approach Control
Second Movement
Depart Platform 3
Depart to Up Hertford not calling Bayford
Depart to Up Hertford Southbound
Depart Platform 3
Arrive Platform 1 from Down Hertford
Arrive/Pass Platform 2 from Down Hertford
Northbound
Depart Platform 2 to Up Hertford
Depart Platform 3
Arrive Platform 3
Arrive / Pass Platform 2 from Down Hertford
Northbound
Arrive Platform 1 from the South
Depart to Up Hertford calling Bayford
Depart to Up Carriage Sidings
Arrive platform 1 from Down Hertford
Arrive platform 1 from Down Hertford
Depart platform 2 to Up Hertford Southbound
Depart platform 2 to Up Hertford Southbound
Depart platform 3 to Up Hertford
Pass / arrive platform 2 from Down Hertford
Arrive Platform 3
Arrive Platform 2
Depart Platform 2 to Up Hertford Southbound
Depart Platform 3
Value
½
Margin
3
4
4
1
1
4
3½
4
4
3
1
1
3
Northbound
Depart platform 2 to Up Hertford Southbound
Arrive platform 1 from Down Hertford
Hertford North Up Sidings Capability
No 1 Sidings 12 Cars but not currently in use due to lack of suitable lighting and walkways
No 2 Sidings 6 Cars
No 3 Sidings 6 Cars
No 4 Sidings 3 Cars
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
134 of 310
Molewood Junction
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Up Train Pass
Up Train Pass
Passenger Train Pass
Freight Train Pass
3
3½
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Down Train Pass
Down Train Pass
Up Passenger Train Pass
Up Freight Train Pass
2½
3
Second Movement
Margin
Down train departs Watton
Before next fast train from Branch passes Langley
Junction
Same time
5
Bragbury Junction
Langley South Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Down to Up
Pass Down to Up
LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)
Letchworth Garden City
Dwell Time
EMU
1
Station Working
Down terminating trains require a minimum dwell of 2 minutes before departing ECS
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive/pass from A/D line
Depart/pass from C S reception
Pass/Depart Up Platform
Second Movement
Arrive Down platform
Arrive/pass to C S reception from Up direction
Arrive from A/D line
Margin
3½
3
3
Platform Re–occupation
Platform Re-occupation in the same direction 3 minutes
Turnrounds
All shunt movements to be timed
Letchworth Garden City EMU Sidings
Operating Stop / Operating
Restrictions
All services travelling from Letchworth A/D line to Letchworth CS Reception
must be shown to have a ‘dot stop’ at Letchworth A/D line.
All services travelling to/from Letchworth A/D line or Letchworth CS
Reception towards or from Baldock direction must be shown to have a ‘dot
stop’ at Letchworth CS Reception.
All movements between Stop Board 4 and Letchworth Reception
CS/Letchworth CSD and also Stop Board 5 and Letchworth A/D
line/Letchworth CSD are controlled by the shunter and in most cases only
one movement at any one time is permitted.
Trains can be held at Stop Board 5 awaiting authority from the shunter to
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
135 of 310
Letchworth Garden City EMU Sidings
proceed towards Letchworth CS Reception; however trains cannot be
signaled from K954 signal (from Royston) to Stop Board 4 until the previous
movement within the yard has arrived at Letchworth CSD or Letchworth A/D
line.
Trains of more than 8 cars should not be planned to stable in Letchworth
CSD without prior agreement as trains longer than this will block the
walkways.
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass/Depart Letchworth Garden City towards
Royston
Pass/Depart Letchworth Garden City towards
Royston
Arrive Letchworth CS Reception from Royston
Arrive Letchworth CS Reception from Royston
Arrive Letchworth CS Reception from Royston
Depart Letchworth CSD towards Royston
Depart Letchworth CSD towards A/D line
Arrive Letchworth CSD from Royston
Arrive Letchworth CSD from Letchworth A/D
Arrive Letchworth CSD from Letchworth A/D
Second Movement
Depart Letchworth CS Reception towards
Royston
Arrive Letchworth CS Reception
Arrive/Pass Letchworth Garden City from
Royston
Depart Letchworth Garden City towards
Royston
Pass Letchworth Garden City towards Royston
Depart Letchworth CSD towards Royston or
Letchworth A/D line
Depart Letchworth CSD towards Royston or
Letchworth A/D line
Arrive Letchworth CSD from Royston
Depart Letchworth A/D towards Letchworth CS
Reception
Arrive at Letchworth CS Reception from
Royston
Margin
3
3
5
1
3
10
23 (if first
train formed
of up to 6
cars)
24 (if first
train formed
of 8 cars)
10
Same Time
6
Baldock
Dwell Time
EMU
1 Up peak trains arriving St Pancras Low Level / King’s Cross / Moorgate
between 0700 –0959 SX which run non-stop between Hitchin or Stevenage and
Finsbury Park
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Depart Up platform
Up fast pass Letchworth
Up fast arrive Letchworth
Arrive up platform from Down
Arrive up platform from Down
Arrive up platform from Down
3½
½
same time
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
136 of 310
Royston
Dwell Time
EMU
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
All crossing margins at south end
All crossing margins at north end
Arrive Platform 2 from Cambridge
Depart Platform 1 to Cambridge
Arrive Platform 1 from Letchworth Garden City
Depart Platform 2 to Letchworth Garden City
Pass/Depart Up not calling at Ashwell
Depart Up calling at Ashwell
Platform Re-occupation in the same direction 3 minutes
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Shepreth Branch Junction to Royston
3½
4
1
1
3
Reason
Value
Arrive from Up Cambridge into platform 2 or
attaching to unit already in platform 1;
½
approach control
Movement Down
Reason
Platform 1 to Down Cambridge;
differential junction speed
Royston to Shepreth Branch Junction
Minimum Turnround
Value
½
6 minutes for Suburban EMU services
LN150 FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION TO DECOY NORTH JUNCTION
Decoy South Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass from St Catherines Junction
Re–occupy single line
3
Second Movement
Train to Belmont Yard
Train to Doncaster from WSL
Margin
3
3½
Bridge Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train to Hexthorpe Junction
Train to Belmont Yard
LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)
Spalding
Dwell Time
EMU DMU
1
Minimum Turnround
4 trains from Peterborough
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Train Pass/Depart Platform 1
Second Movement
Down Train terminates Platform 1
Margin
3
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
137 of 310
Sleaford South Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up train passes from Sleaford
Down fast pass
Up train passes from Sleaford
Second Movement
Down fast pass
Up train passes from Sleaford
Down train passes to Sleaford
Margin
2½
2
2½
Second Movement
Down fast pass
Up train passes to Sleaford
Up train passes to Sleaford
Margin
2
3
3
Second Movement
Pass to Sleaford
Pass from Market Rasen
Margin
3
4
Second Movement
Margin
Terminating train from North or East arrive
7
Arrive from Metheringham
5
Sleaford North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up train passes to Sleaford
Down fast pass
Down train passes from Sleaford
Pelham Street Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Market Rasen
Pass to Sleaford
Lincoln
Attachment of Locomotives/Units
3
Attach DMU
Dwell Time
All
2
Junction Margins
First Movement
Terminating train arrive from North or East
arrive
Arrive from Market Rasen
Minimum Turnround
12 trains from Sheffield, Nottingham, Cleethorpes or Peterborough
15 trains from beyond Sheffield, Nottingham or Peterborough
Where minimum turnrounds have been increased and shorter turnrounds already apply for some trains in the
2000 timetable, existing values may continue to be used for a similar number of trains, provided they are not
further reduced. In the event that the service is amended by changes to the overall pattern, the new values will
apply.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
138 of 310
West Holmes Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to Gainsborough
Pass from Newark
Pass from Newark
Pass to Gainsborough
3½
3
Second Movement
Pass to Boultham Junction
Pass West Holmes Junction to Gainsborough
Pass to Boultham Junction
Margin
5
3
4
Adjustment to sectional running time
Movement Down
Approaching Bessacarr Junction – for trains to
Black Carr Junction or Up Lincoln Flyover
Reason
Approach Control
Value
1½ Freight
½ Passenger
Junction Margins
First Movement
All conflicting moves
Second Movement
Margin
3
Pyewipe Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass West Holmes Junction to Gainsborough
Pass to Boultham Junction
Pass from Boultham Junction
Gainsborough Lea Road
Dwell Time
All
1
Bessacarr Junction
LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS
Allington West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Nottingham towards Grantham
Pass from Sleaford
Second Movement
Pass from Sleaford
Pass to Grantham
Margin
4
4
Second Movement
Pass from Allington East towards Sleaford
Margin
3½
Pass from Sleaford towards Allington West
Junction
2½
Allington North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Sleaford towards Allington West
Junction
Pass from Allington East towards Sleaford
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
139 of 310
Sleaford
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive
Platform 1
Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive
Platform 2
Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive
Platform 3
Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive
Platform 2
Up train departs to Lincoln from Platform 3
Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive
Up train departs to Lincoln or Grantham from
Platform 3
Train arrives from Grantham
Train from Lincoln arrives Platform 3
Arrive from Spalding or Skegness
Arrive from Lincoln
Depart to Spalding
Depart to Skegness
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive
Platform 2
Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive
Platform 1
Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive
Platform 2
Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive
Platform 3
Down train from Grantham arrive
Up train departs to Lincoln from Platform 3
Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive
Margin
3
6
1
4
Train from Lincoln pass Sleaford N Junction
Train from Grantham arrive
Depart to Spalding or Skegness
Depart to Lincoln
Arrive from Skegness
Arrive from Spalding
2
6
1
2
6
7
2
4
4
5 trains from Peterborough, Lincoln or Grantham
10 trains from beyond Peterborough, Lincoln or Grantham
Heckington
Adjustment to sectional running time
Movement Down
Departing Heckington
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train from Sleaford
Reason
Only applies to trains consiting of 5 or more
vehicles. HN13 signal which protects Great
Hale Drove LC on the Down line, will not clear
until the train clears the track circuit in rear.
Value
3
Second Movement
Train to Sleaford
Margin
3
Restriction. No acceptance into Up platform until 2 minutes after train has arrived off the Single Line from
Sleaford.
Hubberts Bridge
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train from Boston
Second Movement
Train to Boston
Margin
3
Restriction. No acceptance into Down platform until 2 minutes after train has arrived off Single Line from Boston
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
140 of 310
Boston
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains bound for Boston Docks. Approaching
Boston Station
Dwell Time
All
Reason
To cover the time required for:
a) the train to stop adjacent Sleaford Siding
G.F. and collect a radio from the shunter;
b) the train to draw forward towards Boston
station
Value
3
Second Movement
Depart to Hubberts Bridge
Depart to Skegness
Margin
Same time
2
Second Movement
Train to Boston
Margin
3
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Hubberts Bridge
Arrive from Skegness
Minimum Turnround
8
Sibsey
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train from Boston
Skegness
Minimum Turnround
7 trains from Nottingham
15 trains from beyond Nottingham
Where minimum turnrounds have been increased and shorter turnrounds already apply for some trains in the
2000 timetable, existing values may continue to be used for a similar number of trains, provided they are not
further reduced. In the event that the service is amended by changes to the overall pattern, the new values will
apply
Due to the lack of platform lighting, only Platforms 3 and 4 should be used
Platforming
during the hours of darkness.
LN190 ALLINGTON EAST JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION
(ALLINGTON CHORD)
Allington East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Nottingham towards Grantham
Pass towards Allington North
Second Movement
Pass towards Allington North
Pass from Nottingham towards Grantham
Margin
3
2½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
141 of 310
Allington North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Sleaford towards Allington West
Junction
Pass from Allington East towards Sleaford
Second Movement
Pass from Allington East towards Sleaford
Margin
3½
Pass from Sleaford towards Allington West
Junction
2½
LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION
Newark Flat Crossing
Junction Margins
First Movement
Lincoln – Nottingham pass
Lincoln – Nottingham pass
Down train pass Newark Flat Crossing
Down train stopping Newark North Gate
Lincoln – Nottingham pass
Lincoln – Nottingham pass
Up train pass ECML
Up train stopping Newark North Gate pass
ECML
Nottingham – Lincoln pass
Nottingham – Lincoln pass
Down train pass ECML
Down train stopping Newark Nth Gate pass
ECML
Nottingham – Lincoln pass
Nottingham – Lincoln pass
Up train pass ECML
Up train stopping Newark North Gate pass
ECML
Second Movement
Down train pass ECML
Down train calling Newark North Gate pass
ECML
Lincoln – Nottingham pass
Lincoln – Nottingham pass
Up train pass ECML
Up train calling Newark North Gate pass ECML
Lincoln – Nottingham pass
Lincoln – Nottingham pass
Down train pass ECML
Down train stopping Newark Nth Gate pass
ECML
Nottingham – Lincoln pass
Nottingham – Lincoln pass
Up train pass ECML
Up train stopping Newark North Gate pass
ECML
Nottingham – Lincoln pass
Nottingham – Lincoln pass
Margin
4½
4
2
2½
4½
5
3
2½
4½
3½
2½
3
4½
5
3½
3
Newark Flat Crossing East Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Approaching Newark Flat Crossing East
Junction – for trains to Newark North Gate
Reason
Slow speed junction
Value
½ Class 15X
only
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
142 of 310
Newark Flat Crossing East Junction
Movement Up
After Newark Flat Crossing East Junction– for
trains from Newark North Gate
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Nottingham
Arrive/pass from Newark North Gate
Pass to Nottingham
Pass to Nottingham
Depart to Newark North Gate
Depart to Newark North Gate
Depart to Nottingham (after reversal)
Minimum Reversal
Reason
Slow speed junction
Value
½ Class 15X
only
Second Movement
Arrive from Newark North Gate
Pass to Nottingham or Newark North Gate
Arrive from Newark North Gate
Depart to Newark North Gate
Pass to Nottingham
Pass from Nottingham
Pass/arrive from Nottingham
Margin
4
4
4
3
5
5
5
Second Movement
Pass from Pywipe Junction
Pass to Lincoln
Pass to Pyewipe Junction
Margin
3
4
4
3½
Boultham Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Lincoln
Pass from Pyewipe Junction
Pass from Pyewipe Junction
LN220 BESSACARR JUNCTION TO BLACK CARR JUNCTION
Bessacarr Junction
Refer to LN170
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
Shaftholme Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Pass from Knottingley.
Approaching Doncaster
Differential junction speed
1 Freight
1½
Passenger
Movement Down
Pass from Doncaster Platform 8
Slow Access to Down Main Line
1 Cross
Country 22X
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up train from Branch
Down train pass to Branch
Up train from Branch
Down train pass to Temple Hirst
Down train pass to Temple Hirst
Up train pass from Temple Hirst
Up train pass from Temple Hirst
Second Movement
Pass Down Main
Before next fast train
Down train to Branch
Up train pass from Branch
Up train start from Branch
Up train pass from Branch
Up train start from Branch
Margin
5
4
5
4
1
4
2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
143 of 310
Joan Croft Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train from Branch
Up train passes Shaftholme Junction
Down train passes Shaftholme Junction
Up train pass to Branch
Second Movement
Up train passes Shaftholme Junction
Down train from Branch
Down train from Branch
Up train passes Temple Hirst Junction
Margin
5
2
3
Same time
Reason
Differential junction speed
Differential Junction Speed
Value
1
HST/170/180
-½ 180/222
Second Movement
Before next Up/Down train
Before next Up/Down train
Pass to Branch
Up Passenger/Freight from Branch
Up Passenger/Freight from Branch
Down Passenger/Freight to Branch
Down Passenger/Freight to Branch
Margin
4
5
4
5
6
5
6
Reason
Approach control
Value
1
Second Movement
Pass Hambleton South Junction from
Hambleton West Junction
Down ML pass Hambleton North Junction
Margin
4*
4
Down ML train pass Hambleton North Junction
4
Temple Hirst Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Pass from Selby.
Approaching Shaftholme Junction
Pass from Hambleton South Junction
Approaching Shaftholme Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Passenger pass to Branch
Down Freight pass to Branch
Pass Up Main
Down Passenger to Branch
Down Freight to Branch
Up Passenger from Branch
Up Freight from Branch
Hambleton South Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Pass to Hambleton West, if stopping at
Hambleton West.
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down ML train pass Hambleton North Junction
Pass Hambleton South Junction to Hambleton
West Junction
Pass Hambleton South Junction from
Hambleton West Junction
Up ML train passes Hambleton North Junction
Pass Hambleton South Junction from
Hambleton West Junction
* 1 minute if second train stopped at Hambleton South Junction
$ 2 if second train stopped at Hambleton South Junction
5
$
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
144 of 310
Hambleton North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Branch
Pass Up Main
Pass Up Main
Pass Down Main
Pass Down Main
Second Movement
Pass Up Main
Pass from Branch
Depart from Branch
Depart from Branch
Pass from Branch
Margin
4
3
1
2
3
Second Movement
Pass from Hambleton
Pass NNL to Church Fenton
Margin
4
4
Second Movement
Down crossing movement pass Colton
Junction
Up LSL pass Colton Junction
Margin
3
5
Down ML/NNL pass Colton Junction
Up crossing movement pass Colton Junction
3
5
Second Movement
Arrive/pass York/York Yard South LSL
Depart Holgate Sidings to Colton Junction
Arrive/pass York/York Yard South LSL
Margin
6
1
5
Arrive Holgate Sidings from York/York Yard
South
3
Second Movement
Arrive York from Leeds lines
Up pass York Yard South Junction
Up depart York Yard South Junction
Depart/pass York Yard South Junction
Arrive York from Leeds lines
Margin
4
3
Same time
4
5
Colton Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass NNL to Church Fenton
Pass from Hambleton
Colton North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up LSL pass Colton Junction
Down crossing movement pass Colton
Junction
Up crossing movement pass Colton Junction
Down ML/NNL pass Colton Junction
Holgate Sidings
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Holgate Sidings to Colton Junction
Arrive/pass York/York Yard South LSL
Arrive Holgate Sidings from York/York Yard
South
Arrive/Pass York/York Yard South
Holgate Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down pass/arrive York Yard South Junction
Arrive York from Leeds lines
Arrive York from Leeds lines
Depart York on Leeds lines
Up depart/pass York Yard South Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
145 of 310
York
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement
Bay Platforms
Approaching Platforms 11x from the south
Up trains departing platform 4 (to be input at next
timing point)
Connectional Allowance
8
Dwell Time
DMU
HST/LH
XC Services (HST & 22x)
TPE
Grand Central
3
3
2
2
2
Minimum Turnround
To/from London King’s Cross
XC
TPE
DMU/EMU
Reason
TPWS
Approach control
Additional distance through York station
Value
½
1
½
HST EWD
LH EWD
HST Sun
LH Sun
25
25
25
25
20 (10 by exception and in agreement with Network Rail)
8
10 from Leeds, Sheffield, Newcastle, Middlesbrough, Scarborough, Hull,
Harrogate and Manchester Victoria
15 from Blackpool which may be reduced to a minimum of 10 minutes by the
number of minutes additional station dwell at Leeds of the incoming service
Junction Margins outside ‘Leaf Fall Period’
First Movement
Trains following same direction
Arrive
Between first departing and second arriving
Between first departing and second arriving
Second Movement
Depart conflicting move
South end and Scarborough line (or as below)
North end
Margin
3
1
5
4
Junction Margins during ‘Leaf Fall Period’
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive from Scarborough
Depart to Scarborough
1
Depart to Scarborough
Arrive from Scarborough
8
Note: Trains from Scarborough are not permitted to pass S4 signal at Haxby Road until the Down train has cleared
the Single Line. No trains are to be planned into Platform 5 during this period.
Junction Margins – Alternative Rules
ARS coding now means the following alternative rules can apply for platform 11. By using the suffix ‘x’ to the
platform number, ARS will always use the short overlap for that train, this results in the train being cautioned upon
approach to York.
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive Platform 11x from Down Leeds
Arrive Platform 10 from Down Main
No conflict
Arrive Platform 11x from South
Arrive/Depart platform 10 from the North
No conflict
Platform 11x is not available from the North or from the down Main due to there being no short overlap.
Overlap restrictions
The following moves have an extended overlap which clears approximately ½ minute after arriving. The overlap
must be clear for a minimum of 3 mins before the train arrives and 3 minutes after arrival must elapse before it is
reoccupied by an arriving train, 1 minute for a departing train.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
146 of 310
York
Movement
Arrive/Depart Platform 2 from East
Arrive Platform 3 from North/East
Arrive Platform 3 from North/South
Arrive Platform 4 from East
Arrive Platform 10 from North
Arrive Platform 10 from North
Arrive Platform 11 from South
Conflict
Arrive Platform 4 from South
Arrive/depart Platform 1
Arrive Platform 4 from East
Arrive Platform 3 from North/South
Arrive Platform 11 from Down Main
Depart Platform 11 to the South*
Arrive or Depart platform 10 to/from North
Arrive Platform 5 from South
Arrive/depart Platform 4 to/from East and Platform 8 to/from North when the
routes are set at the same time
Arrive Platform 3 from North and depart Platform 8 to North at the same time
Arrive Platform 5 from South
*It is possible to depart Platform 11 to Holgate Sidings (only) the same time as an arrival from the north in Platform
10.
The parallel move of arriving Platform 5/8 from the North at the same time as departing Platform 9/10/11/to North
can be timetabled using the line code AL on the departing services.
Platform Re–occupation
In same direction
In opposite directions
4
5
Preferred Platform Usage
To protect performance VTEC trains should where possible use the following platforms:
VTEC xx:01-xx:03 York –
Use platform 6
King’s Cross services
Southbound xx:53-xx:55 arrivals
to use platform 5
connecting into them
Train Watering Points
Restricted use in Platforms 1, 2 and siding.
Platforms 9 and 10
Skelton Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass towards Harrogate/Down Slow
Pass to Harrogate
Pass from Harrogate
Pass from Harrogate
Pass Down Fast/Slow
Pass Up Slow
Pass Up Fast
Pass to/from Harrogate
Second Movement
Pass Down Fast/Slow
Pass from Harrogate
Pass to Harrogate
Pass Down Fast/Slow
Pass from Harrogate
Pass from Harrogate
Pass from Harrogate
Next move through SL junction
Margin
3
4
3½
3½
3
3
2½
3
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
147 of 310
Skelton Bridge Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Passenger pass to Down Slow
Second Movement
Down train departs York
Margin
Same time
Down Freight pass to Down Slow
Up Freight pass to Up Slow
Up Fast Line train passes Skelton Junction
Up Freight pass to Up Slow
Pass Down Fast (Skelton Junction)
Down train departs York
Up train passes Tollerton on Up Fast
Up Freight pass to Up Slow
Down train departs York
Cross to Up Slow
1
Same time
1
1
4
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½
Differential junction speed
1*
$
2
Differential junction speed
Differential junction speed
1
$
½
½
Second Movement
Cross Up Slow to Up Fast
Pass Up Fast
Next train passes
Cross Down Slow to Down Fast
Margin
3½
4
4
2½
Reason
Approach Control Acceleration
Value
1*
1**
Reason
Acceleration
Value
1
Tollerton
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Crossing from DF to DS. Approaching
Tollerton
Crossing from DS to DF Approaching Tollerton
$ Approaching Thirsk
Movement Up
Crossing from UF to US Approaching Tollerton
$
Crossing from US to UF Approaching Skelton
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Up Fast
Cross Up Fast to Up Slow
Down train pass to Down Slow
Pass Down Fast
Thirsk
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Crossing from Down Slow to Down Fast
* Approaching Thirsk
** Approaching Northallerton
Movements Up
Crossing from Up Slow to Up Fast
Approaching Tollerton
Dwell Time
DMU/EMU
1
Junction Margins
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
148 of 310
Thirsk
First Movement
Down train clear to Down Slow
Pass Up Fast
Pass Up Fast
Pass Down Fast
Second Movement
Next train passes
Depart Up Slow to Up Fast
Pass Up Slow to Up Fast
Depart Down Slow to Down Fast
Margin
4
1½
3
2
Second Movement
Pass from Down Slow
Depart from Down Slow
Margin
2
1
Longlands Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Down Main (Northallerton)
Pass Down Main (Northallerton)
Northallerton
Dwell Time
DMU
HST/LH
1
1½*. * 3 when station is unstaffed
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Depart to Eaglescliffe
Pass Down Main
Depart to Eaglescliffe
Pass Up Main
Depart to Eaglescliffe
Arrive Up Main
Arrive/pass Up Main
Depart to Eaglescliffe
Arrive/pass Up Main
Pass to Eaglescliffe
Pass Up Main
Pass/arrive from Eaglescliffe
Depart Up Main
Arrive from Eaglescliffe
Passenger Pass Up Main to SL
Pass Up Main
Passenger Depart Up Main to SL
Pass Up Main
Freight Pass Up Main to SL
Pass Up Main
Depart Down Platform to Up
Pass Down Main
Depart Down Platform to USL
Pass Up Main
* 3 if train from Eaglescliffe has pathing allowance
Margin
4½
4½
4
1
3
3
4*
4
4½
5
5½
4½
Darlington
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Train to Platform 4B via Bypass Line
Trains from Down Main to Platform 1 – 3
Trains from Up Saltburn terminating in Platforms 2 & 3
Non–stop trains from Eaglescliffe to the Down Main. After
Darlington
Movements Up
Reason
Slower approach speed
Approach control
TPWS
Value
2
1
½
Acceleration
2
Reason
Value
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
149 of 310
Darlington
Train to Platform 4B
Approach control
Dwell Time
185
22x
XC Services (HST & 22x)
DMU/EMU
LH/HST
Junction Margins
South end movements
Dep
Pass
2nd
to York
move → to
York
1st move
↓
Arr/pass
1
4
from
E’cliffe
Pass to
York
Dep to
York
Dep to
3
5
E’cliffe
Pass
1
from
York
Arr Plat
4 from
York
Arr Plat
4A from
Ecliffe
1
1½
1½
1½
2
2
Arr from
E’cliffe
North End movements
2nd move
Pass
Arrive
from
Plat 4
→
York
from
York
1st move ↓
Pass from
York
Dep to
Newcastle
Arr Plat 1
5
from
Newcastle
Arr Plat 1
from
Bishop
Auckland
Pass
from
York
Dep
to
E’cliffe
4
5
5*
5
Arr Plat
4 from
York via
Bypass
1
4
5*
Arr Plat
4A from
E’cliffe
4*
Arr Plat
1–3
from
York
Arr Plat
1 from
N’castle
4*
P
2
4
3
5*
5*
5*
5*
1
4*
4½
4*
4
Depart to
Newcastle
Depart to
Bishop
Auckland
Pass to
York
3
P
Arrive Plat 1
from
Newcastle
Arrive Plat 4
from
Newcastle
4½
4
3
Arrive
from
Bishop
Auckland
5*
4
1
1
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
4*
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
150 of 310
Arr Plat 4A
4 – via
1
4
from
bypass
Bishop
Auckland
Dep Plat 1
3 (Plat 4)
5
5*
for Bishop
Auck
*These margins can be reduced by 1 if the second train has at least 1 minute pathing allowance approaching
Darlington
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive Up Loop
Pass Up Main
6
Pass Up Main
Depart Up Loop
2
Depart to Eaglescliffe
Depart Up Loop
3
Depart to York
Depart Up Loop
3
Minimum Turnaround
DMU
HST
LH
Train Watering Points
5 for trains from Bishop Auckland and Saltburn. There
must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnarounds, and
the total of any two consecutive turnarounds must equal
15 minutes. These values may be reduced if sufficient
pathing time is included in the schedule approaching
Darlington.
10 trains from York
15 trains from Leeds or beyond
25 trains to/from Bristol/Reading and north thereof
35 trains to/from south of Bristol, and South Wales and
beyond Reading
35 trains to/from Bristol/Reading and north thereof
45 trains to/from south of Bristol, and South Wales and
beyond Reading
Platforms 2 and 3
Ferryhill South Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Train to Slow Line
Reason
Approach control
Value
1 Freight
1½ DMU
Movements Up
Train from Slow Line
Reason
Acceleration
Value
1½ DMU
2 Freight
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Passenger pass to SL
Down Freight pass to SL
Pass Up Main
Second Movement
Next Down/Up train passes
Next Down/Up train passes
Depart US or UGL to UM
Margin
4
5
2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
151 of 310
Ferryhill South Junction
Operating/Planning Restriction
All trains booked to stand on the Up Slow Line for over 10 minutes that are less than 69 SLUs/1449 ft/441
metres, must be shown to stand in the Up Goods Loop (Line Code GL). The length of Ferryhill South Up
Goods Loop is 70 SLUs/1470 ft/448 metres. Any trains standing for less than 10 minutes or that are
longer than the Up Goods Loop; need to stand on the Up Slow Line (Line Code SL).
Tursdale Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Train from Slow Line
Reason
Acceleration
Value
1½ DMU
2 Freight
Movements Up
Train to Slow Line
Reason
Approach control
Value
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Passenger passes on FL
Up Passenger passes on FL
Up Passenger pass to SL
Up Freight pass to SL
Pass to/from SL
Down Freight pass/depart from SL
Down Passenger passes
Second Movement
Down Freight passes from SL
Down Freight departs from SL
Before next train passes
Before next train passes
Next train to/from SL
Up Passenger passes
Down Freight depart from SL
Margin
4
2
4
5
4
3½
3½
Durham
Adjustment to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Terminating train in Down platform
Dwell Time
DMU/EMU
LH/HST/22x
Reason
Approach control
Value
½
Second Movement
Next train passes
Next train passes
Next Up service pass
Next Down/Up pass
Margin
4
5
8
4
1
1½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Passenger clear to platform/SL
Down Freight clear to platform/SL
Up train terminating shunt, arrive to DF
Up train arriving on Down side
Minimum Turnround
DMU
5 trains from Newcastle area. 10 minutes must be allowed if the service is to
be replatformed.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
152 of 310
Durham Up Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Passenger arrive inside
Up Freight arrive inside
Pass Durham on Up Main
Depart Durham on Up Main
Second Movement
Next up train passes Durham
Next up train passes Durham
Depart Loop
Depart Loop
Margin
4
5
2
3
Second Movement
Next train arrives Durham
Depart Down Loop
Depart Down Loop
Margin
4
3
4
Second Movement
Next Down pass
Next Down pass
Next Down pass
Up Passenger from SL/GL
Up Passenger pass from SL/GL
Next Down pass
Up Freight from SL/GL
Up Freight from SL/GL
Down train to SL/GL
Up Passenger/Freight pass from SL
Up Freight from GL
Margin
4
5
4
3
2
5
3
2
6
6
4
Durham Down Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Down Loop
Pass Durham
Depart Durham
Chester–le–Street
Dwell Time
DMU(A/S)
DMU(E)/185
½
1
Birtley Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Passenger pass to SL/GL
Down Freight pass to SL/GL
Up Passenger from SL/GL
Down Fast pass
Up Fast pass
Up Freight from SL/GL
Down Fast pass
Up Fast pass
Up train from SL/GL
Down Freight to GL
Down Passenger/Freight to SL
Low Fell Junction/RMT
Junction Margins
First movement
Up Passemger pass to SL/GL
Up Freight pass to SL/GL
Up Passenger pass to SL/GL
Up Freight pass to SL/GL
Second Movement
Next Up Pass King Edward Bridge
Next Up Pass King Edward Bridge
Next Down pass Birtley Junction
Next Down pass Birtley Junction
Margin
2
4
3
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
153 of 310
Low Fell Junction/RMT
After Down ML passes Kingf
Edward Bridge
After Down ML passes Kingf
Edward Bridge
Pass SL/GL to King Edward
Bridge/Norwood Junction
Arrive Low Fell RMT from Low Fell
Junction/Norwood Junction
Arrive Low Fell RMT from Low Fell
Junction/Norwood Junction
Arrive/pass from Low Fell RMT
Down Passenger from SL/GL
1
Down Freight from SL/GL
2
Pass from King Edward Bridge /
Norwood
Pass Low Fell Junction to Low Fell
RMT
Pass Low Fell Junction to Norwood
Junction
Depart / pass to Low Fell RMT
5
6
2
4
King Edward Bridge South Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Reason
Trains towards Greensfield
Differential junction speed
Jn
Movements Up
Reason
Trains from Greensfield
Differential Speed Junction
Juntion
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down pass to SL or
Gateshead line
Down or Up pass
Pass from King Edward
Bridge East/North Junction
Pass Up Main
Value
½ Passenger
Value
½ Passenger
Second Movement
Up train pass
Margin
3
Down pass to SL or Gateshead Line
Pass to King Edward Bridge East/North
Junction
Pass from Norwood Junction ( wrong direction
)
3
3
3
King Edward Bridge North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from King Edward Bridge South Junction
Second Movement
Pass to King Edward Bridge South Junction
Margin
3
Newcastle
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Train departing from Platforms 5,6,7 and 8 to
Morpeth, timed FL. Approaching Heaton South
Jn.
Trains arriving Platforms 9, 10, 11 and 12
Reason
Differential junction speed at Argyle Street
Junction
Value
½
TPWS
1
Movements Up
Reason
Value
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
154 of 310
Newcastle
Trains arriving Platforms 5,6,7 and 8 from
Morpeth timed FL. Approaching Newcastle.
Trains arriving Platform 1
Connectional Allowance
Differential junction speed at Argyle Street
Junction
TPWS
½
8
Conflicting Moves
Movement
Between trains in the same direction Platforms 2 – 4.
Between arrivals from opposite directions
First Movement
Second Movement
Arrive lat 2 from South
Arrive Platform 1
Depart Plat 3 to South
Arrive Platform 4 from North
West End movements
Movement
Between first arriving and second departing
Between two consecutive arrivals
Between first departing and second arriving (LH/HST)
Between first departing and second arriving (DMU)
Between two consecutive departures
First Movement
Second Movement
Depart Platform 2/3 to West
Arrive Platform 2/3 from Forth Banks
Arrive Platform 8 from West
Arrive Platform 7 from East
Arrive Platform 8 from West
Depart Platform 7 to Up Slow Line
Arrive Platform 7 from West
Arrive Platform 8 from West
Depart Platform 7 to West via
Depart Platform 8 to East
Depart Platform 7 to Up Slow Line
Arrive Platform 8 from West
Depart Platform 3/4 to West
Arrive opposite Platform from East
Arrive Platform 3/4 from East
Depart opposite Platform to West
Arrive Platform 3 from down main
Arrive Platform 4 from up main
Arrive Platform 4 from up main
Arrrive Platform 3 from down main
East End movements
Movement
Between first arriving and second departing
Between two consecutive arrivals
Between two consecutive departures
First Movement
Second Movement
Depart to North / High Level Bridge
Arrive from North
Depart to North / High Level Bridge
Arrive from High Level Bridge ( first via Level
Bridge Central ) Junction
Depart to North / High Level Bridge
Arrive from High Level Bridge ( first via
Newcastle East Junction )
Depart Platform 3 / 4 to North via UFL
Arrive from UF
Depart Platform 2 to North
Depart Platform 1 to High Level Bridge
Arrive /depart Platform 1
Arrive Platform 2 from South
Depart Platforms 5,6,7 and 8 to DFL
Arrive from North on Up Fast Line
Arrive from North on Up Fast Line
Depart Platform. 5,6,7 and 8 to Down Fast Line
Dwell Time
DMU
HST/LH
½
Margin
4
4
Margin
4
4
Margin
1
3
5
4
3
Margin
4
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
1
1
Margin
1
3
3
Margin
4
5
4
6
2
3
6
1 min before
first train
arrives
2
3
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
155 of 310
Newcastle
XC Services (22x&HST)
2
Maximum Turnround
60 minutes in through platforms
Minimum Turnround
VTEC
TPE
XC
DMU/EMU
35
10
20 (10 by exception and in agreement with Network Rail)
5 To/from Sunderland or Metro Centre
#
7 To/from Hexham, Morpeth or Seaham
10 To/from Carlisle, Hartlepool, Middlesbrough or Darlington
20 To/from York and beyond, and north of Carlisle
# May be reduced to 5 minutes if the train has two or more minutes pathing time approaching Newcastle
Operating Restrictions
Class 22X trains using Platforms 5/6 must be planned to use the furthest platform dependant on the direction of
arrival (i.e Platform 5 ex KEB direction and Platform 6 ex HLB/Scotland direction).
No other units to be planned to use Platform 5/6 whilst a Class 22X train is occupying either platform due to
overlap and signal sighting issues.
Class 22x trains should not be planned to use Platforms 7 and 8
Trains conveying containers should only be planned to run SL or Platform 7 or Platform 2 (in this preference) due
to RT3973 restrictions through the station.
Train Watering Points
Platforms 2, 3; restrictive use of Platforms 4, 5 and 6; Newcastle Forth
Siding; Heaton Depot
Heaton South Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains from Slow Line
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½ MU
1 Freight
Movements Up
Trains to Slow
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½ DMU
Junction Margins
First Movement
All crossing margins
Second Movement
Margin
4
Second Movement
Up train pass Heaton South Junction
Pass to Branch
Re–occupy Branch
Margin
6
2
4
Same time
6
Benton North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Branch
Up train pass Heaton South Junction
Off Branch
Arrive Loop from either direction
Up train depart Loop
Up train arrive Loop from Newsham
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
156 of 310
Morpeth
Dwell Time
DMU
HST/LH
XC Services (HST & 22x)
1
1½*. * To be increased to 3 when the station is unstaffed
1½
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Junction Margins
First Movement
Passenger arrive Down Loop (Morpeth North
Jn)
LH Freight arrive Down Loop (Morpeth North
Jn)
Down terminating train to Branch
Down Freight pass to Branch
Up Passenger pass Morpeth
Up Passenger arrive Up Loop
Up Freight arrive Up Loop
Pass from Branch
Minimum Turnround
Reason
Value
Second Movement
Pass Morpeth Down Main
Margin
1½
Pass Morpeth Down Main
3½
Down/Up non–stop pass
5
Down/Up non–stop pass
Arrive from reversing siding
Up non–stop pass
Up non–stop pass
Pass to Branch
6
3
6
7
4
10 Shunt via sidings
Morpeth North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart pass from Branch
Pass to Branch
Pass from Branch
Down Passenger pass Morpeth
Up train pass Morpeth
Down Passenger pass Morpeth
Second Movement
Up pass Morpeth
Up pass Morpeth
Up pass Morpeth
Depart Down Loop
Depart from Branch
Depart from Branch
Margin
6
7
4
2
1
2
Second Movement
Pass to branch (before Up train)
Pass to Branch (before Up train)
Depart/Pass Down Main to Branch
Margin
5
9
Same time
Pegswood
Dwell Time
DMU
½
Butterwell Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Passenger train passes Alnmouth
Up Freight train passes Alnmouth
Up train passes/arrives Morpeth/Morpeth UPL
(or Morpeth North if going to Blyth & Tyne)
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
157 of 310
Widdrington
Dwell Time
DMU
½
Chevington Loops
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down passenger arrive
Second Movement
Non–stop pass Morpeth
Margin
4 mins after
Down freight arrive
Non–stop passes Morpeth
Down passenger pass Morpeth
Up passenger arrive
Up freight arrive
Down depart Loop
Non stop pass Alnmouth
Non stop pass Alnmouth
2 mins after
before
8
Same time
1
Acklington
Dwell Time
DMU
½
Wooden Gates
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Passenger arrive
Down Freight arrive
Down Passenger arrive
Down Freight arrive
Down Passenger pass Alnmouth
Second Movement
Non stop passes Alnmouth
Non stop passes Alnmouth
Down Passenger arrive Alnmouth
Down Passenger arrive Alnmouth
Down depart Loop
Margin
6
7
4
5
1
Alnmouth for Alnwick (inc Wooden Gates loops)
Dwell Time
DMU
HST/LH
XC Services (HST & 22x)
1
1½*. * To be increased to 3 when the station is unstaffed
1½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Passenger clear inside
Up Freight clear inside
Second Movement
Non stop pass
Non stop pass
Margin
5
6
Chathill
Dwell Time
DMU
½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
158 of 310
Belford (inc Crag Mill Loops)
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Passenger clear inside
Down Freight clear inside
Second Movement
Down non stop pass
Non stop pass
Margin
5
6
Second Movement
Non stop passes Belford
Non stop spasses Belford
Freight depart Down Loop
Freight depart Up Loop
Margin
5
6
2
1
Second Movement
Non stop passes Berwick from Scotland
Margin
6
Second Movement
Non stop pass
Non stop pass
Pass Up Main
Margin
6
6
6
Crag Mill Loops
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Passenger clear inside
Up Freight clear inside
Down Passenger pass Belford
Up Passenger pass Belford
Tweedmouth
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Freight clear inside
Berwick
Dwell Time
HST/LH
1½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down Freight clear inside
Up Freight clear inside
Depart Up Main
LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST
JUNCTION
Notes:
No pathing to be inserted between Northallerton East Junction and Northallerton station in either direction;
if necessary an ’A’ stop must be inserted at signal Y478 in Up direction or Northallerton East Junction in
Down direction
An up train standing at signal Y478 must not exceed 380m
A down train standing at Northallerton East Junction must not exceed 210m
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
159 of 310
LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE
COAST
Northallerton East Junction
Adjustment to sectional running times
Movement Up
Reason
Trains booked to stop at Y478. To
Slow approach
be applied approaching
Northallerton East Junction
Movement Down
Trains from Northallerton station. To
be applied after Northallerton East
Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Boroughbridge Road LC
occupy tc DCT to clear tc DCT
Pass to Boroughbridge Road LC
occupy tc DCT to clear tc DCT
Reason
Accelaration
Value
½ passenger and light engines only
Value
½ (except as shown below)
Second Movement
Depart Northallerton Down Loop to Eaglescliffe
Margin
1½
Pass from Northallerton Down Loop
Sight Y467 (approach control) to occupy tc
DDT
Depart to Boroughbridge Road LC
3½
Passenger pass from Northallerton
Occupy tc DDT/clear tc DCT
Passenger pass from Northallerton
Pass to Boroughbridge Road LC
Occupy tc DDT/clear tc DCT
Freight pass from Northallerton
Depart to Boroughbridge Road LC
Occupy tc DDT/clear tc DCT
Freight pass from Northallerton
Pass to Boroughbridge Road LC
Occupy tc DDT/clear tc DCT
Adjustment to Sectional Running Times for heavier freight traffic:
TR100 timing loads = {1}
TR115 and above timing loads = {1½}
Class 60 timing loads 1400-1600t = {1}
Class 60 timing loads 1800t and above = {1½}
Class 66 timing loads 2000-2400t = {1}
Class 66 2600t and above = {1½}
1½
3
2
3½
Yarm
Adjustment to sectional running times
Movement Both Directions
RT3973 HAW: Schedule 2 and/or 3 vehicles;
apply between Yarm and Eaglescliffe and Vice
Versa
Reason
20mph restriction over Yarm Viaduct
Value
2
Eaglescliffe
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
160 of 310
Eaglescliffe
Adjustment to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Non–stop trains from Darlington
* After Eaglescliffe
Movement Up
Non–stop trains towards Darlington
** Approaching Eaglescliffe
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass/arrive from Northallerton
Pass/arrive from Northallerton
Pass/depart to Darlington
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
1 Passenger
2 Freight*
Reason
Approach control
Value
1 Passenger
2 Freight**
Second Movement
Depart to Darlington
Pass to Darlington
Pass/arrive from Northallerton
Margin
1
3
4
Second Movement
Pass to Stockton Cut Junction
Pass from Bowesfield Junction
Margin
3
3
Second Movement
Arrive Down platform from south
Margin
4
Stockton Cut Junction
Refer to LN632
Hartburn Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Bowesfield Junction
Pass to Stockton Cut Junction
Stockton
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Down platform to south
Minimum Turnround
5 Trains from Newcastle, Sunderland, Middlesbrough, Saltburn or Darlington
Norton Junctions
Junction Margins
First Movement
All conflicting moves
Second Movement
Margin
4
Billingham/Billingham Junction
Junction Margins
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
161 of 310
Billingham/Billingham Junction
First Movement
Pass to Branch
Pass to Branch
Pass/depart Billingham
Second Movement
Depart Billingham
Pass Billingham
Pass to Branch
Margin
3
4
4
Greatham
Adjustment to Sectional Running Times : Up Direction
Coming from various Works sites on Acceleration from Slow Speed
1
Down Side
crossover
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Down depart to Works sites on Down Side
Pass Billingham Junction
4
Down pass to Hartlepool
Depart Works site on Down Side
Same time
Down pass from Hartlepool
Depart Works site on Down Side
Same time
Pass from Works sites on Down Side
Down pass to Hartlepool
4½
Pass from Works sites on Down Side
Down arrive, going to Works sites on Down
5½
Side
Restrictions:
Trains leaving Down line, going to various Works sites on Down side, require a 30 second ‘OP’ stop at
Greatham
Seaton Snook Junction /Seaton Carew
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up depart to branch from Up main
Up depart to branch from Down main
Up depart to branch from Up or Down Main
Up depart to branch from Down main
Up pass Greatham
Pass from branch
Pass from branch
Down Depart Seaton Carew to Hartlepool
Down pass Greatham to Hartlepool (not
stopping Seaton Carew)
Down Depart Seaton Carew to Hartlepool
Down pass Greatham to Hartlepool (not
stopping Seaton Carew)
Second Movement
Up arrive Seaton Carew
Up depart Seaton Carew
Up pass Greatham (not stopping Seaton
Carew)
Down pass Greatham
Up depart to branch from Down main
Up arrive Seaton Carew
Up pass Greatham (not stopping Seaton
Carew)
Up depart DGL
Up depart DGL
Margin
4½
2
6
Down depart DGL
Down depart DGL
3½
5
2
½
4½
6
2½
4
Restrictions:
Trains going to Seaton on Tees branch require a 1 minute OP Stop at junction
Only one train at a time allowed on Seaton on Tees branch
Hartlepool
Dwell Time
All Southbound
All Northbound
1
1½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
162 of 310
Hartlepool
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart/pass to Newcastle
MU Depart platform to Stockton
HST/LH Depart platform to Stockton
Pass To/from Hartlepool Docks
Pass Up on Up Line
Pass Up on Up Line
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Arrive platform from Newcastle
Arrive/pass from Stockton
Arrive/pass from Stockton
Arrive/pass from Newcastle
Depart to Hartlepool Docks
Pass to Hartlepool Docks
Margin
4
5½
6
7
1
2
5 Trains from Newcastle or Sunderland
10 All other trains
Restrictions:
Hartlepool Docks: only one train at a time on branch (presently out of use)
Services terminating in the through platform should not be planned to shunt to another location
Seaham
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart/pass to Hartlepool
Pass from Seaham Harbour
Pass from Seaham Harbour
Depart to Seaham Harbour
Second Movement
Depart Seaham Harbour
Up Depart Seaham
Up Pass to Hartlepool
Up arrive/Up pass to Hartlepool
Margin
2½
1½
2
6½
10 via Dawdon
Minimum Turnround
Restrictions:
Up goods trains going to Seaham Harbour require a 30 second ‘OP’ stop at Seaham station
Seaham Harbour: only one train at a time on branch
Ryhope Grange
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Going from Ryhope Grange Sidings
Movement Up
Going to Ryhope Grange Sidings
Reason
Acceleration from slow speed
Value
1
Approach Control
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Depart to Hendon Branch
Pass Up
3½
Pass to Ryhope Grange Sidings
Pass Down
4½
Restrictions
Hendon Branch, one train Token Working. A ‘TW’ stop is required for all traffic to/from the Branch (Note:
line currently Out Of Use)
If a train is being propelled out of Ryhope Grange Sidings, no Up trains can pass. Margin of 1” before
movement commences is acceptable; otherwise a train from Sunderland must follow train towards
Seaham (Note: Sidings currently Out of Use)
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
163 of 310
Sunderland
Dwell Time
Multiple Unit
Up class 5, departing class 1 in
same direction
Down class 1, departing class 5 in
same direction
Metro Services
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart to South Hylton/Sidings
Depart to South Hylton/Sidings
Depart to South Hylton
Down Arrive from Hartlepool
(except trains longer than 178m, see
restrictions below)
Down Depart from platforms 3 or 4
Up Metro arrive (platform 2)
1
4
4
½
Second Movement
Down Heavy Rail Passenger Arrive ex
Hartlepool
Down Freight pass
Depart Sidings
Depart to South Hylton/Sidings
4
2
1#
Up Arrive into platforms 3 or 4
3½
Up Heavy Rail (Under 70metres) arrive
platform 1
Up passenger pass
Up freight pass
Metro depart from Park Lane
2½
Metro depart to South Hylton/Sidings
Metro depart to South Hylton/Sidings
Down Heavy Rail (under 69 metres) arrive
platform 4
Down Heavy Rail (over 69 metres) depart from Metro depart from Park Lane
platform 4 clear tc
Down Heavy Rail (under 69metres) depart from Down Metro depart to Pelaw from platform 3
platform 4
Up freight pass
Up Metro Arrive
Down depart
Down freight Pass
#May be reduced to ½ if Down train is MU under 69 metres or Light Loco
Minimum Turnround
All shunts to be timed for ARS
purposes
Margin
4
2
5
1
2
2
3½
4
5 Same platform (8 minutes for trains from York or south thereof, arriving
and returning as class 1; trains 178m or longer cannot reverse in station
to/from south)
8 Via sidings
A train longer than 195m which has terminated from the Boldon direction or 178m from the Ryhope
direction, running into platforms 3/4 will fowl the route to and from South Hylton. This train must depart
towards Boldon at least 1½ minutes before the next Metro departs towards South Hylton
A train longer than 195m cannot depart southbound from platforms 3/4, except by prior agreement
between the Train operator and the Local Operations Manager, as train rear of the train will ‘lock’ the
crossovers at the north end of the station, preventing moves to/from other platforms
A train longer than 195m can only arrive into platforms 1/2 from Ryhope Grange by prior agreement
between the Train operator and the Local Operations Manager as the rear of the train will ‘lock’ the
crossovers at the south end of the station, preventing moves to/from other platforms
Metro trains can only use No. 2 Siding; the other siding IS NOT electrified
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
164 of 310
East Boldon Up Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive
Arrive
Second Movement
Up Metro depart/up passenger pass Brockley
Whins/Up freight from Pelaw pass Boldon West
Junction
Up freight from Tyne pass Boldon East
Junction
Depart
Depart
Up Metro depart East Boldon
Up passenger pass Brockley Whins (not
stopping Boldon or Seaburn)
Up freight from Pelaw pass Boldon West
Depart
Junction/from Tyne pass Boldon East Junction
going to Sunderland
Depart
Reoccupy Loop
Note: *No Allowances to be applied between Boldon North Junction and Boldon East Junction
Margin
½
Same time*
2½
4
10
5½
Boldon East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass/depart to Boldon North
Pass/depart to Boldon North
Pass/depart to Boldon North
Pass/depart to Boldon North
Pass/depart to Boldon North
Pass/depart to Boldon North
Up Metro depart Brockley Whins
Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins
Up freight pass Boldon West Junction to
Sunderland
Up Metro depart Brockley Whins
Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins
Up freight pass Boldon West Junction to
Sunderland
Freight from Tyne passes Boldon West
towards Pelaw (see Restrictions)
Freight from Tyne passes Boldon West
towards Pelaw (see Restrictions)
Up freight pass from Tyne Dock
Up freight pass from Tyne Dock
Up freight pass from Tyne Dock
Pass from Boldon North
Pass from Boldon North
Up Metro depart Brockley Whins
Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins
Up freight pass Boldon West Junction to
Sunderland
Second Movement
Up Metro depart Brockley Whins
Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins
Up freight pass Boldon West Junction to
Sunderland
Down Metro arrive Brockley Whins
Down passenger pass Brockley Whins
Down freight from Sunderland pass Boldon
West Junction
Pass to Boldon North
Pass to Boldon North
Pass to Boldon North
Margin
2½
3½
3½
4
3½
6
2½
2
3½
Depart to Boldon North
Depart to Boldon North
Depart to Boldon North
2
1½
3
Pass to Boldon North
3
Depart to Boldon North
2½
Up Metro arrive Brockley Whins (see
Restrictions)
Up passenger pass Brockley Whins (see
Restrictions)
Up freight pass Boldon West going to
Sunderland (see Restrictions)
Pass to Boldon North
Depart to Boldon North
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Boldon East
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Boldon East
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Boldon East
6
5½
6
3
2
3
2
4½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
165 of 310
Boldon East Junction
Restrictions:
Once a train has departed/passed Boldon North Junction, irrespective of route (i.e. via Boldon East or via
Boldon West), NO OTHER TRAIN can leave the Sunderland lines towards Boldon North Junction from
any direction, until first train is clear onto Sunderland lines – see margins above
Trains cannot stand on Boldon East Curve; there is no signaling on the Curve to allow this. No allowances
to be applied between Boldon East and Boldon North Junctions in either direction
A freight train from Tyne Dock or Pelaw must clear overlap of signal T6252 before a following train can
pass signal T6266 – reflected in margins above
Boldon West Junction/Brockley Whins
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Reason
Value
Trains from Tyne Dock Branch
Acceleration
1
Approaching Pelaw Junction
Movement Up
Reason
Value
Up trains going to Boldon North
Approach Control
½*
*To be increased to 1 minute if a train has emerged from branch in previous 6 minutes, due to overlap issues
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Down passenger/light loco pass from
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw
1½
Sunderland
Down freight pass from Sunderland
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw
3
Down Metro depart Fellgate
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw
1
Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw
1
Up Metro arrive Brockley Whins
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw
1
Up freight pass towards Sunderland
Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw
2
Up freight pass towards Tyne Dock
Up freight pass towards Sunderland
4
Up freight pass towards Tyne Dock
Up passenger pass
3
Up freight pass towards Tyne Dock
Up Metro depart Fellgate
1½
Pass from Boldon North
Up Metro depart Fellgate
2
Pass from Boldon North
Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins
4
Pass from Boldon North
Up freight pass Boldon West to Sunderland
4½
Pass from Boldon North
Up freight pass Boldon West to Boldon North
3
Pass Boldon North towards Sunderland (see
Pass Boldon West to Boldon North
3½
Restrictions)
Depart Boldon North towards Sunderland (see
Pass Boldon West to Boldon North
5½
Restrictions)
Restrictions:
Once a train has departed/passed Boldon North Junction, irrespective of route (i.e. via Boldon East or via
Boldon West), NO OTHER TRAIN can leave the Sunderland lines towards Boldon North Junction from
any direction, until first train is clear onto Sunderland lines – see margins above
Trains cannot stand on Boldon West Curve; there is no signaling on the Curve to allow this. No
allowances to be applied between Boldon West and Boldon North Junctions in either direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
166 of 310
Pelaw Metro Junction
Junction Margins – See Pelaw Junction
Pelaw Junction (including Pelaw Metro Junction)
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains into Pelaw Goods Loops
Approaching Pelaw Jn
Movement Up
Trains from Pelaw Goods Loops
After Pelaw Junction
Trains going to Jarrow or Wardley.
Approaching Pelaw Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Pelaw Junction to Wardley
Pass Pelaw Junction to Wardley
Pass Pelaw Junction to Wardley
Depart Pelaw Junction (on Up Main) to
Wardley
Depart Pelaw Junction (on Up Main) to
Wardley
Depart Pelaw Junction (on Up Main) to
Wardley
Freight pass from Jarrow
Light Engine pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow
Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow
Light Engine pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow
Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow
Light Engine pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow
Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow
Light Engine pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow
Pass Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw
Junction to Sunderland
Up Freight pass Pelaw Junction to Sunderland
Down Metro Pass Pelaw Metro Jn from
Sunderland
Down Metro pass Pelaw Metro Jn from
Sunderland
Up Metro Pass Metro Jn to Sunderland
Up Metro Pass Metro Jn to Sunderland
Down Pass Pelaw Junction from Sunderland
Down depart Heworth
Down depart Heworth
Reason
Approach Control
Value
½
Reason
Accelaration from rest
Value
2 (1 MU)
Slowing for junction
½
Second Movement
Pass Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw
Junction from Sunderland to Heworth
Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Sunderland
to Heworth
Pass Pelaw Junction to Up or Down Goods
Loop
Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw Junction
from Sunderland to Heworth
Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Sunderland
to Heworth
Pass Pelaw Junction to Up or Down Goods
Loop
Up depart Heworth
Up depart Heworth
Pass Pelaw Junction to Boldon (not stopping
Heworth)
Pass Pelaw Junction to Boldon (not stopping
Heworth)
Pass Pelaw Junction to Jarrow/Wardley
Pass Pelaw Junction to Jarrow/Wardley
Depart Loop to Jarrow/Wardley/Boldon
Depart Loop to Jarrow/Wardley/Boldon
Up Metro Pass Pelaw Metro Jn to Sunderland
Margin
3
Up Metro pass Pelaw Metro Jn to Sunderland
Down passenger/light engine Pass Pelaw
Junction from Sunderland
Down freight pass Pelaw Junction from
Sunderland
Up Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw
Junction to Sunderland
Up Freight pass Pelaw Junction to Sunderland
Down Metro Pass Pelaw Metro Jn from
Sunderland
Down pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow or
Wardley
Down depart loop
3½
2½
4
5
3½
2½
1½
3
2
2
1
2½
1½
2½
4
3
3½
2½
2
2
3
2½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
167 of 310
Pelaw Junction (including Pelaw Metro Junction)
Passenger/light engine Down pass Pelaw
Junction to Heworth (not stopping)
Up arrive loop
Up arrive loop
Pass Pelaw Junction to Jarrow/Wardley
Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw Junction to
Boldon
Freight pass Pelaw Junction to Boldon
Down train arrive Up Goods Loop
Down depart loop/pass Pelaw Junction from
Jarrow or Wardley
Up freight pass Pelaw Junction
Up passenger pass Pelaw Junction (not
stopping Heworth)
Up depart loop to Boldon
Up depart loop to Boldon
3½
Up depart loop to Boldon
Up pass towards Boldon (not stopping
Heworth)
Up pass towards Jarrow/Wardley
Up depart Heworth
Up train depart Down Goods Loop
Down passenger/light engine pass
Down freight pass
Pass from Jarrow/Wardley
Down train arrive either loop
3½
2
Second Movement
Pass to High Level Bridge Junction
Margin
3
Pass to High Level Bridge Junction
4½
Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Pass from Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Depart from Greensfield East or Gateshead
line towards Pelaw
Pass to High Level Bridge Junction
2½
Pass from Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Depart from Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Depart from Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
4
3½
2
2
2
Down train arrive Up Goods Loop
1
Down train arrive Up Goods Loop
½
Down pass
1½
Up train depart Down Goods Loop
3
Up train depart Down Goods Loop
3½
Up train depart Down Goods Loop
2½
Up train depart Down Goods Loop
3½
Restrictions:
Jarrow branch – only one train can be planned between Jarrow and Pelaw Junction at any one time
Class 5 reversals in Goods Loop – the loop used must be specified and timed accordingly
Heworth
Dwell Time
All
1 Up
½ Down
Park Lane Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Depart from Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Pass from Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Depart from Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward
Bridge East Junction
Pass to High Level Bridge Junction
Pass to High Level Bridge Junction
Pass from High Level Bridge Junction
4
5
2½
3½
1½
2½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
168 of 310
Park Lane Junction
Restrictions:
No allowances or pathing time to be applied between Greensfield Junction and Park Lane Junction; an ‘A’
stop must be applied at Park Lane Junction
Maximum length of train which can stand at Park Lane Junction (on Greensfield East Line) is 630m
High Level Bridge Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Greensfield Junction
Up pass from Down Sunderland (crossing
over High Level Bridge Central Junction to Up
Sunderland)
Up pass from Down Sunderland (crossing
over High Level Bridge Central Junction to Up
Sunderland)
Pass from Park Lane Junction
Second Movement
Pass from Park Lane Junction
Pass from Park Lane Junction going to
Newcastle on Down Sunderland
Margin
2½
2
Pass from Greensfield Junction
2
Pass to Greensfield Junction
2½
Restriction
Freights RA6 and above must not be planned to cross the High Level Bridge. Also no freight service RA6 and
above can be planned to use the curve between Greensfield Junction and High Level Bridge Junction. The
above restriction also applies to all movements involving class 67 locomotives
No allowances or pathing time to be applied between Greensfield Junction and High Level Bridge Junction; an
‘A’ stop must be applied at High Level Bridge Junction
Maximum length of train which can stand at High Level Bridge Junction (on West Curve) is 190m
LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION
South Hylton
Platform Re–occupation
Minimum Turnround
3
4
Park Lane
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Sunderland
Second Movement
Depart, going to platform 1 or 2 at
Sunderland
Margin
½
LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION– EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION
Eaglescliffe
Refer to LN627
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
169 of 310
LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN
Stockton Cut Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Hartburn Junction
Pass to Bowesfield Junction Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Bowesfield Junction
Pass from Hartburn Junction
Margin
3
4
Second Movement
Pass from Stockton Cut Junction
Pass to Hartburn Junction
Margin
4
2½
Second Movement
Pass from GL
Pass/arrive from Bowesfield Junction
Pass to GL
Margin
4
4
5
Second Movement
Pass/depart Thornaby
Cross GL to ML (either direction)
Margin
Same time
Same time
Bowesfield Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Hartburn Junction
Pass from Stockton Cut Junction
Thornaby
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass/arrive from Bowesfield Junction
Pass from GL
Pass from GL
Newport East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross ML to GL (either direction)
Arrive Middlesbrough
Middlesbrough
Connectional Allowance
5
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
170 of 310
Middlesbrough
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive Down platform
Arrive Down platform from opposite direction
3
Depart Down platform to west
Arrive Down platform from west
4½
#
Depart Down platform to west
Arrive Up platform
3
#
Arrive Up platform
Depart Down platform to west
3
Arrive Up platform
Shunt Down platform to West Dock
1
Terminate Down platform
Arrive second train
7*
# Can be simultaneous if Arrival into Up platform is given 1 adjustment between Guisborough Junction and
Middlesbrough
* May be reduced by 1 minute if ECS of first train is via Guisborough Junction.
Minimum Turnround
5 Trains from Saltburn, Whitby, or Bishop Auckland
There must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any
two consecutive turnrounds must equal 15 minutes. These values may be
reduced if sufficient pathing time is included in the schedule approaching
Middlesbrough
$
7½ Trains from Newcastle & Metro Centre
$
10 Trains from and Hexham
$
15 Trains from Carlisle
TPE
10 (same platform) 12 (shunt)
$ These times may be reduced by the amount of pathing time south of Sunderland or additional dwell time at
Sunderland or Hartlepool to a minimum of 5 mins
Restrictions
185 shunts to West Dock limited to 1x3 car set and only one to do this at a time.
Train Watering Points
Station and down sidings
Guisborough Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Whitby
Pass from Redcar
Second Movement
Pass from Redcar
Pass to Whitby
Margin
3
2
Second Movement
Depart Middlesbrough
Cross ML to GL
Margin
2 before
4
Second Movement
Depart Middlesbrough
Cross to/from GL
Up Freight crosses Up Goods to Up Main
Margin
Same time
4
6
Whitehouse Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross ML to GL
Cross GL to ML
South Bank Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross ML to GL
Cross to/from GL
Down Passenger pass Guisborough Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
171 of 310
South Bank Junction
Restrictions
All freights that require to run–round at South Bank should be shown to do so at South Bank station (due to
TRUST reporting). When the run–round is taking place no other train should be timed on the Goods Lines
between South Bank Junction and Grangetown Junction.
Grangetown Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross to ML
Cross ML to GL
Down Passenger service passes Guisborough
Junction or departs South Bank
Second Movement
Cross to GL
Pass Guisborough Junction
Up Freight routed ML to GL passes Redcar
Central
Margin
4
Same time
Same time
Restrictions
When a run–round is taking place at Grangetown no other train should be timed on the Goods Lines between
South Bank Junction and Grangetown Junction.
Redcar Central
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Down platform to the West
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Arrive Down platform from the West
Margin
5
5
There must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any
two consecutive turnrounds must equal 15 minutes. These values may be
reduced if sufficient pathing time is included in the schedule approaching
Redcar
Restrictions
Trains to Crag Hall cannot pass or depart until the previous train has arrived at Crag Hall, or the train from Crag
Hall has passed Saltburn West Junction
Saltburn West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Saltburn
Pass to Boulby
Second Movement
Pass to Saltburn/Boulby
Pass from Saltburn
Margin
3
4
Saltburn
Minimum Turnround
5
There must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any
two consecutive turnrounds must equal 15 minutes. These values may be
reduced if sufficient pathing time is included in the schedule approaching
Saltburn
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
172 of 310
LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY
The route between Nunthorpe and Whitby is under the control of a single signaller at Nunthorpe signalbox.
Therefore token exchanges between Nunthorpe and Whitby cannot happen simultaneously, irrespective of actual
locations; arrivals therefore, at any location, must be a minimum of 1 minute apart
Guisborough Junction
Refer to LN632
James Cook
Dwell Time
All
½
Marton
Dwell Time
All
½
Gypsy Lane
Dwell Time
All
½. Compulsory stop on Down only
Nunthorpe
Crossing Margin
Dwell Time
All
Down train must arrive 3 minutes before Up service. An Up train cannot
arrive in platform when a Down train has been accepted from Middlesbrough
½
First Movement
Arrive from Middlesbrough
Arrive from Battersby
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Depart to Middlesbrough
Depart to Battersby
Margin
1
1
5 in same platform
3 at signal N1
Restrictions:
A down train cannot pass Guisborough Junction whilst a train is on line to Nunthorpe, or occupying
platform 2 at Nunthorpe; if a down train needs to come onto the line in these circumstances, then the first
train must shunt to Platform 1, via signal N1. These shunt moves must be fully timed BUT cannot occur if
a train is on line between Nunthorpe and Battersby in either direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
173 of 310
Great Ayton
Dwell Time
All
½.
Battersby
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Arriving when earlier train already in the
platform
Crossing/Reversing Margin
Example:
1st Train arrive
2nd Train arrive
2nd Train depart
1st Train depart
Calling on signal
½
First arriving train departs second
13½
arr. Xx.00
arr. Xx.05
dep. Xx.08½
dep. Xx.13½
Dwell Time
All
3½ (minimum required for train reversing and not crossing another service)
Restrictions:
Trains arriving from either direction can only be planned into the platform and NOT directly into the Run
Round loop
Due to the operation of two Ground Frames, any run round must be allowed a minimum of 30 minutes.
When the locomotive is moving from the run round loop onto the east end of the train, the driver must be
in possession of the token for either the Glaisdale or Nunthorpe section; planners must satisfy themselves
that there are no trains moving in either direction on the relevant section
Notes:
Trains crossing at Battersby occupy the same section of track and platform and must have 5 minutes
between consecutive arrivals and departures due to TPWS requirements
Trains passing do so by utilizing the permissive working on the platform line. Planners must satisfy
themselves of the lengths of both trains, and that they both can be accommodated according to the
platform length AND the distances quoted below
Platform and runround loop, stop board to stop board = 175m
Buffer stops to east end stop board = 325m
Kildale
Dwell Time
All
½.
Commondale
Dwell Time
All
½
Castleton Moor
Dwell Time
All
½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
174 of 310
Danby
Dwell Time
All
½*
* 1 for 07XX Middlesbrough to Whitby/16XX Whitby to Middlesbrough
Glaisdale
Dwell Time
All
3 when trains do not cross
5 when train cross
Note: Arrive/depart margin depends on sequence on which each driver relinquishes token, as follows:
Xx:00. 1st train arrive, relinquishes token
Xx:01: 2nd train arrive, relinquishes token; collects token
Xx:05: 1st train collects token and departs
Xx:06: 2nd train departs
Although trains can arrive simultaneously, a minimum of 1 minute difference must be shewn as signaler cannot
communicate with two or more drivers at once
Egton
Dwell Time
All
½*
* 1 for 07XX Middlesbrough to Whitby/16XX Whitby to Middlesbrough
Grosmont
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrives Glaisdale from Grosmont direction.
NYMR train departs Grosmont towards Whitby
5
NYMR train arrives Grosmont from Whitby
Depart Glaisdale towards Grosmont direction.
5
NYMR train arrives Grosmont from Whitby
NYMR train departs Grosmont towards Whitby
6
Note: Trains going to/from NYMR must stop to main line to operate Ground Frame. However, this activity is
allowed for in Sectional Running Times
Sleights
Dwell Time
All
1 Compulsory stop on Down (Eastbound) only
½ (westbound, when stopping, not compulsory stop)
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
175 of 310
Ruswarp
Dwell Time
All
½*. Compulsory stop Up (Westbound) only
* 1 for 07XX Middlesbrough to Whitby/16XX Whitby to Middlesbrough
Whitby
Minimum Turnround
8 MU
20 LH
15 NYMR LH
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up NYMR train arrives Grosmont
Second Movement
Up train depart Whitby, going to Glaisdale
Margin
5
Down arrive Whitby
Up depart Whitby
10
Notes:
Whitby platform 2, buffer stops to ground frame = 243m
Bog Hall Sidings: Trap points to buffer stop = 335m; run round loop 170m (fouling foot crossing) or 158m
(not fouling foot crossing)
Trains in platform 2 can run round without impacting on traffic to/from platform 1. Due to operation of
ground frame, 20 minutes must be allowed.
LN652 BILLINGHAM JUNCTION TO SEAL SANDS STORAGE
Belasis Lane
Operating Stop
2 All trains running to/from Port Clarence for purpose of token exchange.
Phillips Loops
Operating Stop
6 Light Engine in either direction: opening/closing of gates, operation of GF
15 Outbound freight trains: opening/closing of gates, operation of GF
60 Inbound freight trains: shunting of train [GBRf only]
LN666 BOLDON WEST JUNCTION TO TYNE DOCK
Boldon North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass from Boldon East Junction or Boldon
Depart to Boldon East Junction or Boldon West 3
West Junction
Junction
Pass from Boldon East Junction or Boldon
Pass to Boldon East Junction or Boldon West
4
West Junction
Junction
Restrictions:
Once a train has departed/passed Boldon North Junction, irrespective of route (ie via Boldon East or via Boldon
West), NO OTHER TRAIN can leave the Sunderland lines towards Boldon North Junction from any direction, until
first train is clear onto Sunderland lines. For margins, see Boldon East Junction and Boldon West Junction on
LN627. Trains cannot stand on Boldon East Curve or Boldon West Curve. No pathing time or other allowances to
be applied between any of these locations
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
176 of 310
Green Lane Junction (PTA Boundary)
Note: this location is outwith NR infrastructure. Information included for guidance only
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to Boldon North Junction
Depart towards Tyne Dock
3
Arrive Tyne Dock
Pass Green Lane towards Tyne Dock
3
Notes:
All arriving trains MUST STOP at Stop Board P2 in order to obtain permission from Tyne Dock personnel, to
proceed. To be shewn as a 2 minute OP stop
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
177 of 310
Tyne Dock
Note: this location is outwith NR infrastructure. Information included for guidance only
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Pass Green Lane Junction
Depart Tyne Dock
Arrive any Tyne Dock Location
Depart any Tyne Dock Location
Notes:
Departures from Tyne Dock should ideally be no closer than 15 minutes apart
Margin
3
5
LN676 PARK LANE JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION
Greensfield Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to High Level Bridge Junction
Pass from Park Lane on Greensfield East Line
4
Pass to High Level Bridge Junction
Depart from Greensfield East Line
1½
Pass to Park Lane on Greensfield East Line
Pass from High Level Bridge
3
Pass to Park Lane on Greensfield East Line
Depart from West Curve
2
Restrictions:
Freights RA6 and above must not be planned to use the curve between Greensfield Junction and High
Level Bridge Junction. The above restriction also applies to all movements involving class 67 locomotives
No allowances or pathing time to be applied between High Level Bridge Junction or Park Lane Junction
and Greenfields Junction; an ‘A’ stop must be applied at Greensfield Junction
Maximum length of train which can stand at Greensfield Junction on West Curve is 150m
Maximum length of train which can stand at Greensfield Junction on Greensfield East Line is 630m
King Edward Bridge East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from KEB South/North
Pass from KEB South/North
Pass to KEB North
Pass to KEB North
Pass to KEB North
Pass to KEB South
Pass to KEB South
Second Movement
Pass to KEB South or KEB North
Depart to KEB South or KEB North
Pass from KEB South, coming from Up Carlisle
Pass from KEB South, coming from Down
ECML
Depart from Gateshead Chord to
Greensfield/Park Lane
Pass from KEB North
Depart from South East Curve to
Greensfield/Park Lane
Pass from KEB South, coming from Up Carlisle
Margin
2½
2
5*
3½
2
2½
2
Arrive from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield
6+
Junction #
Arrive from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield
Pass from KEB South, coming from Down
4½
Junction #
ECML
Arrive from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield
Pass from KEB North
3½
Junction #
Arrive from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield
Depart from Gateshead Curve or South East
3
Junction #
Curve, towards Greensfield Junction
*Can be reduced to 3½ minutes provided at least {1} applied between Norwood Junction and King Edward Bridge
South Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
178 of 310
King Edward Bridge East Junction
+ Can be reduced to 4 minutes provided at least {1} applied between Norwood Junction and King Edward Bridge
South Junction
# In order to avoid coming to a stand at King Edward Bridge East Junction, (pathing time) can be added between
Park Lane Junction and Greensfield Junction (or an ‘A’ stop added at Greensfield Junction), provided the train
length does not exceed 630m
Restrictions:
Maximum length of train which can stand at King Edward Bridge East Junction on South East Curve is
95m
Maximum length of train which can stand at King Edward Bridge North Junction on South East Curve is
135m
Maximum length of train which can stand at King Edward Bridge East Junction on Gateshead Curve is
190m
Maximum length of train which can stand at King Edward Bridge South Junction on Gateshead Curve is
195m
Maximum length of train which can stand at Greensfield Junction on Greensfield West line is 200m (if
coming from High Level Bridge Junction) or 225m (if coming from Park Lane Junction)
A down train from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield Junction, coming to a stand at King Edward Bridge
East Junction, ‘claims’ the overlap across the junction. Margins above reflect the resultant timeout
No allowances to be applied between King Edward Bridge South Junction and King Edward Bridge East
Junction, or between King Edward Bridge North Junction and King Edward Bridge East Junction in either
direction; an ‘A’ stop should be inserted when required
LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE
Heighington
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Darlington
Second Movement
Depart to Darlington
Margin
2
Second Movement
Arrive from Darlington
Margin
3
Shildon
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Bishop Auckland
Bishop Auckland/Bishop Auckland West
Minimum Turnround
5. DMU. There must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the
total of any two consecutive turnrounds must equal 15 minutes. These
values may be reduced if sufficient pathing time is included in the schedule
approaching Bishop Auckland or Darlington
LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE
JUNCTION
King Edward Bridge South Junction
Refer LN600
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
179 of 310
Norwood Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Newcastle
Pass to Tyne Yard
Pass from Tyne Yard
Second Movement
Pass to Tyne Yard
Depart/Pass from Newcastle
Pass to Tyne Yard
Margin
3
3
4
Second Movement
Pass Metrocentre on Down
Depart Metrocentre on Down
Depart from Down (after reversal)
Margin
3
1½
1
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½
Second Movement
Down Arrive
Margin
4½
Down Arrive
Down pass
4
4
Down pass
Depart Middle Road to Platform
Shunt from Down platform to H55 on Up main
3
2½
3
Swalwell Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart to Up (after reversal)
Depart to Up (after reversal)
Pass/arrive Metrocentre on Up
Hexham
Dwell Time
DMU
1
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Depart to Newcastle from Down platform
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Depart to Up Main (including signal H55)
from Down platform
Depart to Middle Road from platform
Up Depart to Up Main (including signal H55)
from Down platform
Depart to Middle Road from platform
Down Pass / Depart
Up pass / depart Up platform
Minimum Turnround
5 Same platform arriving and departing in passenger service
3 Down arrive, depart as class 5
3 Class 5 at signal H55
3 Down empty arrive Up platform, depart in passenger service
Shunts
Shunts at Hexham to be timed.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
180 of 310
Haltwhistle
Restrictions:
A train using the crossover west of Haltwhistle will prevent a Down train arriving or standing in the Down
platform due to signalling overlap
Note:
Signalling in the Up direction will allow a train to proceed past Haltwhistle to signal HW102, whilst waiting
for a previous train to clear the section. A further train can pass Low Row 2 minutes after the train passes
Haltwhistle
LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA
BEDLINGTON
Newsham
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass/arrive from Benton
Pass to Benton
Arrive from Bedlington
Arrive from Bedlington
Depart to Bedlington
Second Movement
Depart to Benton
Depart to Bedlington
Depart to Bedlington
Arrive from Benton
Pass/arrive from Benton
Margin
2
Same time*
Same time*
4
6
Reason
Approach control
Value
2
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½
Bedlington North
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Up train entering Furnaceway Sidings
After Bedlington North
Movement Up
Up train from West Sleekburn Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to West Sleekburn
Pass from Morpeth
4
Pass from Morpeth
Pass to Morpeth
4
Pass from Morpeth
Pass to West Sleekburn
4
Pass/arrive from Newsham
Pass/depart from West Sleekburn
Same time*
Arrive from Newsham
Pass/depart from Hepscott
Same time*
* The section from Bedlington South to Newsham is to be treated as a single line pending viaduct strengthening.
Hepscott Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Morpeth
Pass to Morpeth
Pass to Morpeth North
Arrive Up Loop
Arrive up Loop
Second Movement
Pass from Morpeth North Junc
Depart Up Loop
Pass from Morpeth
Arrive Down Loop
Depart Down Loop
Margin
4
2
4
3
1
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
181 of 310
LN702 BEDLINGTON NORTH TO LYNEMOUTH ALCAN
West Sleekburn Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Down train towards Winning
Approaching West Sleekburn
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Winning Junction
Pass from Marchey’s House
Reason
Slow speed junction
Value
1
Second Movement
Pass from Marchey’s House
Pass to Winning Junction
Margin
4
4
Second Movement
Pass from Winning Junction
Pass to West Sleekburn Junction
Pass from Winning Junction
Pass to West Sleekburn Junction
Depart to Ashington
Margin
4
4
4
5
2
Marchey’s House
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to West Sleekburn Junction
Pass to Winning Junction
Pass to Winning Junction
Pass from Ashington
Pass from Ashington
LN706 WEST SLEEKBURN JUNCTION TO NORTH BLYTH
Winning
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Marchey’s House
Pass from West Sleekburn
Second Movement
Pass from West Sleekburn
Pass to Marchey’s House
Margin
6
4
Freemans
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to Winning
Arrive from Winning (for token exchange)
5½*
Arrive Battleship Wharf
Depart/pass to North Blyth
25
Arrive Blyth Alcan
Depart/pass to North Blyth
35
Pass from North Blyth
Depart Battleship Wharf or Alcan
15
*May be reduced to 4 if {1} inserted approaching Freemans
Operating Restrictions
Trains going to North Blyth must have a 30s TW stop; trains coming from North Blyth do not stop, but are
subject to a 10mph speed restriction
Trains between Freemans and North Blyth must be in possession of the key token. When two consecutive
same direction moves are planned, the margins above allow the transfer of the said token by road
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
182 of 310
LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD
General note
A light engine must run between Wrawby Junction and Gainsborough Trent Junction, and Gainsborough Trent
Junction and Wrawby Junction via Brigg for signalling integrity purposes before a passenger train runs, when no
trains have passed over this route for six days or more.
Cleethorpes
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Grimsby
Second Movement
Depart to Grimsby
Minimum Turnround
8 Barton services
10 Lincoln services
15 Doncaster/Newark and beyond
Train Watering Points
Available at the station
Margin
1
New Clee
Dwell Time
Request stop only
No dwell allowance
Grimsby Docks
Dwell Time
Cleethorpes – Barton on Humber
services
½
Grimsby Docks Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Grimsby Town from Cleethorpes
Arrive Loop from Grimsby Town
Second Movement
Depart Loop for Cleethorpes
Depart Cleethorpes (non stop)
Arrive Loop from Grimsby Town
Depart Cleethorpes (stopping)
Margin
Same Time
3 before Up
train arrives in
Loop
Depart
Grimsby
Docks 3 after
Up train
arrives in
Loop
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
183 of 310
Grimsby Town
Dwell Time
Barton services
All other services
1
1½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive in Bay
Arrive from Cleethorpes
Arrive in Bay
Arrive from Cleethorpes
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Arrive from Cleethorpes
Arrive in Bay
Depart to Habrough
Depart to Cleethorpes
Margin
3
3
1
1
8 Barton services
10 Lincoln services
15 Doncaster/Newark and beyond
Marsh Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Grimsby
Pass from Branch
Pass from Branch
Second Movement
Pass from Branch
Pass to Grimsby (non stop)
Pass to Grimsby (stopping Great Coates)
Margin
3
5
3
Second Movement
Depart to Ulceby
Margin
At same time
Great Coates
Dwell Time
Cleethorpes – Barton on Humber
services
½
Healing
Dwell Time
Cleethorpes – Barton on Humber
services
½
Stallingborough
Dwell Time
Cleethorpes – Barton on Humber
services
½
Habrough
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Ulceby
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
184 of 310
Habrough
Arrive/pass from Brocklesby
Depart to Ulceby
Depart to Ulceby
Arrive/pass from Brocklesby
At same time
4
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Cleethorpes
Second Movement
Pass to Doncaster/Retford
Pass from Ulceby
Pass from Ulceby to DGL
Pass to Cleethorpes
Pass from Cleethorpes
Margin
Pass Ulceby
1 after train to
Cleethorpes
passes
Brocklesby
4
4
Reason
Approach Control
Value
2
Second Movement
Pass to Doncaster/Retford
Pass from Newark/Retford
Margin
3
4
Second Movement
Depart to Wrawby
Margin
1
Second Movement
Pass to Northorpe
Margin
3
Brocklesby
Wrawby Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Train to Up Slow Line from Scunthorpe/Brigg/
Lincoln. Approaching Wrawby Jn.
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Newark/Retford
Pass to Doncaster/Retford
Brigg
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Wrawby
Kirton Lime Sidings
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Northorpe
Northorpe SB
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Arrive Loop from either direction
Pass ML
* May be reduced to 4 minutes if second train has 2 minutes pathing approaching Northorpe SB
Margin
6*
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
185 of 310
Gainsborough Central
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Single line
Second Movement
Depart to Single line
Margin
Same time
Gainsborough Trent Junctions
Junction Margins
Retford to
1st move →
Wrawby
Jn
2nd move ↓
Retford to
–
Wrawby Jn
Retford to
5
Lincoln
Don to
4
Wrawby Jn
Don to
3
Lincoln
Lincoln to
3
Doncaster
Lincoln to
No
Retford
conflict
Wrawby Jn to
3
Don
Wrawby Jn to
No
Retford
conflict
Retford to
Lincoln
5
Don to
Wrawby
Jn
4
Don to
Lincoln
Lincoln to
Don
Lincoln to
Retford
Wrawby
Jn to Don
3
3
3
–
4
–
3
4
–
5
–
5
–
3
No
conflict
No
conflict
No
conflict
No
conflict
No
conflict
No
conflict
4
No
conflict
No
conflict
–
No
conflict
No
conflict
No
conflict
No
conflict
–
–
No
conflict
4
4
4
4
Wrawby
Jn to
Retford
No
conflict
4
No
conflict
3
No
conflict
3
5
4
–
3
5
5
4
–
4
4
5
4
–
West Burton East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from West Burton PS
Pass to Clarborough Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Clarborough Junction
Depart Pass from West Burton PS
Margin
4
3
Second Movement
Pass from Junction
Pass to West Burton PS
Margin
4
3
Second Movement
Pass from West Burton SB
Pass to Cottam PS
Margin
4
3
West Burton West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to West Burton PS
Pass from Trent Junction
Clarborough Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Cottam PS
Pass from West Burton SB
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
186 of 310
Retford Low Level
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive siding
Second Movement
Pass Thrumpton West to Worksop
Margin
Same time
Pass Thrumpton West to Worksop
Arrive siding
8
Minimum turnaround
10 Only from Worksop direction via UGL from Low Level Up Platform to
Low Level Down Platform. Not permitted from Gainsborough direction.
Manton Wood
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive reception from Worksop
Second Movement
Pass to Worksop
Margin
4
Pass Down Main
Arrive Up reception
3
Worksop
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Departing Down platform to Mansfield.
Approaching Shireoks East Jn.
Departing Up platform to Mansfield.
Approaching Shireoks East Jn.
Departing Up platform to Sheffield.
Approaching Shireoks East Jn.
Departing from Worksop Up Reception
Pass from Retford to Down Reception Line 1
Pass from Retford to Down Reception Line 2
Movement Up
Terminating services with extended dwell,
(greater than 1½ minutes)
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Up platform to Shireoaks East Junction
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½
Differential junction speed
1
Differential junction speed
½
Acceleration
Approach Control, approaching Worksop
Approach Control and need for driver to obtain
permission from signaler to pass stop board.
Approaching Worksop
3
2
4 (can be
reduced to 2
if train less
than 21
HTAs)
Reason
Approach Control
Value
1
Second Movement
Arrive Up platform form West
Margin
4
*May be reduced by 1” if {1} applied
approaching Worksop
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
187 of 310
Worksop
Minimum Turnround
6 Same platform for trains from Nottingham or Sheffield
10 Replatform for trains from Nottingham or Sheffield. If replatforming is
required, ECS can only be shunted from Worksop Up platform to Worksop
Down platform at Worksop East crossover for trains from Sheffield or
Nottingham. For trains from the Gainsborough direction, the ECS can only
be shunted from Worksop Down platform to Worksop Up platform via
Worksop West crossover.
Shireoaks East Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Train from Worksop Yard after Shireoaks East
Junction
Trains not stopping at Worksop going towards
Woodend Junction
Approaching Shireoaks East Jn
Passenger/Light Engines from a stop at
Worksop, going towards Woodend Junction.
Approaching Shireoaks East Junction
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
1
Differential junction speed and approach
control
1
Differential junction speed and approach
control
½
Movement Up
Train from Mansfield to Worksop
Approaching Worksop
Reason
Differential junction speed
Train to Worksop Yard
Approaching Shireoaks East Jn
Differential junction speed
Value
½ (1 for
above
1400t/TR85)
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass from Woodend Junction
Pass to Shireoaks station
3
Pass to Shireoaks station
Pass from Woodend Junction
3
Restriction:
No allowances to be applied between Shireoaks East Junction and either Yard and/or Reception lines in
either direction
Up Reception Lines 1 and 2 can accommodate loco + 26 HTA wagons
Worksop Yard manager can be contacted on 01302-575203
Shireoaks Station (West Junction)
Junction Margins: Times based on Shireoaks station
First Movement
Second Movement
Pass to Woodend Junction
Arrive/pass from Shireoaks East Junction
Pass from Shireoaks East Junction
Pass to Woodend Junction
Depart Shireoaks station to Sheffield
Pass to Woodend Junction
Pass from Woodend Junction
Pass to Woodend Junction
Margin
5
3
3
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
188 of 310
Brancliffe East Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Train to Maltby
Between Shireoaks & Brancliffe East Jn.
Movement Up
Train from Maltby
Between Brancliffe East Jn. & Shireoaks
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Dinnington
Reason
Approch Control
Value
1
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
1
Second Movement
Pass Kiveton Park (not stopping)
Margin
2
Pass to Dinnington
Up depart Kiverton Park
3*
Pass from Kiveton Park
Pass to Dinnington
3
Pass from Kiveton Park
Depart to Dinnington
2
*May be reduced to 2 minutes if (1) applied after Kiverton Park due to having cautionary aspect
Restrictions:
A train from Woodend, going to South Yorkshire Joint, or vice versa, must be allowed a minimum total of
3½ minutes, SRT and { }, between Shireoaks Station and Brancliffe East Junction, and vice versa, due to
combination of line speeds and Approach Control signalling
An up train from Kiveton Park must pass Brancliffe Junction at least 1 minute before a following train can
arrive or pass Kiveton Park.
Woodhouse Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Beighton Junction from Woodburn
Pass to Beighton Junction from Woodburn
Pass from Kiveton Park
Arrive Sidings
Second Movement
Pass from Kiveton Park
Depart Sidings to Kiveton Park (see also
Restrictions)
Clear 10s(MU) 1m(LH) reset 30s move 30s
Pass to Beighton Junction
Depart Sidings
Margin
4
1½ after MU
2½ after LH
4
2
Woodburn Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Pass from Tinsley East Junction
Pass to Tinsley East Junction
Pass from Tinsley East Junction
Pass to Woodhouse Junction
Pass to Woodhouse Junction
Pass from Tinsley East Junction
Pass to Deepcar
Pass from Tinsley East Jn / Nunnery ML Jn
Pass from Woodhouse Jn/Tinsley East Jn
Pass to Deepcar
*+1 if second train LH
Restriction:
Tokenless One Train Working on Stocksbridge Line
EMT class 5s turn back on up Worksop, east of Woodburn Junction
Margin
4
4
3
4
3
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
189 of 310
LN740 GRIMSBY MARSH WEST JUNCTION TO HUMBER ROAD JUNCTION
Great Coates No1 Signal Box
Operating Stop
All trains to/from Grimsby Union Dock Branch must have a 2 minute ‘OP’
stop to collect /return the staff used for OT(S) working
Pyewipe Road Signal Box
Operating Stop
All trains to/from Immingam East Junction must have a 2 minute ‘OP’ stop for
token exchange purposes
Humber Road Junction
Adjustment to Sectional Running times
Movement Up
Reason
Up services to the N.C.B Coal
Approach Control
Terminal or Reception Sidings
(including RR1,RR7 and ESL )
Value
1
The junction margins for Humber Road Jn are to be replaced with those detailed in the following matrix:
Table 1: Junction Margin Matrix for IMNGHRJ Humber Road Junction (NB: the matrix continues on the next
page)
There is one train working at the NCB 1, RR1, and RR7 coal loading points
At Reception Sidings, roads 3, 4 and 5 are available for trains arriving at the yard itself. RR1 consists of Roads 1 and
2, and RR7 consists of Roads 6 and 7
ESL is a bi-directionally worked siding line with stop boards. Trains can exit into Immingham Sorting Sidings at the
eastern end of ESL
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Humber Road Junction
2nd Move →
Pass
Up
Main
to Up
Killing
holme
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
190 of 310
196 Routes Detailed in the Matrix
Pass
Up
Main
to
NCB
Arrival
s
Pass
UM to
Receptio
n
Sidings
(via
Arrival/D
ep. Line)
Pass
UM to
Receptio
n Road
7 (via
Arrival/D
ep. Line)
Pass
UM to
Receptio
n Road
1 (via
Arrival/D
ep. Line)
Pass
UM to
ESL
Pass
UM to
Up
Grims
by
Pass
DM
from
Down
Killing
holme
Pass
DM
from
NCB
Pass
DM from
Receptio
n
Sidings
(via
Arrival/D
ep. Line)
Pass
DM from
Receptio
n Road
7 (via
Arrival/D
ep. Line)
Pass
DM from
Receptio
n Road
1 (via
Arrival/D
ep. Line)
Pas
s
DM
from
ESL
Pass
DM
from
Down
Grims
by
1st Move ↓
Pass UM to
Up
Killingholme
Pass UM to
NCB Arrivals
Pass UM to
Reception
Sidings (via
Arrival/Dep.
Line)
Pass UM to
Reception
Road 7 (via
Arrival/Dep.
Line)
Pass UM to
Reception
Road 1 (via
Arrival/Dep.
Line)
Pass UM to
ESL
Pass UM to
Up Grimsby
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
7½*
n/a
H
H
H
H
7½*
7½
n/a
P
P
P
P
P
8*
H
10½*
10½*
10½*
10½*
12½*
8
10½
21†
25½†
25½†
20†
11½
8*
H
10½*
n/a
10½*
10½*
12½*
8
10½
21†
n/a
25½†
20†
11½
8*
H
10½*
10½*
n/a
10½*
12½*
8
10½
21†
25½†
n/a
20†
11½
8*
H
9½*
9½*
9½*
9½*
11½*
8
10½
16½†
21†
21†
n/a
10½
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
5
7½
5
9½
9½
5
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Pass DM from
Down
Killingholme
Pass DM from
NCB
Pass DM from
Reception
Sidings (via
Arrival/Dep.
Line)
Pass DM from
Reception
Road 7 (via
Arrival/Dep.
Line)
Pass DM from
Reception
Road 1 (via
Arrival/Dep.
Line)
Pass DM from
ESL
Pass DM from
Down
Grimsby
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
191 of 310
P
3
3
3
3
3
5
H
10*
H
H
H
H
H
P
3
3
3
3
3
5
H
n/a
H
H
H
H
H
P
P
3
3
3
3
5
H
10*
H
H
H
H
H
P
P
3
3
3
3
5
H
10*
H
n/a
H
H
H
P
P
3
3
3
3
5
H
10*
H
H
n/a
H
H
P
P
3
3
3
3
5
H
10*
H
H
H
H
H
P
P
3
3
3
3
5
H
10*
H
H
H
H
H
Pass
Up
Main
to Up
Killing
holme
Pass
Up
Main
to
NCB
Arrival
s
Pass
Pass
Pass
Pass
Pass
Pass
Pass
Pass
Pass
Pass
Pas
Pass
UM to
UM to
UM to
UM to
UM to
DM
DM
DM from DM from DM from
s
DM
Receptio Receptio Receptio
ESL
Up
from
from
Receptio Receptio Receptio
DM
from
n
n Road
n Road
Grims
Down
NCB
n
n Road
n Road
from
Down
Sidings
7 (via
1 (via
by
Killing
Sidings
7 (via
1 (via
ESL
Grims
(via
Arrival/D Arrival/D
holme
(via
Arrival/D Arrival/D
by
Arrival/D ep. Line) ep. Line)
Arrival/D ep. Line) ep. Line)
ep. Line)
ep. Line)
P = Parallel move; H = a following move on headway (6 minutes for LN740/742); —* = a following move in the same direction with differential value detailed;
n/a = Move not applicable, one train working in terminal. †= the conflict occurs within Reception Sidings yard. The stated margin describes the pass time at Humber
Road Jn for a 2nd move departure from the yard immediately following a 1st move arrival.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
Immingham West Junction
2nd Move
→
Pass
on Up
K’holm
e to IBT
Ore
Line
Pass
on Up
K’holm
e to
IBT
Coal
Pad 1
Pass on
Up
K’holme
to IBT
Coal
Pad 2
Pass on
Up
K’holme
to HIT
No. 1 or
No.2
Arrival/
Departur
e
2.0
02 February 2018
192 of 310
196 Routes Detailed in the Matrix
Pass on
Up
K’holme
to
Western
Jetty
Arrival
Line (for
Simon
Storage
West) †
Pass on
Up
K’holme
to
Henders
on Quay
Pass on
Up
K’holme
to
Mineral
Quay
Pass on
DN
K’holme
from
Mineral
Quay
Pass on
DN
K’holme
from
Henders
on Quay
Pass on
DN
K’holme
from
Western
Jetty
Departur
e Line
(from
Simon
Storage
West)
Pass on
DN
K’holme
from HIT
No.1 or
No.2
Arrival/
Departur
e Line
Pass on
DN
K’holme
from IBT
Coal
Pad 2
Pass on
DN
Ki’holme
from IBT
Coal
Pad 1
Pass on
DN
Ki’holme
from IBT
Ore Line
1st Move ↓
Pass on Up
K’holme to
IBT Ore
Line
Pass on Up
K’holme to
IBT Coal
Pad 1
Pass on Up
K’holme to
IBT Coal
Pad 2
Pass on Up
K’holme to
HIT No. 1
or No.2
Arrival/
Departure
Pass on Up
K’holme to
Western
Jetty Arrival
Line (for
Simon
Storage
West) †
Pass on Up
K’holme to
Henderson
Quay
Pass on Up
K’holme to
Mineral
Quay
n/a
H
H
H
H
H
H
P
P
P
P
9
9
n/a
H
n/a
H
H
H
H
H
P
P
P
P
9
n/a
9
H
H
n/a
H
H
H
H
P
P
P
P
n/a
9
9
6½*
6½*
6½*
n/a
H
H
H
8
8
8
7
9
9
9
6½*
6½*
6½*
H
n/a
H
H
8
10½
n/a
7
9
9
9
6½*
6½*
6½*
H
H
n/a
H
8
n/a
12½
7
9
9
9
6½*
6½*
6½*
H
H
H
9½*
14½
8
8
7
9
9
9
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Pass on DN
K’holme from
Mineral Quay
Pass on DN
K’holme from
Henderson Quay
Pass on DN
K’holme from
Western Jetty
Dep. Line (from
Simon Storage
West)
Pass on DN
K’holme from HIT
No.1 or No.2
Arrival/
Departure
Pass on DN
K’holme from IBT
Coal Pad 2
Pass on DN
K’holme from IBT
Coal Pad 1
Pass on DN
K’holme from IBT
Ore Line
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
193 of 310
P
P
P
3
3
3
3
8½*
6½*
6½*
H
H
H
H
P
P
P
3
3
3
3
6½*
n/a
9½*
H
H
H
H
P
P
P
3
3
3
3
6½*
9½*
n/a
H
H
H
H
P
P
P
3
3
3
3
6½*
6½*
6½*
n/a
H
H
H
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
H
H
H
H
n/a
H
H
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
H
H
H
H
H
n/a
H
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
2½
H
H
H
H
H
n/a
H
Pass on
DN
K’holme
from
Western
Jetty
Departure
Line (from
Simon
Storage
West)
Pass
Pass on
Pass
Pass
Pass on
Pass on
Pass on
Pass on DN
Pass on
on DN
DN
on DN
on DN
Up
Up
Up
Ki’holme from
DN
K’holm
K’holme
K’holm
K’holm
K’holme
K’holme
K’holme
IBT Ore Line
Ki’holme
from HIT
e from
e from
to Mineral
to
to
from IBT
e from
No.1 or
Hender
Mineral
Quay
Henderso
Western
Coal Pad
IBT
No.2
son
Quay
n Quay
Jetty
1
Coal
Arrival/
Quay
Arrival
Pad 2
Departure
Line (for
Line
Simon
Storage
West) †
P = Parallel move; H = a following move on headway (6 minutes for LN740/742); —* = a following move in the same direction with differential value detailed; n/a = Move not applicable, one train working in terminal;
†= With the exception of LD moves, all trains destined for Simon Storage West are required to perform a run round on the Western Jetty Arrivals line and propel into the terminal. This requires the use of the Down
Killingholme Line.
Pass
on Up
K’hol
me to
IBT
Ore
Line
Pass
on Up
K’holm
e to IBT
Coal
Pad 1
Pass
on
Up
K’hol
me to
IBT
Coal
Pad
2
Pass on
Up
K’holme
to HIT
No. 1 or
No.2
Arrival/
Departure
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
194 of 310
LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION
Immingham West Junction ( junction margins are detailed above in the matrix )
Adjustment to Sectional Running times
Movement Up
Up services to the H.I.T. Arrival/Departure
Line No.1 or No.2, Western Jetty Arrival Line,
Henderson Quay or Mineral Quay
Up services to the I.B.T. Ore Terminal, Coal
Pad 1 or Coal Pad 2
Reason
Approach Control
Value
½
Approach Control
1
Ulceby
Dwell Time
All
½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart to Barton
Depart to Barton
Pass from Immingham
Pass from Brocklesby
Pass from Brocklesby
Second Movement
Arrive from Barton
Pass from Immingham or Brocklesby
Arrive from Habrough/Barton
Depart to Barton
Arrive from Barton
Margin
4
4
4
3
4
LN744 ULCEBY NORTH JUNCTION TO BARTON ON HUMBER
Thornton Abbey
Dwell Time
All
½
All trains in the down direction must come to a stand to wait for the Drivers White Lights for Barton Road Level
Crossing
Goxhill
Dwell Time
All
½
New Holland
Dwell Time
All
½
Barrow Haven
Dwell Time
All
½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
195 of 310
Barton on Humber
Minimum Turnround
5
LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION
Wrawby Junction
Refer to LN736
Foreign Ore Branch Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Branch
Down train pass Appleby
Pass from Branch
Second Movement
Down train pass Appleby
Pass from Branch
Re–occupy Branch
Margin
2
6
5
Second Movement
Pass/arr Scunthorpe from Wrawby Junction
Pass from GL
Margin
6
Same time
Second Movement
Before Up passenger departs Scunthorpe
Before Up passes Scunthorpe
Before down pass/arr Scunthorpe
Pass to Trent FD
Margin
2
3
5
5
Second Movement
Arr/pass Platform 1 from Doncaster
Depart from Scunthorpe
Pass to E line
Departure to Doncaster from Plat. 2 (Down) of
train from the East end (Up) bay (incls. Shunt
moves)
Margin
4
3
4
7
North Lincoln Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from GL
Pass/arr Scunthorpe from Wrawby Junction
Trent Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Up side
Pass to Up side
Pass from Down side
Pass from Trent FD
Scunthorpe
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Platform 1 to Doncaster
Pass to E line
Depart from Scunthorpe
Train departing from or passing through Up or
Down platforms
Minimum Turnround
5 (10 if replatformed) from Doncaster or Cleethorpes.
10 from beyond Doncaster
If the turnround is substantially more than 10 minutes, then the train must be replatformed to the East End Bay
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
196 of 310
Gunhouse Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Loop
Arrive Loop
Stopping service depart Althorpe
Depart Loop
Second Movement
Stopping depart Althorpe
Non-stop arrives Scunthorpe
Depart Loop
Non-stop arrives Scunthorpe
Margin
4
8
3
Same time
Reason
Differential Junction Speed
Value
1
Thorne Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Train from Up Slow Line. Approaching Crowle
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Hull
Pass from Hull
Pass to Cleethorpes
Pass from Cleethorpes
Second Movement
Pass from Hull
Pass to Hull/Cleethorpes
Pass from Hull
Pass from Hull if calling at Hatfield and
Stainforth
* May be reduced to 3 if the service calls at Hatfield and Stainforth
Margin
4
4*
3
3
Hatfield Colliery
Operating Restriction
Only one train can be accommodated in the colliery at once. Trains can depart the colliery in the Down direction
on the Up Slow Line or the Down Fast Line
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Colliery
Depart Colliery
Second Movement
Pass Hatfield & Stainforth on Up Fast/Up Slow
Arrive Colliery
Margin
8
20
Reason
Acceleration
Value
1
Acceleration
2
Second Movement
Pass/Arrive from Doncaster
Pass to Branch
Arrive from Thorne
Margin
4
2½
3
Hatfield and Stainforth
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Trains from Applehurst Jn. to Up Slow Line
Approaching Thorne Jn
Trains from Applehurst Jn. to Up Fast Line
Approaching Thorne Jn.
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Branch
Pass/Arrive from Doncaster
Pass to Branch
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
197 of 310
Kirk Sandall Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Pass from Branch to SL
Pass from Doncaster ML
Pass from Branch
Pass to Doncaster
Pass to Doncaster
Pass from Branch
Pass from Branch
Pass to Branch
* Same time as train passes/departs Doncaster or 1 before a freight train passes Bentley Junction
Margin
*
4
3
4
LN756 SCUNTHORPE TRENT JUNCTION TO ROXBY
Scunthorpe Roxby Gullet/Dragonby Sidings
Operating Restriction
Trains running to/from Roxby Gullet/Dragonby Sidings require to be in possession of a Train Staff issued by North
Lincoln Junction. A second train cannot proceed along the branch to Roxby Gullet/Dragonby Sidings until the first
train has completed its journey on the branch and the Train Staff is surrendered by the driver and returned to
North Lincoln Junction, to be re–issued to the second train. A minimum of 30 minutes for Dragonby services and
a minimum of 45 minutes for Roxby Gullet services should be allowed for this to take place before the second train
can proceed on the branch.
This also applies to trains returning from Roxby Gullet/Dragonby Sidings to North Lincoln Junction.
LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION
Dinnington Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Single line
Pass from Single line
Second Movement
Pass to Single line
Depart to Single line
Margin
6*
2
* May be reduced to 4 minutes if train has at least an additional 2 minutes in the schedule.
Restrictions
When services are held at Dinnington Junction, WP607 waiting acceptance onto Single Line towards Maltby
services in rear can not pass Brancliffe East Junction towards Maltby if the first train exceeds 420m.
Maltby Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive Loop from either direction
Arrive/Pass from other direction
3
Arrive from Dinnington
Depart to Dinnington
4
Pass from Dinnington
Depart to Dinnington
3
Pass/Arrive from St Catherines Junction
Depart to St Catherines Junction
2
Restrictions
Physical Loop Lengths:
Up Single Line Down (DUSY) - M34 to M35 – 355m
Passing Loop/Run Round (DUPL)– M29 to M8 - 418m, M29 to M7 – 524m
Services held on Passing Loop/Run Round exceeding 418 metres beyond M8 locks out Arrivals and Departures
Line in the Dinnington direction.
Arrival/Departures (DUAD) – M25 to M9- 415m
Specific lines (DUSY, DUPL and DUAD) to be allocated to match required train lengths as above.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
198 of 310
St Catherines Junction Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive/Pass from Maltby
Second Movement
Depart to Maltby
All other conflictions
Margin
2
3
Restrictions
Physical Loop Lengths:
Up/Down St Catherines Curve - D 220 to D227 – 499m
Up/Down South Yorkshire – D218 to D225 – 499m
LN768 MANSFIELD WOODHOUSE TO SHIREOAKS EAST JUNCTION
Shirebrook
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Shirebrook East Junction
Pass to Clipstone Junctions
Second Movement
Pass to Clipstone Junctions
Pass from Shirebrook East Junction going to
Shirebrook
Margin
2
4
Second Movement
Pass from Clipstone Junctions
Pass to Shirebrook Junction
Pass from Clipstone Junctions
Margin
4
4
4
4
Shirebrook East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Shirebrook Junction
Pass from Clipstone Junctions
Pass to / from Clipstone Junctions
All conflicting moves
Langwith Whaley–Thorns
Dwell Time
All
1 08.00 – 18.00 EWD
Creswell
Dwell Time
All
1 08.00 – 18.00 EWD
Whitwell
Dwell Time
All
1 08.00 – 18.00 EWD
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
199 of 310
Woodend Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Shirebrook
Pass from Shireoaks West Jn
Second Movement
Pass Shireoaks West Jn to Woodend
Pass from Shirebrook
Margin
7
8
LN774 BARROW HILL NORTH JUNCTION TO OXCROFT DISPOSAL POINT
Hall Lane Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Foxlow Junction
Pass from Barrow Hill North Junction
All margins to/from single lines
All conflicting moves
Second Movement
Pass from Barrow Hill North Junction
Pass to Foxlow Junction
Margin
4
4
4
4
Second Movement
Margin
4
Seymour Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
All conflicting moves
LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION
Boughton Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Single line
Second Movement
Re–occupy Single line
Margin
4
Second Movement
Depart from Run round sidings
Pass from Ollerton/arrive Run round
Margin
2
6
Second Movement
Pass from Clipstone South Junction
Pass to Clipstone West Junction
Margin
4
4
Thoresby Colliery Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Ollerton
Depart Run round sidings towards Clipstone
Clipstone East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Clipstone West Junction
Pass from Clipstone South Junction
Rufford Junction/Clipstone Colliery Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
All margins to/from single lines
Second Movement
Margin
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
200 of 310
Clipstone West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Clipstone South Junction
Pass from Clipstone East Junction
Second Movement
Pass from Clipstone East Junction
Pass to Clipstone South Junction
Margin
5
3
Second Movement
Pass from Shirebrook Junction
Pass to Shirebrook East Junction
Margin
4
4
Warsop Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Shirebrook East Junction
Pass from Shirebrook Junction
LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD
Dronfield
Dwell Time
DMU
22X
½
1½
Dore South Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Dore Station Junction towards
Chesterfield, not stopping Dronfield
Up depart Dronfield
Pass Dore Station Junction to Sheffield, from
Chesterfield
Pass to/from Dore West Junction
Pass from Dore West Junction
Second Movement
Pass from Dore West Junction
Margin
3
Pass from Dore West Junction
Same Time
Pass from Dore West Junction
1
Pass Dore Station Junction to Sheffield, from
Chesterfield
Pass to Dore West Junction (not stopping
Dronfield)
5
4
Operating/Planning Restriction
Owing to restrictive overlaps at signal S48 trains must not be booked to stand at this signal to await the
passage of Down trains, as this will prevent movements on the Down Main from Dronfield towards Dore
Station Junction. Long trains of more than 325m will also be foul Down Manchester line at Dore West
Junction.
Owing to restrictive overlaps at signal S53 trains booked to stand at this signal will prevent movements on
the Down Manchester from Dore Station Junction towards Totley Tunnel East until the timeout has
elapsed.Long trains of more than 325m will also be foul of Down Main at Dore South Junction.
Allowances not to exceed 1 minute between Dore South Junction and Dore West Junction in either
direction.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
201 of 310
Dore Station Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Westbound Movement
Train going from Sheffield/Heeley Loop,
towards Totley; approaching Dore Station
Junction
Reason
Reduced junction speed
Value
½ Passenger
or Light
Engine
Junction Margins
First Movement
Passenger or Light Engine pass to Dore West
Junction
Freight pass to Dore West Junction
Pass from Chesterfield/Dore West Junction
Second Movement
Pass from Chesterfield
Margin
3
Pass from Chesterfield
Pass to Dore West Junction from Sheffield
4
3
Down services pass signal S77, routed DPL to
Sheffield station
Down train pass Dore Station Junction towards
Sheffield
1
Restriction
For trains stopping at Dore & Totley Station, no allowances to be applied in either direction between the
station and Dore Station Junction
Heeley Up Passenger Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive in Loop
Second Movement
Depart/pass Sheffield
Margin
1
Pass Dore Station Junction
Depart Loop
1
Reason
Differential linespeed
Value
½
Sheffield
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Trains departing from Platforms 1 – 5
Approaching Dore Station Junction
Connectional Allowance
7
Dwell Time
XC (22x & HST)
TPE
All other services
2
2
3 Through 1, 2, 5, 6 and 8
Minimum Turnround
To/from London St Pancras
Fuel
Lincoln, Wakefield, Huddersfield
To/from Hope Valley
From beyond Manchester,
HST
$
20
LH
60
DMU
20
60
7*
10
15
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
202 of 310
Sheffield
Doncaster, Adwick, Huddersfield
or Leeds
East Midlands Trains reversals
7
4
Other not specified above
10*
XC
20 (10 by exception and in agreement with Network Rail)
* Reductions to be requested through the Operational Planning Project Manager LNE, Network Rail
$ Must not be 2 consecutive 20 min turnrounds St Pancras/Sheffield
Where minimum turnrounds have been increased and shorter turnrounds already apply for some trains in the
2000 timetable, existing values may continue to be used for a similar number of trains. In the event that the
service is amended by changes to the overall pattern, the new values will apply.
Overlap restrictions
A minimum of 3 minutes should be allowed between the following movements
Movement
Conflict
Arrive Platform 1a from South
Arrive Platform 1b from North (and vice versa)
Arrive Platform 2 from South
Depart Down Station Siding (and vice versa)
Arrive Platform 2 from North
Arrive Down Station Siding/Platform 1 from South (and
vice versa)
Arrive Platform 6 from North
Arrive/depart Platform 7 (and vice versa)
Arrive Platform 8 from North
Arrive/depart Platform 7 (and vice versa)
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Platform End Conflicts
First Movement
Train Arrive
Depart Platform 1 or 1A to the North
Second Movement
Conflicting movement depart
Arrive Platform 1A from the South
Depart Platform 1 to the North
Arrive platform 1 or 1B from the South
Depart 1A to the South
Arrive platform 1 from the North
Depart 1 to the South
Arrive platform 1 from the North
Depart Platform 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 to the North
Depart Platform 2 or 5 to the North
Depart Platform 3, 4, or 5 to the North
Arrive Platform 1 from the South
Arrive Platform 2 from the North
Arrive Platform 2 from the North
Arrive Platform 6 or 8 from the North
Arrive Platform 6 or 8 from the North
Arrive Platform 7 from the South
Arrive Platform 8 from the South
Depart Platform 1 or 2 to the South
Depart to the South
Depart Platforms 2, 5, 6 or 8 to the South
Depart Platform 2c or 5 to the South
Depart Platform 7 to the South
Arrive Platform 1 or 2 from the North
Arrive same Platform from the South
Arrive Platform 3, 4, or 5 from the North
Arrive Platform 2 from the North
Arrive Platform 1 from the South
Depart Platform 1 to the South
Depart Platform 7 to the South
Arrive Platform 7 from the South
Arrive Platform 6 or 8 from the North
Arrive Platform 6 from the North
Arrive Platform 1, 2, 2c or 5 from the South
Arrive Platform 7 or 8 from the South
Arrive same Platform from the North
Arrive Platform 2c or 5 from the South
Arrive Platform 6 from the North
Margin
1
3 ( no
restriction if
departure is
from 1B )
3
2 if departure
is from 1B
3 ( no
restriction if
departure is
from 1B )
3
2 if departure
is from 1B
4
4
3*
4
4
2
1
3
3
4
4½
5
4
4½
3
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
203 of 310
Sheffield
* 4 via ‘A’ line when confliction occurs
Restrictions
North end Bay Platform couplings are preferred to take place in Platform 3
Passenger services cannot arrive on Platform 6 from the South
Passenger services cannot depart Platforms 6 or 8 to the North
Trains following into the same platform – not called on – 4 from South, 3 from North
ECS services arriving into Platform 6 to be routed via DPL from SHEF77
Services arriving into Platform 7 and 8 to be routed via DPL from SHEF77
Nunnery Main Line Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass UM
Pass to Woodburn Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Woodburn Junction
Pass UM
Margin
2½
3
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass UML to Sheffield
Second Movement
Pass to GL
Margin
Pass to GL
Pass UML
3 before Up
service passes
Wincobank
Jn/Brightside
Junction
4
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Down ML
Second Movement
Pass from Slow
Pass from Slow
Pass Down ML
Pass UML
Pass from Slow
Pass from Up/Dn Goods
Pass on Up Main (non–stop)
Margin
1 after Down
service
passes
Wincobank
Junction
1½ before
Down service
passes
Nunnery ML
Junction
½ before Up
ML service
passes
Nunnery ML
Jn
3½ before Up
Mill Race Junction
Same time as
Up service
passes
Nunnery ML
Junction
Brightside Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
204 of 310
Brightside Junction
Pass from Up/Dn Goods
Pass on Up Main (stopping at Meadowhall)
Pass on Up Main
Pass from Up/Dn Goods
non–stop
passes
Wincobank
Jn.
2½ before Up
stopping train
passes
Wincobank
Jn.
2½ after Up
train passes
Wincobank
Jn.
Wincobank Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Non–stop trains to Barnsley
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Down Main
Pass from Barnsley
Reason
Approach control
Value
1
Second Movement
Pass from Barnsley
Pass Down Main
Margin
3 non–stop
3
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
-½ DMU
Meadowhall
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains via Masborough Junction stopping at
Meadowhall. Approaching Holmes Junction
Dwell Time
All
1
5. 4 only from Barnsley
Minimum Turnround
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Depart Platforms 1 – 4
Arrive same platform from same direction
Depart Platform 4 to Barnsley
Arrive Platform 4 from Barnsley
Depart Platform 4 to SL
Arrive Platform 4 from Sheffield
Down pass/Arrive Platform 2 from Sheffield
Depart Platform 3 from Barnsley
Margin
3
4
3
1
Holmes Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Trains via Masborough Junction stopping at
Meadowhall. Approaching Meadowhall
Junction Margins
First Movement
Reason
Faster approach speed
Value
-½ DMU
Second Movement
Margin
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
205 of 310
Holmes Junction
Pass from Aldwarke Junction
Pass to Rotherham Central
2½
Pass to Rotherham Central
Pass from Aldwarke Junction
3½*
Pass from Rotherham Central
Pass to Rotherham Central
3
Pass to Rotherham Central
Pass Down ML
3½
Pass UML
Pass from Rotherham Central
2½
*May be reduced by ½ minute if second train has at least 1 minute pathing allowance between Aldwarke Junction
and Holmes Junction.
Masborough Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Treeton Junction
Pass to Treeton Junction
Pass to Holmes Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Treeton Junction
Pass from Treeton Junction
Pass from Treeton Junction
Pass from Treeton Junction
Pass to Holmes Junction
Margin
4
5
2 after Up
service
passes
Holmes Jn
1 ½ before
Up service
passes
Aldwarke Jn
Aldwarke Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains from Masborough Junction.
Approaching Swinton
Trains from Rotherham Central
Approaching Swinton
Trains to the Roundwood Chord Approaching
Aldwarke Junction
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
-1½ 142/150
Differential junction speed
1 185/22X
1½ 158
1½
Approach control
Movement Up
Reason
Trains from Roundwood Chord to Masborough Accleration
Jn
Approaching Holmes Junction
Junction Margins
Pass from Rotherham
Pass UML from Swinton
2nd Move →
st
Central
1 Move ↓
Value
1
Pass to Thrybergh
Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
206 of 310
Aldwarke Junction
Pass UML from Swinton
Pass from Rotherham
Central
Pass to Thrybergh Jn
2½
3
No conflict
4
3
4
2½
No conflict
4
4*
Pass DML from
Masborough Jn
Pass from Thrybergh Jn
3
4
*Different routes
Trains from Rotherham Central to Roundwood Chord can run via UML and not conflict with train on DML
Swinton Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains to Doncaster direction
Approaching Swinton Junction
Movement Up
Trains from Doncaster direction,
Approaching Aldwarke Junction
Junction Margins
Pass from
2nd move →
Moorthorpe
1st move ↓
Pass to
4
Doncaster
Depart to
5
Doncaster
Pass from
No conflict
Moorthorpe
Arrive from
No conflict
Moorthorpe
Pass from
3
Doncaster
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
1 Freight
½ Cross
Country 22X
Reason
Acceleration
Value
½ LH/HST/
22X
Arrive from
Moorthorpe
Pass to
Doncaster
Depart to
Doncaster
Depart to
Sheffield from
other route
4½
No conflict
No conflict
5
No conflict
No conflict
No conflict
4
1
2
No conflict
4
1
Simultaneous
Simultaneous
No conflict
No conflict
2
Moorthorpe
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive/pass from South Kirkby Junction
Arrive/pass from South Kirkby Junction
Depart/pass to Pontefract Baghill
Arrive Down Loop
Arrive Up Loop
Second Movement
Pass to Pontefract Baghill
Depart to Pontefract Baghill
Arrive / Pass from South Kirkby Junction
Arrive/pass Moorthorpe station
Arrive/pass Moorthorpe station
Margin
4
1
4
5
5
5 Arrive loaded from Sheffield before departing ECS to Sheffield
Minimum Turnround
Restriction. Trains with more than three minutes pathing time between Ferrybridge Junction/Pontefract Baghill
and Moorthorpe should instead be timed to have an ‘A’ stop at Moorthorpe signal L6586. No allowances to be
applied between Moorthorpe signal L6586 and Moorthorpe Station/Moorthorpe Goods Loop
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
207 of 310
Ferrybridge North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
All conflicting moves
Second Movement
Margin
4
Reason
Approach control
Value
1
Approach control
2
Reason
Approach control
Value
1
Acceleration
1 Passenger
2 Freight
3 Freight
Milford Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Train Ferrybridge to Church Fenton
Approaching Milford Junction
Train from Castleford to Gascoigne Wood
Approaching Milford Junction
Movement Up
Trains from Church Fenton to Ferrybridge
Approaching Milford Junction
Trains from Gascoigne Wood to Castleford
Approaching Castleford
Trains from Milford West Sdgs or to
Castleford/Ferrybridge North Junction
After Milford Junction
Acceleration
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
All conflicting moves
4
Planning Restriction
Any propelling movement into Milford West Sidings must stop to pick up a radio requiring 2 minute OP stop, prior
to propelling at Milford Juntion.
Service from Hambleton West
Service from Church Fenton
Gascoigne Wood Junction arr
xx0P00
Milford Loop arr
xxOP00
Gascoigne Wood Junction dep
xxOP02
Milford Loop dep
xxOP02
Milford Junction arr
xxPRRM08
Milford Junction arr
xxPRRM06
Milford Junction dep
xxPRRM10
Milford Junction dep
xxPRRM08
Milford West Siding arr
xxPR17
Milford West Siding arr
xxPR15
LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’
Barrow Hill South Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Branch
Second Movement
Pass from Beighton Junction
Margin
4
Pass from Beighton Junction
Pass to Branch
3
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
208 of 310
Barrow Hill North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from sidings
Pass from Beighton Junction to Chesterfield
Second Movement
Pass from Beighton Junction
Pass from sidings
Margin
4
3
Second Movement
Pass to Chesterfield
Pass from Branch
Margin
4
3
Reason
Approach Control
Value
½ Passenger
1 Freight
Reason
Acceleration
Value
½ Passenger
1 Freight
Second Movement
Pass to Treeton Junction
Pass from Woodhouse Junction
Margin
4
4
Foxlow Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Branch
Pass to Chesterfield
Beighton Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Pass from Down Barrow Hill Line to
Woodhouse Junction
Approaching Beighton Junction
Movement Up
Pass from Woodhouse Junction to Up Barrow
Hill Line.
Approaching Barrow Hill
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Woodhouse Junction
Pass to Treeton Junction
Masborough Sorting Sidings South Junction/Canklow Loop
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Train to Canklow Loop or stopping on Up line,
before propelling to Freight Depot
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down pass Treeton Junction heading towards
Masborough Junction
Down pass Treeton Junction heading towards
Masborough Junction
Down pass/Arrive Masborough Junction
Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton
Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton
Depart FD
Reason
Stop at Signal S406 to collect radio then draw
slowly forward
Value
3
Second Movement
Depart FD
Margin
4
Depart Canklow Loop towards FD
4
Depart Canlow Loop towards Masborough
Junction
Depart FD to Treeton
Depart Canklow Loop towards FD or
Masborough Junction
Depart to FD
Same time
4½
4
5½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
209 of 310
Masborough Sorting Sidings South Junction/Canklow Loop
Depart FD
Depart FD
Depart Up Side to FD
Depart Up Side to FD or Masborough Junction
Arrive Canklow Loop
Arrive Cankow Loop
Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton
Junction
Up pass Treeton Junction
Pass to FD from Treeton
Down pass Treeton Junction towards
Masborough Junction
Down pass Treeton Junction towards
Masborough Junction
Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton
Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton
Depart FD to Treeton
Depart FD to Up Side
6½
4
4½
1
1
4½
Up depart Canklow Loop
1
3
LN808 DORE STATION JUNCTION TO TOTLEY TUNNEL EAST
Dore & Totley
Dwell Time
Class 1
Class 2
1
½
Dore West Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Westbound train, having stopped at Dore &
Totley station
Approaching Totley Tunnel East
Westbound train from Dore South Junction
Approaching Totley Tunnel East
Movement Up
Trains towards Dore South Junction
Approaching Dore West Jn
Junction Margins
First Movement
Reason
Acceleration
Value
½
Acceleration
1½ Passenger
or Light
Engine
Reason
Approach control
Second Movement
½ Freight
Value
1½ Passenger
or Light
Engine
2 Freight
Margin
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
210 of 310
Dore West Junction
Pass from Sheffield
Pass from Sheffield
Pass from Chesterfield
Pass to Chesterfield
Pass to Sheffield or Chesterfield
3
Depart to Sheffield or Chesterfield
1½
Pass or depart to Chesterfield
2½
Passenger not calling at Dore or Light Engine
4½*
pass from Sheffield
Pass to Chesterfield
Pass from Sheffield having called at Dore
7+
Pass to Chesterfield
Freight pass from Sheffield
6½**
Depart to Chesterfield
Passenger not calling at Dore or Light Engine
6***
pass from Sheffield
Depart to Chesterfield
Pass from Sheffield having called at Dore
8½+++
Depart to Chesterfield
Freight pass from Sheffield
8****
Arrive Dore West Junction from Chesterfield Passenger not calling at Dore or Light Engine
5*
pass from Sheffield
Arrive Dore West Junction from Chesterfield Pass from Sheffield having called at Dore
7½++
Arrive Dore West Junction from Chesterfield Freight pass from Sheffield
7**
Note: Values for trains having called at Dore include minimum dwell as specified above
*Margin can be reduced to 3 minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction and {½}
approaching Dore West Junction
** Margin can be reduced to 4 minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction and {½}
approaching Dore West Junction
*** Margin can be reduced to 5 minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction and {½}
approaching Dore West Junction
**** Margin can be reduced to 6 minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction and {½}
approaching Dore West Junction
+ Margin can be reduced to 3½ minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction
++ Margin can be reduced to 4½ minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction
+++ Margin can be reduced to 5½ minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction
Operating/Planning Restriction
Owing to restrictive overlaps at signal S48 trains must not be booked to stand at this signal to await the
passage of Down trains, as this will prevent movements on the Down Main from Dronfield towards Dore
Station Junction. Long trains of more than 325m will also be foul Down Manchester line at Dore West
Junction
Owing to restrictive overlaps at signal S53 trains booked to stand at this signal will prevent movememts on
the Down Manchester from Dore Station Junction towards Totley Tunnel East until the timeout has
elapsed. Long trains of more than 325m will also be foul of Down Main at Dore South Junction.
Allowances not to exceed 1 minute between Dore South Junction and Dore West Junction in either
direction.
LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON
St James Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Hexthorpe Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Bridge Junction
Margin
5½
Second Movement
Margin
Hexthorpe Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
211 of 310
Hexthorpe Junction
Pass to Sheffield
Pass to GL
Pass to Doncaster
Pass from Avoiding Line
Pass to GL
Pass from Doncaster
Pass from Avoiding Line
Pass to Doncaster
3
4
3
4
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½ Class 1 &
5
Value
½ Class 1 &
5
Mexborough
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains approaching Mexborough towards
Thrybergh Jn
Movement Up
Trains approaching Hexthorpe Jn from
Thrybergh
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Swinton
Pass from Thrybergh Junction
Pass from Thrybergh Junction
Pass to Thrybergh Junction
Reason
Acceleration
Second Movement
Pass from Thrybergh Junction
Pass to Swinton
Pass to Thrybergh Junction
Pass from Thrybergh Junction
Margin
4
4
4
5
LN828 MEXBOROUGH JUNCTION TO ALDWARKE JUNCTION VIA KILNHURST
Thrybergh Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train from Single Line
Second Movement
Train toSingle Line
Margin
4
LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION
Aldwarke UES
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train arrives Aldwarke UES from north
Train arrives Aldwarke UES from south
Second Movement
Pass Aldwarke Junction
Pass Aldwarke Junction
Margin
3
4
Parkgate Junction
Minimum Turnround
Supertram 3*
*Reductions to be agreed between the TOC & Operational Planning Project Manager LNE, Network Rail
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
212 of 310
Rotherham Central
Dwell Time
Supertram
½
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive from Holmes Junction
Depart to Holmes Junction
1½
Arrive/pass from Woodburn Junction
Depart to Holmes Junction
1
Pass/depart to Holmes Junction
Arrive/pass from Woodburn Junction
4
Supertram Arrive from Parkgate
Supertram depart to Parkgate
1
Operating Restriction
Only 1 Supertram between Rotherham Central and Parkgate in either direction at any one time. This is due to the
power being drawn from the overhead lines.
Tinsley East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Woodburn Junction
Down Pass Tinsley East Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Woodburn Junction/Supertram
Pass from Supertram
Margin
4
2½
Second Movement
Up Pass Tinsley South Junction
Pass from Supertram
Margin
3
2½
Second Movement
Tram Depart Parkgate
Up Depart Rotherham Central
Up Pass Rotherham Central
Margin
3
1½
2
Tinsley North Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Supertram
Down Pass Tinsley East Junction
Parkgate Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up Pass/Dept Rotherham Central
Tram Depart Parkgate
Tram Depart Parkgate
Tinsley South Junction
OPERATING RESTRICTION
All trains towards Shepcote Lane Junction must be planned with an “OP” stop of 2 minutes for driver instructions.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
213 of 310
Broughton Lane Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to Tinsley Yard
Pass from Tinsley South Junction
4
Pass to Tinsley South Junction
Pass from Tinsley Yard
3
OPERATING RESTRICTION
All trains towards Shepcote Lane Junction must be planned with an “OP” stop of 2 minutes for driver instructions.
LN832 DONCASTER BRIDGE JUCNTION TO ST. JAMES JUNCTION
Bridge Junction
Refer to LN150
LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION
Adwick
Restriction
A terminating train running ECS towards Skellow Junction can only arrive when route is set towards Skellow
Junction at Carcroft Junction
Carcroft Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Branch
Pass Up Main
Second Movement
Pass Up Main line
Arrive Adwick from
Doncaster, if terminating
and shunting via Carcroft
Junction
Pass Down Main
Pass to Branch
Pass Up Main
Arrive Adwick from
Branch
Pass from Branch (and
vice versa)
Pass to Branch
Margin
1 before Up non–stop passes South Kirkby Jn
Same time as Up stopping service departs South Elmsall
2½ after non–stop passes Adwick
1 after up stopping train departs Adwick
Same time as Class 1 stopping service depart Doncaster 1
minute before Class 1 non– stop departs Doncaster
2½ after non–stop passes Adwick
4 (Single Lead)
Adwick Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Up Main
Pass from Branch
Pass to/from Branch
Second Movement
Pass from Branch
Pass Up Main
Pass to/from Branch (single lead)
Margin
3
4
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
214 of 310
South Kirkby Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains from Moorthorpe
Approaching Hare Park
Reason
Acceleration
Trains from Moorthorpe that are passing South
Kirkby and stopping at Fitzwilliam
Trains from Doncaster
Differential Junction Speed
Value
1 except 22X
and Freight
Classes 6/7/8
½
Differential junction speed
–½ 221X
Movement Up
Trains to Moorthorpe
Trains to Doncaster
Reason
Approach release Differential junction speed
Differential junction speed
Value
½ HST
–1 22X
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Down Main
Pass to Branch
Second Movement
Pass to Branch
Pass Down Main
Margin
3
4 Passenger
5 Freight
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive in Down Loop
Second Movement
Pass Down Main
Pass Down Main
Depart Down Loop
Margin
Arrive 1
before Down
Passngr
passes South
Kirkby Jn (frm
Moorthorpe).
Arrive 2
before Down
Passngr
passes South
Kirkby Jn (frm
Doncaster).
Depart 1
before Down
non-stop
Passngr train
passes Hare
Park
Junction.
Depart 1 after
Down
stopping
Passenger
departs
Fitzwilliam.
Hemsworth Loop
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
215 of 310
Hemsworth Loop
Arrive in Up Loop
Pass Up Main
Pass Up Main
Depart Up Loop
Arrive Up
Loop 1½
before Up
Passngr
passes Hare
Park Jn.
Arrive Up
Loop 3 before
Up stopping
Passngr
departs
Fitzwilliam.
Depart same
time as Up
Passngr
passes South
Kirkby Jn
Hare Park Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains to Crofton West Junction – Approaching
Hare Park
Movement Up
Passenger trains from Crofton West Junction
Approaching South Kirkby
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Up Main
Pass to Branch
Pass Up Main
Reason
Approach Control
Value
1
Reason
Acceleration Hare Park – South Kirkby
Value
1
Second Movement
Pass to Branch
Pass Up Main
Pass from Branch
Margin
3
4
3
Second Movement
Margin
Wakefield Westgate
Connectional Allowance
Dwell Time
EMU/DMU
LH/HST
Junction Margins
First Movement
7
1
1½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
216 of 310
Wakefield Westgate
Depart Down Main
Arrive Down Main
3
Pass Down Main
Arrive Down from Wakefield Kirkgate
2½
Depart Up to Wrenthorpe Sidings
Arrive Up Main
5
Depart Up to Wrenthorpe Sidings
Depart Down Main
3
Depart Down Main to Wakefield Kirkgate
Arrive Down Main
4½
Depart Up Main
Arrive Up Main
3½*
Depart Down platform in Up direction
Arrive Up Main
Simultaneous
Depart Down platform in Up direction to
Depart Up
3
Wakefield Kirkgate
Depart/pass Up Main
Arrive Up or Down from Wakefield Kirkgate
4½
Depart Up Main
Arrive from Wrenthorpe Sidings
3
Arrive Down Main from Wakefield Kirkgate
Arrive Up Main
Simultaneous
Arrive Down from Wakefield Kirkgate
Depart Up Main
2
Depart / pass Down Main
Depart Wrenthorpe to Up or Down
3
* May be reduced by 1 minute if second train has at least 1 minute pathing allowance approaching Wakefield
Westgate, however this should not be used for consecutive trains
Minimum Turnround
Arrive ECS from sidings, depart
loaded
Arrive loaded, depart ECS
Arrive ECS not from sidings,
depart loaded
No shunting from Knottingley or
Leeds
No shunting from Manchester
1
1½
2
5
10
Copley Hill West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to Copley Hill East
Pass Holbeck Junction to Wakefield
3
Pass Holbeck Junction to Wakefield
Pass to Copley Hill East
4*
Pass from Copley Hill East
Pass to Copley Hill East
4*
* May be reduced by one minute if the second train has at least 1 minute pathing time approaching Copley Hill
Holbeck Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Wakefield
Pass to Bradford
Second Movement
Pass to Bradford
Pass from Wakefield
Margin
2½
3
Second Movement
Margin
Whitehall Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
217 of 310
Whitehall Junction
Pass To/from Leeds
Freight depart ex Engine Shed or Armley Jn
1
Pass To/from Leeds
Freight pass ex Engine Shed or Armley Jn
4
Freight pass ex Armley Jn or Engine Shed
Pass To/from Leeds
3*
Freight depart ex Armley Jn or Engine Shed
Pass To/from Leeds
4*
#
Pass to Copley Hill Chord
Pass from Morley
4½
Pass from Copley Hill Chord
Pass to Copley Hill Chord
3
Pass from Morley
Pass to Copley Hill Chord
3
* May be reduced by 1 minute for Light Diesel locomotives
# May be reduced by one minute if the second train has at least 1 minute pathing time approaching Whitehall Jn
Leeds West Junction (Crossing moves from Methley Junction)
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass from Leeds
Pass to Leeds
3½*
Pass to Leeds
Pass from Leeds
2
* May be reduced by one minute if the second train has at least 1 minute pathing time approaching Leeds West Jn
Leeds
Connectional Allowance
10
Dwell Time
TPE,XC Peak
TPE,XC Off Peak
All other Passenger
Freight
3 (07:30 to 09:30, 16:00 to 18:00)
2
3
3 Driver’s TRTS activity
Minimum Turnround
To/from London King’s Cross
To/from London St Pancras
EMU from Bradford FS/Skipton/
Ilkley
Short distance DMU
EMU from Doncaster
Long distance DMU
XC
TPE
HST EWD
LH EWD
HST Sun
LH Sun
25
25
25
25
20
20
5 But not two consecutive. The total of two consecutive turnrounds must not
be less than 15 minutes.
7*(except by special arrangement) * Between 1600 and 1900 EWD, trains
to/from Sheffiled via Barnsley may turn round in 5 minutes, where the
incoming service has a total of 5 minutes performance and pathing
allowance approaching Engine Shed Junction/Leeds West Junction.
10 Can reduce to 7 but not two consecutive
15
20 (10 by exception and in agreement with Network Rail)
8 (5 for trains starting from York)
Platform End Conflicts
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive
Depart
1
Depart
Arrive
4½*
Arrive/Depart 10AB from West
Arrive 11/11AB from East
4*
Arrive 11/11AB from East
Arrive/Depart 10AB from West
4*
Through Line Margins
3½
Arrive in through platform from opposite ends
4
Following into through/bay platform after first arrival
4*
* May be reduced by one minute for trains that have at least 1 minute pathing time between Whitehall and Leeds
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
218 of 310
Leeds
West Junctions or Neville Hill West Junction and Leeds
Platform Preferred Usage
Trains should where possible use the following platforms
VTEC turnrounds (91/HST)
Platform 6
CrossCountry Trains Eastbound
Platform 9 or 11
CrossCountry Trains Westbound
Platform 11 or 12
Through T.P.E. Eastbound
Platform 15
Through T.P.E. Westbound
Platform 16
Leeds NW/Harrogate lines
Platforms 1 – 5
Calderdale/Doncaster lines
Platforms 10/11A/12A
turnrounds
Huddersfield/Normanton lines
Platforms 12A/13/17
turnrounds
Platform Re–occupation
3 (same direction)
Platforming Restriction
Trains from the West via the Through Road, planned to stop in Platform 12CD must not exceed 2x3 car class
185s.
Restriction
Under normal circumstances Freight trains must not be timetabled Eastbound through Platforms 15 and 16
VTEC services not to be planned in Platforms 15 and 16 as services exceed platform length
Train Watering Points
Leeds Station Platforms 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, 13 and 14
Marsh Lane Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Cross to DGL
Arrive Leeds
Second Movement
Depart Leeds
Cross to/from UGL
Margin
½
Same time
Second Movement
Pass from Leeds (ML)
Pass from Cross Gates
Pass from Leeds (ML)
Pass from Cross Gates
Pass from Depot to UFL
Pass from Cross Gates
Pass from Neville Hill Depot to UGL
Margin
4
4
4
4
3
4
3
Neville Hill West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Neville Hill Depot
Pass to Up Sidings from Down
Pass to Up Sidings from Down
Pass from Branch to Down
Pass from Leeds (ML)
Pass from Neville Hill Depot
Pass fromCross Gates
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
219 of 310
LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA
HARROGATE
Armley Junction
Refer to LN922
Horsforth
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Train from Turnback Siding, not stopping
Horsforth station, to be applied after Horsforth
station
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train terminates in Turnback Siding
Train terminates in Turnback Siding
Arrive/pass Up platform from Turnback Siding
Arrive/pass Up platform from Turnback Siding
Down depart to Harrogate
Down pass to Harrogate
Reason
Acceleration from 15mph pointwork
Value
½
Second Movement
Next Down train arrive
Down pass station
Down arrive station
Down pass station
Depart Turnback Siding
Depart Turnback Siding
Margin
4
3½
4
3½
2
1½
Dwell Time
HST 3
MU 1
Minimum Turnround in turnback Terminates from Leeds – Depart to Leeds
3
siding
Restriction:
All moves to/from Turnback Siding to be fully timed
Standage on Turnback Siding is 112m maximum
Trains going to Turnback Siding require a minimum 30s OP stop in station, access to Siding from Position
Light Signal
Down train cannot arrive station whilst train is signalled from Turnback Siding or vice versa, due to signal
overlap
Trains can reverse on Down Main adjacent to Turnback Siding
Harrogate
Dwell Time
All
2
Adjustments to SRT : from Starbeck
When arriving platform 3 from Starbeck and a train is ready to depart from platform 1 to Horsforth, to
enable signaler to be satisfied that train from Starbeck has come to a stand, an extra {1} shall be added
approaching Harrogate
When arriving platforms 1 or 2 or Through Siding from Starbeck, an extra {1} is required due to slower
approach
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
220 of 310
Harrogate
Depart Platform 1 to Leeds
Depart Platform 1 to Leeds
Depart Platform 1 to Leeds
Depart to Starbeck
Depart to Starbeck
Depart to Horsforth, calling at Hornbeam Park
Depart to Horsforth, not calling Hornbeam Park
Arrive from Leeds, having stopped Hornbeam
Park
Arrive from Leeds, not stopping Hornbeam
Park
Arrive Platform 1 from York
Arrive from Horsforth, having stopped
Hornbeam Park
Arrive from Leeds, not stopping Hornbeam
Park
Arrive from Starbeck
Arrive from Starbeck
5½**
5**
3
8*
7½*
8½**
7½**
*Can be reduced to 3½ if {1} added approaching Harrogate
**Can be reduced to 4 if {1} added approaching Harrogate
Minimum Turnround
Same platform
10 HST
8 MU
15
Replatform
Notes
Up direction platform 3 reoccupation is 3” for units which have shunted from other platform or Through
Line. Train shunting reverse on Starbeck direction line. Although shunt moves within station limits are not
timed, planners must satisfy themselves that such moves are robustly achievable
HST uses platform 1. When in platform other trains cannot arrive/depart platform 2 or Through Line
Starbeck
Restriction
Trains crossing at Starbeck must do so within 1 minute of each other except on isolated occasions to avoid
excessive level crossing closure.
Knaresborough
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Cattal
Arrive from Starbeck ECS (to shunt)
Depart to Cattal
Depart Up platform to Starbeck
Arrive from Cattal
Second Movement
Depart to Cattal
Following depart Starbeck
Following depart Starbeck
Arrive from Cattal
Depart Up platform to Starbeck
Margin
4
5½
2
4
1½
Minimum Turnround
Arrive loaded from Starbeck,
5
depart ECS
Arrive ECS from Starbeck, depart 9
loaded
Arrive loaded from Starbeck or
10
Cattal, depart loaded
Restrictions.
All trains require a 30 second TW stop for Token Exchange Purposes to/from Cattal
An up train cannot pass/depart Starbeck whilst preceding train is in up platform at Knaresborough,
whether continuing towards Cattal or shunting between platforms. Reflected in margins above.
When shunting between platforms, trains normally use crossover on viaduct.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
221 of 310
Knaresborough
Departure from Up platform towards Starbeck should not be planned for passenger traffic
Cattal
Junction Margins (inclusive of allowance for token exchange, which is included in station duties)
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive from Knaresborough
Depart to Knaresborough (if already in
3
platform)
Arrive from Hammerton
Arrive from Knaresborough
1½
Arrive from Knaresborough
Arrive from Hammerton
3*
Restriction. All trains require a 30 second TW stop for Token Exchange Purposes
*Can be reduced to 2, if {1} added approaching Cattal
Hammerton
Junction Margins (inclusive of allowance for token exchange, which is included in station duties)
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive from Poppleton
Depart to Poppleton (if already in platform)
3
Arrive from Cattal
Arrive from Poppleton
3
Arrive from Poppleton
Arrive from Cattal
3
Restrictions
All trains require a 30 second TW stop for Token Exchange Purposes
Trains cannot arrive simultaneously, due to a safety restriction regarding the use of the crossing
Poppleton
Junction Margins (inclusive of allowance for token exchange, which is included in station duties)
First Movement
Second Movement
Arrive from Hammerton
Arrive from York
Arrive from Hammerton
Depart to Hammerton
Arrive from York
Arrive from Hammerton
Restriction. All trains require a 30 second TW stop for Token Exchange Purposes
Margin
2
3
2
LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION
Applehurst Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Joan Croft Junction
Pass from Skellow Junction
Second Movement
Pass from Skellow Junction
Pass to Joan Croft Junction
Margin
4
3
Second Movement
Pass from Carcroft Junction
Pass to Adwick Junction
Margin
4
4
Skellow Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Adwick Junction
Pass from Carcroft Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
222 of 310
LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE
Bradford Interchange
Dwell Time
All
3
Junction Margins
First Movement
First train departs to Halifax or Leeds
Second Movement
Second train arrives from Halifax, if conflicting
Margin
5
First train departs to Halifax or Leeds
Second train arrives from Leeds
6*
* if incoming train has pathing time approaching Bradford the margin could be reduced to 5 mins
Minimum Turnround
From Leeds, Huddersfield or
Hebden Bridge
From other locations
From London
5
10
30
Restriction
Trains may only be planned to arrive into an occupied platform when that train is booked to be attached to
a train already in the platform.
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
Hebden Bridge
Platform Re–occupation
First Movement
Dep Platform 1 to Leeds
Minimum Turnround
From Leeds utilising same
platform
From Leeds and replatformed
Second Movement
Arr Platform 1 ex Leeds
Margin
3½
Second Movement
Pass towards Greetland
Pass from Halifax
Pass from Halifax
Margin
2
3½
3
Pass from Elland
Pass to Elland
Depart from Elland direction
5
7
4
6
10
Milner Royd Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Hebden Bridge from Halifax
Pass towards Greetland
Arrive from Elland ‘* stop’ (no pathing allowed
between Elland and Milner Royd)
Pass from Halifax
Pass to Halifax
Pass from Halifax
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
223 of 310
Greetland Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Eastbound
Pass from Dryclough
Reason
Acceleration from 20 mph
Movement Westbound
Pass to Dryclough Junction
Reason
Approach Control
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Dryclough Junction
Pass to Dryclough Junction
Pass from Milner Royd Junction
Pass from Milner Royd Junction
Pass from Milner Royd Junction
Second Movement
Pass from Milner Royd Junction
Depart to Bradley Wood
Pass to Dryclough Junction
Depart to Dryclough Junction
Pass from Dryclough Junction
Note:
Value
½. To be
applied after
Greetland
Junction
Value
½. To be
applied
approaching
Greetland
Junction
Margin
3
1
2½
1
3½
Trains from Huddersfield, going to Halifax, must include all allowances for acceleration and Approach
Control, as shown under Bradley Wood and Greetland Junctions
Bradley Wood Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Westbound
Trains from Bradley Jn
Reason
Acceleration from 20mph turnout
Movement Eastbound
Trains going to Bradley Junction
Reason
Approach Control
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Bradley Junction
Pass to Bradley Junction
Pass to Bradley Junction
Pass from Bradley Junction/Heaton Lodge
Junction
Second Movement
Up Freight pass from Heaton Lodge Junction
Up Passenger/Light Engine pass from Heaton
Lodge Junction
Depart Up L&Y towards Brighouse
Pass to Bradley Junction
Value
½ To be
applied after
Bradley Wood
Junction
Value
½. To be
applied
approaching
Bradley Wood
Junction
Margin
4
3½
2
2
Heaton Lodge Junction (for Up Trains only) NB Copy at LN860
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Up Fast
Second Movement
Depart Up Slow, towards same route
Margin
2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
224 of 310
Heaton Lodge Junction (for Up Trains only) NB Copy at LN860
Pass Up Fast
Pass Up Fast or Up Slow
Passenger/Light Engine depart Up Slow
Freight depart Up Slow
Note:
Depart Up Slow, towards different route
Pass from Up Fast or Up Slow towards either
route
Pass Up Fast going to either route
Pass Up Fast going to either route
1½
2½
3½
4
Normally trains from Dewsbury on Up Slow Line timed to be passed by a train on the Up Main, should be
timed to stop at Heaton Lodge Jn
Mirfield East Junction NB Copy at LN860
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Trains crossing to USL, having called at
Ravensthorpe; to be applied approaching
Mirfield East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up pass to up Fast or Up Slow
Up pass to Up Fast or Up Slow
Reason
Slower speed from rest
Value
½
Second Movement
Pass to Down L & Y (not stopping Mirfield)
Down depart Mirfield, going towards Horbury
Margin
2
½
Thornhill LNW Junction NB Copy at LN860
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass towards Healey Mills
Pass towards Healey Mills
Second Movement
Pass from Dewsbury, not stopping
Ravensthorpe
Up arrive Ravensthorpe
Margin
2*
3
*2½ if First Movement is a freight train
Restriction
Up trains from Dewsbury cannot be accepted into Ravensthorpe station when a train has already been routed
towards Healey Mills, due to the overlap extending across Thornhill LNW Junction
Dewsbury East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Dewsbury Blue Circle*
Second Movement
Pass Thornhill LNW Junction towards Healey
Mills
Pass Mirfield East Junction from Healey Mills
Pass towards Dewsbury Blue Circle
Arrive Dewsbury Blue Circle*
Pass Thornhill LNW Junction towards Healey
Mills
Pass Thornhill LNW Junction towards Healey
Depart towards Dewsbury Blue Circle
Mills
*Includes arriving at signal HM66 for light engine run round moves from Healey Mills
Margin
1
5½
5½
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
225 of 310
Horbury Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains from Barnsley after Horbury Junction
Movement Up
Trains to Barnsley
Approaching Horbury Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Healey Mills
Pass from Branch
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
1
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½
Second Movement
Pass from Branch
Pass to Healey Mills
Margin
3
4 ( UF )
3 ( US
Reason
Differential junction speed.
Value
1
Wakefield Kirkgate
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Pass from Horbury Jn. To Calder Bridge Jn.
Connectional Allowance
4
Dwell Time
All
1
Minimum turnaround
Minimum Turnround
5 Platform 3 only for services from Knottingley
10
Junction Margins ( when conflicting )
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive from Wakefield Westgate/Horbury Jn
Depart to Wakefield Westgate/Horbury Jn
1
Depart to Wakefield Westgate
Arrive pass from Horbury Junction
4
Depart Platform 3 to Wakefield Westgate
Depart Platform 1 to Horbury Junction
3
Depart to Horbury Junction
Arrive from Wakefield Westgate
3
Depart to Horbury Junction
Arrive from Pontefract
3
Depart to Horbury Junction
Arrive pass from Horbury Junction
4
Depart to Normanton
Arrive same platform from west
3
Depart to Calder Bridge
Arrive from Calder Bridge
4
Arrive Platform 3 from Wakefield Westgate
Arrive Platform 2 from Normanton
3**
Arrive Platform 3 from Pontefract
Arrive Platform 2 from Normanton
3**
Arrive Platform 2 from Normanton
Arrive or Pass Platform
3
** Can be simultaneous if Arrival into Platform 2 from Normanton is given an additional 2 adjustment allowance
Notes:
Standage at Wakefield Westgate: Up/Down Through Line 705 feet/33slu; Up Goole (either direction) 637
feet/30slu
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
226 of 310
Turners Lane Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Wakefield Kirkgate
Pass from Calder Bridge
Second Movement
Pass from Calder Bridge,
Pass to Wakefield Kirkgate
Margin
3
3
Altofts Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Reason
Value
Trains from Calder Bridge going to
Approach Control
3
Europort, approaching Altofts
Junction
Trains from Wakefield Kirkgate
Approach Control
2
going to Europort, approaching
Altofts Junction
Movement Up
Reason
Value
Trains coming from Europort, after
Acceleration from rest
1
Altofts Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to Whitwood Junction
Pass from Methley Junction
3
Pass to Whitwood Junction
Depart from Europort
1½
Passenger pass from Methley Junction
Pass to Whitwood Junction (not stopping
3
Normanton)
Freight pass from Methley Jn Junction
Pass to Whitwood Junction (not stopping at
3½
Normanton)
Passenger pass from Methley Junction
Pass to Whitwood Junction (Stopping at
2
Normanton)
Freight pass from Methley Jn Junction
Pass to Whitwood Junction (Stopping at
2½
Normanton)
Passenger pass from Methley
Pass to Europort
2
Junction/Whitwood Junction
Freight pass from Methley Junction/Whitwood
Pass to Europort
2½
Junction
Pass from Europort
Pass to Whitwood Junction (not stopping
4
Normanton)
Pass from Europort
Pass to Whitwood Junction (Stopping at
3½
Normanton)
Pass to Europort
Pass from Methley Junction
6½
Pass to Europort
Pass from Whitwood Junction
5½
Pass to Europort
Pass to Whitwood Junction (not stopping
6½
Normanton)
Pass to Europort
Pass to Whitwood Junction (Stopping at
5½
Normanton)
Pass to Europort
Pass to Methley Junction (not stopping
4
Normanton)
Pass to Europort
Pass to Methley Junction (Stopping at
4
Normanton)
Restriction: Trains going to Europort block all lines when going into terminal, until train is completely ‘inside’
terminal (except for trains going towards Methley Junction). This is reflected in margins, above
Note: Wakefield Europort has restricted capacity. If more than one train present, confirmation the further train(s)
can be accommodated should be obtained from the operator
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
227 of 310
Whitwood Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Altofts Junction
Pass to Methley Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Methley Junction
Pass from Altofts Junction
Margin
2½
3
Castleford
Dwell Time
3 (reverse in Down platform)
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Down platform to Whitwood Junction
Depart Down platform to Pontefract Monkhill
Pass Up Main
Depart Down platform to Pontefract Monkhill
Arrive Down platform from Pontefract Monkhill
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Arrive Down platform from Pontefract Monkhill
Arrive from Whitwood Junction
Arrive from Pontefract Monkhill
Pass Up Main,
Pass Up Main
Margin
3
2½
3
4
4
6 from Leeds
Milford Junction
Please Refer to 804
Sherburn Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Reason
Value
Movement Up
Non stop crossing from LSL at Church Fenton
Reason
Acceleration
Value
1
Stopping train from LSL at Church Fenton
After Church Fenton
Acceleration
½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Milford Junction
Pass from Gascoigne
Wood
Second Movement
Pass from Gascoigne Wood
Pass to Milford Junction,
Margin
Same time as southbound service passes Milford
Junction
Same time as southbound service passes Church
Fenton or 1 minute behind southbound service
departing Sherburn in Elmet
Church Fenton
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
228 of 310
Church Fenton
Movement Down
Train crossing to LSL at Church Fenton
Approaching Church Fenton
Non–stop train from Sherburn crossing to LSL
Approaching Colton Junction
Movement Up
Non stop train from LSL crossing to NNL
Approaching Church Fenton
Junction Margins
First Movement
Reason
Approach control
Value
1
Acceleration
2
Reason
Approach control
Value
2
Second Movement
Margin
Pass from York
Depart to Leeds
Pass to York (Normanton lines)
Depart to Milford (Platform 3)
Pass to York (Normanton lines)
Pass to Milford (Platform 3)
Pass/depart Platform 3 to Milford
Pass/arrive from Milford
Arrive from York
Pass from York
Pass/arrive from York
Depart to York (crossing NNL)
Depart to York (crossing NNL)
Pass from York
Depart to York (crossing NNL)
Arrive from York
Pass/depart to York (Platform 3)
Pass from York
Pass/depart to York (Platform 3)
Arrive from York
Pass from York (LSL or NNL)
Arrive Platform 3 via different line from NNL
Pass from York (LSL)
Pass to York (crossing from DL to NNL)
* May be reduced by ½ if stopping at Sherburn
$ May be reduced to 2 if second train has a minimum of 2 minutes pathing time on approach.
2.5
1
3½
4*
3
1
3½
5
5
4
3$
4
Colton South Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up LSL pass Colton Junction
Up LSL pass Colton Junction
Down Crossing movement pass Colton
Junction
Up Crossing movement pass Colton Junction
Down NNL pass Colton Junction
Second Movement
Down Crossing movement from NNL pass
Colton Junction
Down Crossing movement depart from NNL
signals at Colton South Junction
Up LSL pass Colton Junction
Margin
6
3
Down NNL pass Colton Junction
Up Crossing movement pass Colton Junction
6
3
2
LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO MILL LANE JUNCTION
Dryclough Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass from Greetland Jn
Depart from Halifax (to Milner Royd Jn)
1
Depart from Halifax (to Milner Royd Junction)
Pass from Greetland Jn
4½*
* May be reduced to 3½ minutes if train from Greetland has pathing time approaching Dryclough Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
229 of 310
Halifax
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
All conflicting moves at south end
* May be reduced to 4 minutes if second train has pathing time approaching Halifax
Minimum Turnround
From Leeds using same platform
From Leeds and replatformed
5*
5
10
Restriction
Trains from Bradford turning round in platform must depart 7 minutes before next train arrives
Low Moor
Dwell Time
158/180
All other unit types
1
½
LN860 DIGGLE JUNCTION TO COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION
Marsden
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Reason
Departing up platform or UPL towards
Acceleration from 15mph pointwork
Huddersfield
Movement Up
Reason
Train Arriving Platform 3
Approach Control
Train departing Platform 3
Acceleration from 15mph pointwork
*½ for Northern Services departing Platform 3 * 1 minute for TPE
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Marsden UP Loop or Up Main (in down
direction)
Depart Up Loop or Up Main (in Down Direction)
Depart Up Loop or Up Main (in Down Direction)
Pass/arrive Up
Pass Diggle Junction
Value
1
Value
1
1*
Second Movement
Marsden pass in Up Direction
Margin
4½
Arrive Platform 2 or UPL (not stopping
Slaithwaite)
Up arrive Slaithwaite (see Restriction)
Depart Up Loop or Platform 2 (in Down
Direction)
Depart Up Loop
5½
2
1
1
Restriction: Whilst a train is Departing Up Loop or Up Main in the Down Direction, an Up stopping train cannot
arrive at Slaithwaite; reflected in margins above
Minimum Turnround
5 from Huddersfield or Leeds
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
230 of 310
Huddersfield
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Arriving trains Platforms 5
Arriving trains Platform 6
Arriving trains Platform 4 if already occupied
Dwell Time
Reason
Approach control
Approach control
Approach control
Value
1
½
½
1
Junction Margins (NB includes moves impacted by restrictive overlaps)
First Movement
Second Movement
Up arrive Platform 1
Arrive Platform 4 from Penistone
Up depart Platform 1
Up arrive Platform 1
Depart Platform 1 towards Marsden
Arrive Platform 4 from Penistone
Depart Platform 1 towards Marsden
Depart Platform 4 towards Penistone
Depart Platform 1 towards Penistone
Depart Platform 4 towards Marsden
Arrive Platform 2
Depart Platform 1 or 4 towards Penistone
Up arrive Platform 4
Down arrive Platform 4
Up arrive Platform 4
Depart Platform 5 or 6
Down arrive Platform 4
Up arrive Platform 4
Down arrive Platform 4 from Penistone
Up arrive Platform 1
Down arrive Platform 4 from Penistone
Up depart Platform 1
Down arrive Platform 4 from Penistone
Depart Platform 2
Down arrive Platform 4
Arrive Platform 5 or 6
Down arrive Platform 4
Down depart Platform 4, 5 or 6
Up depart Platform 4
Up arrive Platform 1
Depart Platform 4 towards Marsden
Depart Platform 1 towards Penistone
Depart Platform 4 towards Penistone
Depart Platform 1 towards Marsden
Up depart Platform 4
Up arrive Platform 4
Up depart Platform 4
Down arrive Platform 4 from Marsden
Depart Platform 4 towards Marsden
Arrive Platform 4 from Penistone
Down depart Platform 4
Up arrive Platform 4
Down depart Platform 4
Down arrive Platform 4
Down depart Platforms 4
Up arrive Platforms 5 or 6
Arrive Platforms 5/6
Down arrive Platform 4
Arrive Platforms 5/6
Down depart Platform 4, 5 or 6
Depart Platforms 5/6
Up arrive Platforms 4
Depart platforms 5/6
Down arrive Platform 4
Depart Platforms 5/6
Arrive Platforms 5/6
Arrive Sidings (Downside)
Down depart Platform 4/5/6
Arrive Sidings (Downside)
Down depart Platform 8
Arrive Sidings (Downside)
Down pass
Shunt Move depart HU1412 signal towards
Down pass Platform 8
Platform 4 5 or 6
Minimum Turnround
From Leeds, Sheffield or
Manchester
From other locations beyond
Leeds, Sheffield or Manchester
To or from London
Margin
3½
2½
4
2½
2½
Simultaneous
1½
1
2
4+
1
Simultaneous
2½
1
2½
2½
2½
2½
4+
4
3½+
4+
3
4*
1
3½+
4½*
3
1
1½
3½
3
5
10 (can be reduced to 5 minutes if an additional five minutes dwell is
included at Leeds, Sheffield or Manchester)
10
* Can be reduced to 3 minutes if {½} added approaching Huddersfield for Approach Control
+Can be reduced to 3 minutes if {1} added approaching Huddersfield for Approach Control
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
231 of 310
Huddersfield
Train Watering Points
Platform 4 emergency use only
Platform Restrictions
Platform 5: Only 2 car class 14x or 150 can be signalled into no. 5 from signal HU770 (UML). 2 car trains longer
than class 14x or 150 can only be shunted in from HU771412 sub-signal.
Platform 6: This platform is not permissive from Up line (signal HU770) but is permissive from HU1412 sub-signal
on Down Line. Class 153 units are not able to attach to any other unit in platform 6
Note
All Shunt moves to be fully timed.
Bradley Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Pass from Bradley Wood Junction (not
stopping at Deighton)
Reason
Acceleration from 15mph
Pass from Bradley Wood Junction (stopping at
Deighton)
Acceleration from 15mph
Movement Down
Pass to Bradley Wood Junction (not stopping
at Deighton)
Reason
Approach Control
Pass to Bradley Wood Junction (stopping at
Deighton)
Approach Control
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up pass from Heaton Lodge
Up pass from Heaton Lodge
Pass from Branch
Pass from Branch
Depart from Branch
Depart from Branch
Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction
Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction
Pass from Branch
Depart from Branch
Pass to Bradley Wood Junction
Second Movement
Pass from Branch
Depart from Branch
Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction
(not stopping Deighton)
Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction
(with stop at Deighton)
Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction
(not stopping Deighton)
Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction
(with stop at Deighton)
Depart from Branch
Pass from Branch
Pass to Branch
Pass to Branch
Pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction
Value
2. To be
applied after
Bradley
Junction
½. To be
applied after
Bradley
Junction
Value
1½. To be
applied
Approaching
Bradley
junction
1. To be
applied
Approaching
Bradley
junction
Margin
2½
2
2½
3 plus Deighton
dwell
3½
4 plus Deighton
dwell
1
2½
2
2½
2½
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
232 of 310
Bradley Junction
Restriction:
No pathing time to be inserted between Deighton station and Bradley Junction in either direction
If an Up train is standing in Deighton station, a second Up train CANNOT pass Bradley Junction
Heaton Lodge Junction (for Up Trains only) NB Copy at LN854
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass Up Fast
Pass Up Fast
Pass Up Fast or Up Slow
Second Movement
Margin
Depart Up Slow, towards same route
2
Dep Up Slow towards different route
1½
Pass from Up Fast or Up Slow towards either
2½
route
Passenger/Light Engine depart Up Slow
Pass Up Fast going to either route
3½
Freight depart Up Slow
Pass Up Fast going to either route
4
Normally trains from Dewsbury on Up Slow Line timed to be passed by a train on the Up Main, should be timed to
stop at Heaton Lodge Jn
Mirfield East Junction NB Copy at LN854
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Trains crossing to USL, having called at
Ravensthorpe; to be applied approaching
Mirfield East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Up pass to up Fast or Up Slow
Up pass to Up Fast or Up Slow
Reason
Slower speed from rest
Value
½
Second Movement
Pass to Down L & Y (not stopping Mirfield)
Down depart Mirfield, going towards Horbury
Margin
2
½
Thornhill LNW Junction NB Copy at LN854
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass towards Healey Mills
Pass towards Healey Mills
*2½ if First Movement is a freight train
Second Movement
Pass from Dewsbury not stopping
Ravensthorpe
Up arrive Ravensthorpe
Margin
2*
3
Restriction
Up trains from Dewsbury cannot be accepted into Ravensthorpe station when a train has already been routed
towards Healey Mills, due to the overlap extending across Thornhill LNW Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
233 of 310
Dewsbury
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Down platform
Pass Down Main
Second Movement
Pass Down Main
Depart Down Platform (stopping service)
Margin
3
1½
LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD
Penistone
Adjustment to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Arrive/pass when passing down teain arriving
less than 3’’ before
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive / pass from Barnsley
Arrive / pass from Clayton West Junction
Arrive from Clayton West Junction
Arrive from Barnsley
Minimum Turnround
Reason
Overlap extends over points : approach control
Value
2
Second Movement
Depart to Barnsley
Depart single line to Clayton West Junction
Arrive / pass from Barnsley
Arrive / pass from Clayton West Junction
Margin
1
1
3
3
10 from Sheffield or Huddersfield
Notes :
Reversing trains : trains from south reverse in platform: from north mujst shunt via south end points
Clayton West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Penistone
Second Movement
Pass to Penistone
Margin
3
Second Movement
Depart to Huddersfield
Pass to Huddersfield
Margin
1
2
Stocksmoor
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive/pass from Huddersfield
Arrive/pass from Huddersfield
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
234 of 310
LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY
Meadowhall
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Trains from Barnsley to Platform 4
Dwell Time
All
Reason
Approach Control
Value
1
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Platform 4 to Barnsley
Depart Platform 4 to Sheffield via SL
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Arrive Platform 4 from Barnsley
Arrive Platform 4 from Sheffield via DF
Margin
4
3
5 Platform 4 only from Barnsley or Sheffield
Barnsley
Dwell Time
All
1
Adjustment to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Up Train arriving down platform
Up train from Penistone, not stopping
Reason
Approach control
Acceleration
Value
1
½
Movement Down
Down train to Penistone, not stopping
Reason
Approach control
Value
2
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Depart to Penistone
Pass to Penistone
Pass to Wakefield
Arrive/pass from Penistone
Depart to Wakefield
Arrive/pass Down platform from Sheffield
Arrive Down platform from Penistone/Wakefield
Same time
1
3½
4
1
4½
4
Arrive/pass from Penistone
Arrive/pass from Penistone
Arrive/pass from Penistone
Depart/pass to Wakefield
Arrive/pass from Penistone
Depart to Sheffield from Down platform
Depart/pass Down platform to
Penistone/Wakefield
Platform reoccupation, down
Platform reoccupation, up
Minimum Turnround
From Sheffield, Huddersfield or
Leeds
From Sheffield, Huddersfield or
Leeds including shunt
From other locations excluding
London St Pancras beyond
Sheffield, Huddersfield or Leeds
including shunt if required
3½
4
7
12
15
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
235 of 310
Barnsley
From London St Pancras including 20
shunt if required
Note:
Two trains following each other in Down direction towards Horbury. Second train can depart/pass Barnsley at
same time first train passes Wooley Coal Sdg signalbox. When Woolley Coal siding is swiched out, second train
can depart/pass Barnsley at same time first train passes Horbury Junction. In either case, the train must have {1}
after Barnsley to allow for departing under a Y signal
Horbury Junction
Refer to 854
LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION
Methley Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down Northbound
Trains from Castleford (not stopping at
Woodlesford) Approaching Stourton Junction
Movement Up
Trains to Castleford (not stopping at
Woodlesford) Approaching Methley Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Whitwood Junction
Pass from Whitwood Junction
Passenger from Altofts Jn. and(not calling at
Woodlesford) pass
Pass to Altofts
Reason
Acceleration
Value
1
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
1
Second Movement
Pass to Altofts – stopping Passenger and
Freight
Pass to Altofts – non stop Passenger
Passenger from Whitwood Jn. and stopping at
Woodlesford depart
Pass from Whitwood Junction
Margin
3
4½
2½
3
Stourton Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains from Methley Junction to FLT or A/D
Line. Approaching Stourton Junction
Movement Up
Trains from FLT or A/D Line
Approaching Methley Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from FLT or A/D Line
Pass Down Midland
Pass from FLT or A/D Line
Up Passenger Pass from Engine Shed Jn.
Up Freight. Pass from Engine Shed Jn.
Reason
Braking to lower speed lines
Value
1
Reason
Acceleration
Value
2
Second Movement
Pass Down Midland
Pass from FLT or A/D Line
Pass to FLTor A/D Line
Freight from Stourton RMC/Balm Rd. passes
Hunslet South Jn.
Freight from Stourton RMC/Balm Rd. passes
Margin
4
3
4
4
5
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
236 of 310
Stourton Junction
Hunslet South Jn.
Hunslet Station Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Down train pass Stourton Junction
Pass to FLT or A/D Line from Up main
Second Movement
Pass to FLT or A/D Line
Down train pass Stourton Junction
Margin
5
3½
Second Movement
Pass to Leeds
Pass from Whitehall Junction
Pass to Whitehall Junction
Depart L4491 signal to Holbeck
Arrive L4491 signal from Leeds/Whitehall Road
Depart Holbeck depot
Depart Holbeck depot
Pass to Leeds/Whitehall Road.
Margin
5
3
5
1
3
1
4
4
Engine Shed Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Whitehall Junction
Pass to Leeds
Pass from Whitehall Junction
Pass to Leeds
Pass to Methley
Pass from Methley
Pass from Whitehall Road
Arrive Holbeck Depot
LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH
York
Refer to LN600
Scarborough Bridge Junction
Refer to LN600 under York
Malton
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Up depart platform
Down arrive
Up depart platform
Down pass
Down depart
Up arrive platform
Down pass
Up arrive platform
*Can be reduced by one minute if {1} added approaching Malton
Margin
3½
2½
4*
4*
Note: A train may stand on the Up Main, level with the station platform. Maximum length 276 yards
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
237 of 310
Seamer
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Non-stopping trains towards Filey; approaching
Seamer
Dwell Time
All
* ½ for classes 14x, 150
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart to York
Pass to York
Arrive/pass from Filey
Arrive/pass from Filey
Arrive from Filey
Reason
Approach Control
Value
½
Second Movement
Arrive/pass from Filey
Arrive from Filey
Depart to York
Pass to York
Depart to Filey
Margin
5
4
1
1½
Same time*
1*
*For single line occupancy at Seamer South Jn
Scarborough
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Train entering occupied platform
Reason
Calling on signal
Junction Margins (when conflicting)
First Movement
Second Movement
Arrive from Seamer
Depart to Seamer
Depart to Seamer
Arrive From Seamer
Depart platform 1 to Seamer
Depart Excursion Sidings
*Can be reduced by one minute if {1} added approaching Scarborough
Minimum Reversal
Value
1
Margin
1
5*
2½
5 DMU
Minimum Turnround
TPE
10
From Hull or York
10
From Leeds
15
From points beyond Hull or Leeds 20**
** This may be reduced to a minimum of 10 minutes by the number of minutes of additional station dwell at Hull,
Bridlington, or York, of the incoming service
Train Watering Points
Scarborough station. Both the platform line on which the train is standing
and the adjacent platform line from which the watering will take place must
be blocked whilst the operation takes place
Restriction: Platform 5 is barred to classes 153 156 185 150 155
Excursion Sidings. Trains arrive into platform 1, then propel into the Excursion Sidings, then run round,
propelling back into platform 1 before departure. The Excursion Sidings can accommodate a second train but this
can only take place after the first train has completed a run round; therefore can only leave platform 1, 30 minutes
after the first. The second train can only commence a run round after the first train has returned to platform 1;
planners must satisfy themselves there is adequate time between the first train arriving platform 1, and the second
train moving to that platform. All such moves to be fully timed
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
238 of 310
LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE
JUNCTION
Wakefield Kirkgate
Refer to LN854
Calder Bridge Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Turners Lane Junction
Second Movement
Pass from Wakefield Kirkgate, going to Calder
Bridge Junction
Margin
2½
Pass from Wakefield Kirkgate
Pass to Turners Lane Junction from
Oakenshaw Junction
2
Arrive Up Goods Loop
Pass Up Main
4
Second Movement
Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction
Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction
Margin
3
4
Reason
Approach Control
Value
1
Second Movement
Pass from Crofton East Junction
Pass to Hare Park Junction
Margin
4
3
Second Movement
Pass from Crofton West Junction
Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction
Margin
3
3
Oakenshaw Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Crofton West Junction
Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction
Crofton West Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains to Hare Park
approaching Crofton West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Hare Park Junction
Pass from Crofton East Junction
Crofton East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction
Pass from Crofton West Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
239 of 310
Pontefract Monkhill
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart to Castleford
Second Movement
Arrive from Crofton East Junction
Margin
4½
Arrive from Crofton East Junction
Depart to Castleford
4
Passenger depart to Glasshoughton
EDU shunt arrive from Pontefract East Jn.
(Monkhill Goods Branch Single Line)
3
Minimum Turnround
11 minutes for trains from Wakefield, via Pontefract East Junction
Pontefract East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Ferrybridge
Pass to Knottingley West Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Knottingley West Junction
Pass from Ferry bridge
Margin
4
3
Knottingley West Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Reason
Trains from Pontefract to Knottingley C & W
Approach control
(Knottingley Depot)
Approachinging Knottingley West Junction
Junction Margins
From
From
From
From
From
2nd move →
Shaft–
Shaft–
Goole to
Goole to
Ferry–
holme to
holme to
Crofton
Ferry–
bridge to
1st move ↓
Crofton
Ferry–
bridge
Goole
bridge
From
4
4
4
No
Shaftholme
–
conflict
to Crofton
From Shaft4
4
4
No
holme to
–
conflict
Ferrybridge
4
No
From Goole
4
4
–
conflict
to Crofton
No
From Goole
4
4
4
–
conflict
to Ferrybridge
From FerryNo
No
No
No
–
brge to Goole
conflict
conflict
conflict
conflict
From
4
No
No
3
3
Ferrybridge to
conflict
conflict
Shaftholme
From
No
No
Crofton to
3
3
4
conflict
conflict
Goole
From
No
3
3
3
3
Crofton to
conflict
Value
1
From
Ferry–
bridge to
Shaft–
holme
From
Crofton to
Goole
From
Crofton to
Shaft–
holme
No
conflict
No
conflict
No
conflict
No
conflict
4
4
4
No
conflict
4
4
4
4
4
4
–
3
3
–
4
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
3
3
4
–
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
240 of 310
Knottingley West Junction
Shaftholme
Operating Restriction
Knottingley West Junction must be clear before train is allowed to depart Ferrybridge Signal 6624 for
environmental reasons. This does not apply to those trains worked by Class 59, 60 or 66 locomotives
Knottingley
Minimum Turnround
5 minutes for trains from Leeds or Wakefield. When required ECS can run via
England Lane and UGL
Knottingley East Junction (England Lane)
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Freight trains from Knottingley TMD or
Knottingley South Junction.
After Knottingley East Jn
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
3
Second Movement
Pass to Crofton
Pass from Shaftholme Junction
Pass to Knottingley South Junction
Margin
5
3
5
Reason
Acceleration
Value
2
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
2
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Eggborough PS
Second Movement
Pass Down Goole
Margin
4
Pass Down Goole
Pass from Eggborough PS
4
Second Movement
Margin
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Shaftholme
Pass to Crofton
Pass from Knottingley South Junction
Sudforth Lane S.B.
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains from Sudforth Lane Sidings towards
Whitley Bridge. Approaching Whitley Bridge
Movement Up
Trains from Sudforth Lane Sidings towards
Knottingley East Jn. After Sudforth Lane SB
Whitley Bridge Junction
Drax Branch Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
241 of 310
Drax Branch Junction
Pass from Drax PS
Pass Down Goole
4
Pass Down Goole
Pass from Drax PS
4
Snaith
Operating Instruction
All Up trains to stop for level crossing purposes
Rawcliffe
Operating Instruction
All Down trains to stop for level crossing purposes
LN886 MONK BRETTON LOOP TO CROFTON EAST JUNCTION
Monk Bretton Loop
Restriction:
One train working exists between Oakenshaw South Junction and Monk Bretton. Monk Bretton loop is only used
for locomotive run round
LN888 HATFIELD AND STAINFORTH (STAINFORTH JUNCTION) TO
FERRYBRIDGE NORTH JUNCTION
Knottingley South Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains towards Knottingley East Junction
Approaching Knottingley Sth Jn.
Freight trains towards Knottingley West
Junction. Approaching Knottingley Sth Jn.
Movement Up
Trains from Knottingley East Junction
After Knottingley Sth Jn
Freight trains from Knottingley West Junction
After Knottingley Sth Jn.
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Knottingley East Junction
Pass from Knottingley West Junction
Pass to Knottingley East Junction
Reason
Approach control
Value
2
Approach control
2
Reason
Acceleration
Value
1
Acceleration
2
Second Movement
Pass to Knottingley East Junction
Pass to Knottingley East Junction
Pass from Knottingley West Junction
Margin
3
3
4
Second Movement
Pass from Applehurst Junction
Pass to Haywood Junction
Margin
3
3
Thorpe Marsh Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Haywood Junction
Pass from Applehurst Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
242 of 310
Haywood Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass fromThorpe Marsh Junction
Pass to Shaftholme Junction
Second Movement
Pass to Shaftholme Junction
Pass fromThorpe Marsh Junction
Margin
3
3
LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL
Cross Gates
Dwell Time
DMU
1 minute for trains arriving in Leeds 0730 – 0900 and departing Leeds 1600
– 1800 SX
Garforth
Dwell Time
DMU
1 minute for trains arriving in Leeds 0730 – 0900 and departing Leeds 1600
– 1800 SX
East Garforth
Dwell Time
DMU
1 minute for trains arriving in Leeds 0730 – 0900 and departing Leeds 1600
– 1800 SX
Micklefield
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from York
Pass from York
Arrive/pass from York
Second Movement
Margin
Arrive from Selby
3
Freight pass from Selby
4½
Trains arriving from Leeds, going forward
4½*
towards Hull
Pass from York
Pass to Hull
4
Arrive from York
Pass to Hull
4½
Pass to Hull
Arrive from York
3
Pass to Hull
Pass from York
3
Depart to Hull
Pass from York
3½
Pass from Hull
Arrive from York
3
Depart to Hull/York
Following train pass to other direction
3
* If a train is arriving/passing from York, a train travelling towards Selby cannot be accepted into Micklefield station
as the junction signal is to the west of the station.
Restrictions Trains of classes 4, 6, 7 and 8 which are over 2000 tonnes in weight must be given a clear run from
Hambleton to Micklefield. No pathing time is to be planned.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
243 of 310
Gascoigne Wood
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Passenger trains from Sherburn/Milford
Junction. Approaching Hambleton West Jn
Freight trains from Micklefield.
Approaching Hambleton West Jn
Movement Up
Passenger trains to Sherburn/Milford Junction
Approaching Gascoigne Wood Jn
Freight trains to Micklefield
Approaching Gascoigne Wood Jn
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Micklefield
Pass to/from Micklefield
Pass from Micklefield
Pass to Micklefield
Pass from Sherburn Junction
Pass to Sherburn J unction
Pass to Sherburn Junction
Pass to Sherburn Junction
Freight depart/pass from Milford Junction
Freight depart/pass from Milford Junction
Freight pass to Milford Junction
* 4 if non–stop at Sherburn
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½
Differential junction speed
–2
Reason
Approach control
Value
1
Differential junction speed
–1
Second Movement
Pass to/from Sherburn Junction
Pass from Milford Junction
Depart from Milford Junction
Depart from Milford Junction
Pass to Sherburn Junction
Pass from Micklefield
Pass from Milford Junction/West Yard
Pass from Sherburn Junction
Pass to Micklefield
Freight pass to Milford Junction
Freight pass from Milford Junction
Margin
3½
5
2½
2
3½
3
5
4½*
3½
3
6
Second Movement
Pass from Selby
Pass to Hambleton South Junction
Margin
3½
2½
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½
Reason
Approach control
Value
½
Hambleton West Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Hambleton South Junction
Pass from Selby
Hambleton East Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains from Hambleton North Junction
Approaching Selby
Movement Up
Trains to Hambleton North Junction
Approaching Hambleton East Junction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
244 of 310
Selby
Dwell Time
All
1
HST
2
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Depart to Leeds
Arrive Platform 3 from Leeds via Up main
Depart to Leeds or Doncaster from Platform 1
Arrive Platform 1 from Leeds or Doncaster
Depart to Leeds or Doncaster from
Arrive Platform 2 from Hull
Platforms1/2/3
Depart to Doncaster from Platform 2
Arrive Platform 3 from Leeds
Depart to Doncaster from Platform 2
Depart Platform 3 to Leeds
Arrive from Leeds (Platform 3)
Arrive from Hull (Platform 2)
Arrive from Doncaster (Platform 1)
Arrive from Leeds (Platform 3)
Freight crosses at Selby West Junction to
Depart Selby to Leeds
Temple Hirst Junction
Note: Trains conveying passengers are not permitted to arrive in Platform 2 from Leeds.
Minimum Turnround
From Doncaster or York
5*
From Leeds
7*
From beyond Doncaster, Leeds or 10*
York
* An additional 10 minutes is required if the train needs to be replatformed
Margin
7
4½
3
6
2
3
3½
1
Howden
Dwell Time
First Hull Trains Class 180
1
Gilberdyke
Adjustment to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Services approaching Gilberdyke non stop to
Goole
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Selby
Depart to Selby
Pass/arrive from Goole
Pass/arrive from Goole
Reason
Differential junction speed
Value
½
Second Movement
Pass/arrive from Goole
Pass/arrive from Goole
Pass to Selby
Depart to Selby
Margin
4
4½
4
1
Brough
Dwell Time
All
HST
1
2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
245 of 310
Hessle East Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Yards
Pass from Yards
Pass from Yards
Depart Hessle
Pass Brough
Depart Brough
Second Movement
Before stopping service departs Hessle
After fast service departs Brough
After fast service passes Brough
Pass from Yards
Pass from Yards
Pass from Yards
Margin
1
3
2
5
8
10
Second Movement
Pass to Hull
Depart/pass from Branch
Next train to/from Branch
Margin
4
3
4
Second Movement
Before Down service arrives Hull
Pass from Branch
Margin
5
1
Hessle Road Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart/pass from Branch
Pass to Hull
Pass to/from Branch
Anlaby Road Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Branch
Arrive Hull
Hull
Dwell Time
All
3 plus any differential allowance for arriving train
Fuelling allowances
The following allowances must be made when fuelling is required (only one trip at any one time)
HST
40
2 cars
10
3 cars
15
4 cars
20
6 cars
30
8 cars
40
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Platforms 4 to 7 from Selby or
Bridlington
Arrive Platforms 2 or 3 from Selby or
Bridlington
Arrive from Selby
Depart Platform 2 or 3 to Selby
Depart Platforms 4 to 7 to Selby
Depart to Selby
Depart to Bridlington
Depart to Bridlington
Second Movement
Depart Platform 2 or 3 to Selby
Margin
Same time
Depart Platforms 4 to 7 to Selby or Bridlington
1
Arrive from Bridlington and vice versa
Depart Platforms 4 to 7 to Selby or Bridlington
Depart Platform 2 or 3 to Bridlington
Arrive from Selby or Bridlington
Arrive from Bridlington
Arrive from Selby
3
Same time
3
4
5
4
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
246 of 310
Hull
ECS from Botanic Gardens must arrive 5 minutes in front of or behind where conflicts occur
Minimum Turnround
From Beverley
From Bridlington/Doncaster/
Leeds/ Scarborough and York
From beyond Doncaster/Leeds/
York
TPE
Train Watering Points
7
10
20
8
Available at the station
LN902 MICKLEFIELD JUNCTION TO CHURCH FENTON NORTH JUNCTION
Church Fenton
Refer to LN854
LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION
Goole
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Services approaching Goole with an extended
dwell (greater than 2 minutes)
Up freight arriving into Goole Loop
Approaching Goole
Services approaching Goole non stop from
Brough
Dwell Time
All
Reason
Approach Control
Value
1½
Approach Control
2
Acceleration
½
Second Movement
Depart to Knottingley
Arrive from Doncaster
Arrive from Doncaster or Knottingley
Arrive from Hull
Up train pass/dep
Up Freight depart/pass
Down Freight pass/arr
Down Freight pass/arr
Margin
Same time
5
8
5
Same time
Same time
8
7
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Doncaster
Depart to Knottingley
Terminate from Doncaster or Knottingley
Arrive in East End siding
Down Freight pass/arr
Down Passenger pass/arr
Up Freight pass/dep
Up Passenger dep/pass
Minimum Turnround
10 trains from Doncaster, Hull Leeds and Sheffield. Must be replatformed
Restrictions
Freight trains must not be timed to pass each other over Goole Swing Bridge. The following two margins should
therefore apply
Up Freight passes Goole same time as Down freight passes Goole
Down Freight passes Goole 10 minutes before Up Freight passes Goole
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
247 of 310
LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION
Hull
Refer to LN898
Cottingham
Dwell Time
All
1 Trains arriving Hull 0730 – 0900 weekdays, or departing Hull 1600 – 1800
weekdays
Beverley
Dwell Time
All
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart Down platform to Hull
1
Second Movement
Arrive Down platform from Hull
Margin
4
Minimum Turnround
From Hull Same platform
5
From Hull replatform, also
10
From Doncaster, Leeds or York
From beyond Doncaster, Leeds or 20*
York.
* May be reduced to a minimum of 10 minutes if the incoming/outgoing services have additional station dwell at
Hull
Driffield
Dwell Time
All
1
Bridlington
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Trains from Hunmanby arriving at Bridlington
whilst another train is in the Bridlington to
Driffield section.
Dwell Time
All
Reason
Approach release BN108 signal
Value
1
Second Movement
Depart to Hunmanby.
Arrive Bay platforms from Driffield
Arrive from Hunmanby
Arrive Bay Platform from Driffield
Margin
1
4
4
3½
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive from Hunmanby
Depart to Driffield
Arrive bay platform from Driffield
Arrive from Hunmanby
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
248 of 310
Bridlington
Minimum Turnround
From Hull
6 (not shunting between platforms)
12 (shunting between platforms)
From Doncaster, or York
10
12 (shunting between platforms)
From Scarborough
12
From beyond Doncaster, or York.
20*
* May be reduced to a minimum of 10 minutes if the incoming/outgoing services have additional station dwell at
Hull
Restriction:
A train terminating in platform 6 cannot arrive simultaneously with a train arriving from Hunmanby. Reflected in
Margins above
Note:
Platforms 7 and 8, and Carriage Sidings are out of use. If reinstated, all Rules at this location will require revision
Hunmanby
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive/pass from Bridlington
Second Movement
Depart to Bridlington
Margin
1
Restriction:
Up train on Up line – Additional requirements associated with train lengths.
If it is necessary for a train with a length of more than 450 yards (420 metres) to pass over the crossing in the Up direction on
the Up Bridlington line, the crossing must be under local control and the attendant advised in sufficient time before the train
approaches the crossing
Reason for Restriction:Signal SR124 at the west end of Hunmanby Station is designed not to clear to a proceed aspect until a train has come to a
stand at it. The design of the crossing means there is a possibility that the barriers will raise and the lights extinguish before a
train with a length of more than 450 yards (420 metres) has passed clear of the crossing. Therefore, when such trains are
planned to run over this route, arrangements must be made in advance for the crossing to be placed under local control
Filey
Dwell Time
All
1
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive/pass from Scarborough
Arrive/pass from Scarborough
Second Movement
Depart to Scarborough
Pass to Scarborough
Minimum Turnround
From Scarborough
Arrive loaded from other locations, return ECS
or arrive ECS, return loaded
From other locations, arrive and depart in
service
Margin
1
1½
5
8
10
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
249 of 310
LN916 HESSLE ROAD JUNCTION TO SALTEND
Springbank South Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Single Line
Second Movement
Re–occupy Single Line
Margin
3
Hull Dock Security Gates
Operating Stop
4 All trains to stop for handover of 2 way radio.
Bridges Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass to Hull Docks
Pass to Hull Docks
Second Movement
Pass from Hull Docks
Start from Hull Docks
Margin
5
3
LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION
Armley Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Second Movement
Margin
Pass Up Shipley (Passenger)
Pass Up Shipley (Freight)
Cross from Down Harrogate to Shipley
Cross from Down Harrogate to Shipley
Pass to Harrogate
Cross from Up Shipley Slow to Up Harrogate
Cross from Down Harrogate to Shipley
Cross from Down Harrogate to Shipley
Pass Up Shipley
Freight depart Down Shipley
Cross from Up Shipley to Up Harrogate
Pass to Harrogate
3
4
3
2
3
2½
Second Movement
Pass Armley Junction in Down direction
Depart Down Loop
Pass Apperley Junction in Up direction
Depart Up Loop
Margin
1
Same time
Same time
Same time
Reason
Acceleration
Value
½
Kirkstall Loop
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Down Loop
Pass Apperley Junction in Down direction
Arrive Up Loop
Pass Armley Junction in Up direction
Apperley Junction
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up
Trains from Ilkley to Leeds
Approaching Armley Junction
Junction Margins
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
250 of 310
Apperley Junction
First Movement
Pass Up Main
Pass to Branch
Pass from Branch
Second Movement
Pass to Branch
Pass Up Main
Pass to Branch
Margin
3
3
3
Dockfield Junction
Junction Margins
First Movement
Pass from Ilkley
Pass to Shipley Platform 2
Pass to Leeds
Pass from Shipley Platform 3
Pass from Shipley Platform 1
Second Movement
Margin
Pass to Ilkley/Leeds
3
Pass from Shipley Platform 3
3
Pass from Ilkley
2½
Pass to Shipley Platform 2
3
Pass from Shipley Platform 3 (one train to
2½
Leeds, one to Ilkley)
Pass from Shipley Platform 3
Pass from Shipley Platform 1 (one train to
2½
Leeds, one to Ilkley)
Note: When a loco hauled or HST service approaches Platform 3 from Bradford it has to pass the Starting signal
to platform the train, thus the route has to be cleared across Shipley East and Dockfield Junction. Therefore 4
minutes must be allowed after any other movement across Shipley East/Dockfield Jn
Shipley
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Up F.Sq/Down Shipley
Reason
Value
Trains from Bradford to Skipton
Approaching Shipley
Approach control
½
Trains from Bradford to Skipton
Approaching Saltaire
Acceleration from low speed
½
Movement Up Shipley/Dn F.Sq.
Trains from Skipton to Bradford
Approaching Shipley
Trains from Skipton to Bradford
Approachinging Frizinghall
Reason
Approach control
Value
½
Acceleration from low speed
1
Second Movement
Depart Platform 5 to Bradford
Arrive Platform 3 or 5 from Bradford
Depart Platform 5 to Bradford
Margin
1
4
3
Dwell Time
DMU/EMU
LH/HST
1
1½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Platform 3 from Bradford
Depart Platform 3 or 5 to Bradford
Arrive Platform 3 or 4 from Dockfield Jn.
Depart Platform 5 to Bradford
Arrive Platform 3 or 4 from Dockfield Jn
4
Arrive Platform 5 from Keighley
Depart Platform 2 or 5 to Keighley
Depart Platform 2 to Keighley
Arrive Platform 5 from Keighley
1
4½
Please note that a train formed of MKIV and HST stock cannot be planned into Platform 3W for use of the short
overlap. This is because the train cannot be fully platformed in Platform 3 unless it can draw past Signal 3966.
Such a train must not be allowed into the platform until the route is set from Signal 3966 to Signal 3934. VTEC
HST and MKIV trains to/from Bradford which stop at Shipley must use Platform 3
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
251 of 310
Shipley
Overlap Restrictions
Movement
Conflict
Margin
Arrive Platform 5 from Skipton
Arrive Platform 3 from Bradford (and
3*
vice versa)
Arrive Platform 5 from Bradford
Arrive Platform 2 from Leeds (and
3*
vice versa)
Arrive Platform 3 from Bradford
Arrive Platform 2 from Leeds (and
3*
vice versa)
*These moves can be made simultaneous by using the short overlap, planned using platforms 2W, 3W and 5W, and with
appropriate adjustment as above.
Saltaire
Dwell Time
1 Only trains arriving at Leeds or Bradford FS between 0730 and 0900 EWD,
or departing Leeds or Bradford FS between 1600 and 1800 EWD
Bingley
Dwell Time
DMU
1 Only trains arriving at Leeds or Bradford FS between 0730 and 0900 EWD,
or departing Leeds or Bradford FS between 1600 and 1800 EWD
1
EMU
Crossflatts
1 Only trains arriving at Leeds or Bradford FS between 0730 and 0900 EWD,
or departing Leeds or Bradford FS between 1600 and 1800 EWD
Keighley
Dwell Time
DMU/EMU
LH/HST
1
1½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Train terminate Keighley
Minimum Turnround
Second Movement
Following train arrive Keighley
Margin
7
10 including shunt
Steeton and Silsden
Dwell Time
1 Only trains arriving at Leeds or Bradford FS between 0730 and 0900 EWD,
or departing Leeds or Bradford FS between 1600 and 1800 EWD
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
252 of 310
Skipton
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Passenger trains arriving in Platform 1 or 4
Down Passenger trains routed via/depart
Platform 4
Down Freight trains routed via Platform 4
Up trains routed via Platform 3
Dwell Time
All
Reason
Approach control
Differential junction speed
Value
½
1
Differential junction speed
Approach control
2
2
Second Movement
Arrive from Leeds
Depart to Leeds
Arrive from North
Depart to sidings
Depart to sidings
Arrive Platform 2 from North
Arrive Platform 1
Arrive Platform 3 from North
Arrive Platform 2 from North
Margin
4
1
5
2
1
3
3
5
3
4
2
Junction Margins
First Movement
Depart to Leeds
Arrive from Leeds
Depart to sidings
Arrive from sidings
Arrive from North
Arrive Platform 1
Arrive Platform 2 from North
Arrive Platform 2X from South
Depart Platforms 1/3/4 to the South
Re–occupy platforms in either direction
Minimum Turnround
DMU/EMU
5 There must not be 2 consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any
two consecutive must be at least 15 minutes.
Other Restriction
Up Freight trains requiring to be held for pathing purposes to stand at Signal L4046.
This branch line to Rylstone line operates as One Train Working With No Train Staff. Therefore only one train is
allowed on this branch line at any one time. A second train is not allowed to enter the branch line/depart Skipton
Down Through Siding until the first train has returned to Skipton, or its loco if it has left wagons at Rylstone and
has returned to Skipton. Only one train can perform a run round movement at Skipton at a time.
Train Watering Points
Available at the station
Gargrave
Dwell Time
All
½
LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY
Guiseley/Esholt Junctions
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Guiseley from Leeds
Arrive Guiseley from Bradford
Second Movement
Depart to Leeds
Depart to Bradford
Margin
Same time
1
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
253 of 310
LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY
Guiseley/Esholt Junctions
Arrive Guiseley from Leeds
Depart Guiseley to Bradford
Depart to Bradford
Arrive from Leeds
1
5
Adjustments to Sectional Running Times
Movement Down
Trains arriving in Platform 2
Trains arriving into an occupied platform
Reason
Approach control
Approach control
Value
½
½
Junction Margins
First Movement
Arrive Platform 2
Depart Platform 1
Depart Platform 1
Depart Platform 2
Second Movement
Depart Platform 1
Arrive Platform 2
Arrive Platform 1
Arrive Platform 2
Margin
1
5
4
5
Guiseley
Dwell Time
All
1
Burley–in–Wharfedale
Dwell Time
All
1
Ilkley
Minimum Turnround
5 There must not be 2 consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any
two consecutive must be at least 15 minutes.
Operating Note: The last arriving train of the night should be planned to run in and be berthed on top of the
penultimate arrival in Platform 1 for cleaning and maintenance purposes.
LN928 SHIPLEY EAST JUNCTION TO BRADFORD FORSTER SQUARE
Bradford Forster Square
Minimum Turnround
Platform End Conflicts
First Movement
Arrive Platform 2 or 3
Depart Platform 2 or 3
Depart Platform 1
Train Watering Points
5 There must not be 2 consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any
two consecutive must be at least 15 minutes.
Second Movement
Depart Platform 1, 2 or 3
Arrive Platform 2 or 3
Arrive Platform 1, 2 or 3
Margin
1
3
5
Available at the station
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
254 of 310
LN930 SKIPTON MIDDLE JUNCTION TO RYLSTONE
RYLSTONE
Operating Note:
This Line operates as One Train Working With No Train Staff. Therefore only one train is allowed on this branch
line at any one time. A second train is not allowed to enter the branch line/depart Skipton Down Through Siding
until the first train has returned to Skipton, or its loco if it has left wagons at Rylstone and has returned to Skipton.
Only one train can perform a run round movement at Skipton at a time.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
255 of 310
5.4 Platform Lengths
The table below shows the maximum length of train that may use each of the platforms at the following passenger
stations. All lengths are in metres. The quoted lengths are the usable lengths from ramp to ramp unless specified.
The measurements take no account of the need for signal sighting. Trains longer than the quoted lengths will only
be accepted subject to the authority of the Route Director.
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Acklington
Acklington
Adwick
Adwick
Alexandra Palace
Alexandra Palace
Alexandra Palace
Alexandra Palace
Allens West
Allens West
Alnmouth for Alnwick
Alnmouth for Alnwick
Althorpe
Althorpe
Ancaster
Ancaster
Apperley Bridge
Apperley Bridge
Arlesey
Arlesey
Arram
Arram
Ashwell and Morden
Ashwell and Morden
Baildon
Baldock
Baldock
Bardon Mill
Bardon Mill
Barnetby
Barnetby
Barnetby
Barnetby
Barnsley
Barnsley
Barrow Haven
Barrow Haven
Barton on Humber
Batley
Batley
Battersby
Bayford
Bayford
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Hertford
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Up
Down
Single
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
114
114
104
104
169
170
167
169
122
97
233
233
102
102
87
88
100
100
245
245
79
81
168
167
102
168
168
88
91
116.5
103.5
103.5
116.5
163
102
61.5
46
55
119
126
155
123
122
NOTES
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Bempton
Bempton
Ben Rhydding
Ben Rhydding
Bentley (S Yorkshire)
Bentley (S Yorkshire)
Berry Brow
Berwick upon Tweed
Berwick upon Tweed
Beverley
Beverley
Biggleswade
Biggleswade
Biggleswade
Biggleswade
Billingham
Billingham
Bingley
Bingley
Bishop Auckland
Blaydon
Blaydon
Bolton upon Dearne
Bolton upon Dearne
Boston
Boston
Bottesford
Bottesford
Bowes Park
Bowes Park
Bradford Forster Square
Bradford Forster Square
Bradford Forster Square
Bradford Interchange
Bradford Interchange
Bradford Interchange
Bradford Interchange
Bramley
Bramley
Brampton (Cumbria)
Brampton (Cumbria)
Bridlington
Bridlington
Bridlington
Bridlington
Brigg
Brigg
Brighouse
Brighouse
British Steel Redcar
British Steel Redcar
Brockholes
Brockley Whins
Single – Down
Single – Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
Down
Up
Down
Up
4
5
6
7
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
117
93
99
99
104
104
51
233
234
104
104
247
247
246
246
146
146
111
111
80
97
97
96
96
173
174
139
121
138
138
273
266
101
209
203
119
103
102
102
106
107
168
168
138
214
140
154
97
97
60
60
49
65
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
256 of 310
NOTES
Out of use to passenger trains
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Brockley Whins
Brookmans Park
Brookmans Park
Brookmans Park
Brookmans Park
Broomfleet
Broomfleet
Brough
Brough
Burley in Wharfedale
Burley in Wharfedale
Burley Park
Burley Park
Castleford
Castleford
Castleton Moor
Cattal
Cattal
Chapeltown
Chapeltown
Chathill
Chathill
Chester le Street
Chester le Street
Chesterfield
Chesterfield
Chesterfield
Church Fenton
Church Fenton
Church Fenton
Church Fenton
Church Fenton
Cleethorpes
Cleethorpes
Cleethorpes
Cleethorpes
Collingham
Collingham
Commondale
Conisbrough
Conisbrough
Cononley
Cononley
Corbridge
Corbridge
Cottingham
Cottingham
Cottingley
Cottingley
Cramlington
Cramlington
Creswell
Creswell
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
4
1
2
3
4
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
65
123
123
123
123
95
95
184
184
98
98
97
97
90
97
77
86
86
85
85
83
164
104
104
212
204
240
101
132
132
121
119
202
205
205
203
54
52
51
117
97
116
95
97
100
108
108
85
85
101
101
79
79
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
257 of 310
NOTES
Down direction
Up direction
DMU restricted to 170
DMU restricted to 174
DMU restricted to 174
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Crews Hill
Crews Hill
Cross Gates
Cross Gates
Crossflatts
Crossflatts
Crowle
Crowle
Cuffley
Cuffley
Danby
Darlington
Darlington
Darlington
Darlington
Darlington
Darlington
Darlington
Darlington
Darnall
Darnall
Darton
Darton
Deighton
Deighton
Denby Dale
Dewsbury
Dewsbury
Dinsdale
Dinsdale
Dodworth
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Doncaster
Dore & Totley
Drayton Park
Drayton Park
Driffield
Driffield
Dronfield
Dronfield
Dunston
Down
Up
1
2
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
1
1
2
3
4
4
4a
4b
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
0
1
1
1
2
3a
3b
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
126
126
151
148
102
102
90
89
126
126
90
354
347
181
200
458
238
134
251
108
108
104
104
74
74
59
150
166
97
97
95
96
327
234
318
105
246
165
299
257
57
109
105
325
285
100
124
124
124
103
111
111
85
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
258 of 310
NOTES
Up direction
Down direction to T887 signal
Both directions
Up direction to T888 signal
Down direction to T895 signal
Down direction clear of 1080B points
Down direction
Down direction to D1481 Signal
Up direction to D278 Signal
Up direction from D292 to D282 Signal
Down Direction
Up Direction
Down Direction
Up Direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Dunston
Durham
Durham
Eaglescliffe
Eaglescliffe
East Boldon
East Boldon
East Garforth
East Garforth
Eastrington
Eastrington
Egton
Elsecar
Elsecar
Enfield Chase
Enfield Chase
Essex Road
Essex Road
Featherstone
Featherstone
Fellgate
Fellgate
Ferriby
Ferriby
Filey
Filey
Finsbury Park
Finsbury Park
Finsbury Park
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
3
85
295
264
208
190
65
65
102
102
90
90
80
130
99
126
125
128
128
72
72
65
65
110
170
119
112
245
245
257
Finsbury Park
Finsbury Park
Finsbury Park
Finsbury Park
Finsbury Park
Fitzwilliam
Fitzwilliam
Frizinghall
Frizinghall
Gainsborough Central
Gainsborough Central
Gainsborough Lea Road
Gainsborough Lea Road
Garforth
Garforth
Gargrave
Gargrave
Gilberdyke
Gilberdyke
Glaisdale
Glaisdale
Glasshoughton
Glasshoughton
4
5
6
7
8
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
249
246.5
178
239.5
168
93
93
98
98
138
138
145
144
151
149
92.3
88.8
110
110
92
86
99
99
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
259 of 310
NOTES
Network Change NC/G1/2017/LNE/021
To sighting point of K384 signal. Full length
263m
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Goldthorpe
Goldthorpe
Goole
Goole
Gordon Hill
Gordon Hill
Gordon Hill
Goxhill
Goxhill
Grange Park
Grange Park
Grantham
Grantham
Grantham
Down
Up
Down
Up
Bay
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
3
92
92
115
104
122
122
122
83
83
129
129
290
289
64
Grantham
Great Ayton
Great Coates
Great Coates
Grimsby Docks
Grimsby Town
Grimsby Town
Grimsby Town
Grimsby Town
Grosmont
Guiseley
Guiseley
Gypsy Lane
Habrough
Habrough
Hadley Wood
Hadley Wood
Hadley Wood
Hadley Wood
Halifax
Halifax
Haltwhistle
Haltwhistle
Hammerton
Hammerton
Harringay
Harringay
Harrogate
Harrogate
4
Single
Down
Up
Single
1
2
2
3
Single
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
1
249
84
55
80
97
135
137
136
138
83
119
109
98
110
115
126
186
126
186
187
186
97
97
89
86
125
126
221
191
Harrogate
Hartlepool
Hartlepool
Hartlepool
Hatfield
Hatfield
Hatfield
Hatfield and Stainforth
3
1
1
2
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Slow
Down
243
136
125
76
170
170
170
111
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
260 of 310
NOTES
Platform 4 side. Additional 31m on Platform 2
side
Down direction
Up direction
81m only in Down direction
Trains from Leeds, departing in York direction
To H26 signal. Trains from Leeds or York,
departing in Leeds direction
Down direction
Up direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Hatfield and Stainforth
Havenhouse
Havenhouse
Haydon Bridge
Haydon Bridge
Headingley
Headingley
Healing
Healing
Hebden Bridge
Hebden Bridge
Heckington
Heckington
Heighington
Heighington
Hensall
Hensall
Hertford North
Hertford North
Hertford North
Hessle
Hessle
Heworth
Heworth
Hexham
Hexham
Highbury and Islington (Northern
City Line)
Highbury and Islington (Northern
City Line)
Hitchin
Hitchin
Honley
Hornbeam Park
Hornbeam Park
Hornsey
Hornsey
Horsforth
Horsforth
Howden
Howden
Hubberts Bridge
Hubberts Bridge
Huddersfield
Huddersfield
Huddersfield
Huddersfield
Huddersfield
Huddersfield
Huddersfield
Hull
Hull
Hull
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
3
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
107
48
34
108
110
97
97
56
56
110
109
96
108
103
90
50
50
154
153
145
105
105
120
120
102
102
126
Up
128
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
4
4
5
6
8
2
3
4
249
247
51
87
86
124
126
110
115
123
120
78
39
180
52
213
172
39
73
147
180
175
175
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
261 of 310
NOTES
Down direction
Up direction to HU764 signal
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Hull
Hull
Hull
Hunmanby
Hunmanby
Huntingdon
Huntingdon
Huntingdon
Hutton Cranswick
Hutton Cranswick
Hykeham
Hykeham
Ilkley
Ilkley
James Cook
Keighley
Keighley
Kildale
Kirk Sandall
Kirk Sandall
Kirkstall Forge
Kirkstall Forge
Kirton Lindsey
Kiveton Bridge
Kiveton Bridge
Kiveton Park
Kiveton Park
Knaresborough
Knaresborough
Knebworth
Knebworth
Knebworth
Knebworth
Knottingley
Knottingley
Langwith Whaley Thorns
Langwith Whaley Thorns
Lealholm
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
5
6
7
Down
Up
1
2
3
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
Single
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8ab
8cd
9
9b
9cd
10
11
234
231
229
92
92
166
295
247
83
60
78
80
199
199
102
225
201
38
104
104
100
100
129
75
75
75
74
82
83
169
169
169
169
93
66
79
79
100
301
236
133
152
201
279
99
337
161
156
270
101
149
99
368
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
262 of 310
NOTES
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
11ab
11cd
12
12ab
12cd
Westbound
12cd
Eastbound
13
14
15
15a
15b
16
16a
16b
17
Down
Up
1
2
3
4
5
Single
0
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
Down
Up
1
2
142
150
309
86
144
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Leeds
Letchworth
Letchworth
Lincoln
Lincoln
Lincoln
Lincoln
Lincoln
Lockwood
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
London King’s Cross
Longbeck
Longbeck
Low Moor
Low Moor
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
263 of 310
NOTES
123
105
77
216
99
99
225
103
102
105
184
184
92
54
144
144
165
56
305
295
298
360
294
294
294
294
292
300
278
285
287
312
287
298
279
279
170
167
174
170
174
170
84
83
96
96
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K285 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K287 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K283 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K281 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K279 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K277 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K275 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K273 signal
Buffer Stop to K271 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K269 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K267 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Buffer Stop to K265 signal
Buffer Stop to top of ramp
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
STATION
Malton
Manors
Manors
Market Rasen
Market Rasen
Marsden
Marsden
Marsden
Marske
Marske
Marton
Meadowhall
Meadowhall
Meadowhall
Meadowhall
Menston
Menston
Metheringham
Metheringham
MetroCentre
MetroCentre
Mexborough
Mexborough
Micklefield
Micklefield
Middlesbrough
Middlesbrough
Millfield
Millfield
Mirfield
Mirfield
Mirfield
Moorthorpe
Moorthorpe
Morley
Morley
Morpeth
Morpeth
Mytholmroyd
Mytholmroyd
Nafferton
Nafferton
New Barnet
New Barnet
New Barnet
New Barnet
New Clee
New Holland
New Pudsey
New Pudsey
New Southgate
New Southgate
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
PLATFORM
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Up Passenger
Loop
Down
Up
Single
1
2
3
4
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Fast
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Single
Single
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
USABLE
LENGTH
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
264 of 310
NOTES
150
84
82
71
74
75
95
50
137
134
81
105
105
105
105
98
98
57
57
100
100
112
112
89
90
205
201
65
65
77
84
102
110
120
103
102
232
234
102
102
80
58
177
160
165
165
144
43
122
122
172
172
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
New Southgate
New Southgate
Newark Castle
Newark Castle
Newark Castle
Newark Castle
Newark North Gate
Newark North Gate
172
172
97
97
66
66
255
302
Down direction
238
Up direction
Newark North Gate
Newcastle
Newcastle
Newcastle
Newcastle
Newcastle
Newcastle
Newcastle
Newcastle
Newcastle
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Down
Up
Up
Down
Passenger
Loop
Passenger
Loop
Up
1
10
11
12
2
3
4
5
6
255
161
114
106
108
362
304
268
68
97
Newcastle
Newcastle
7
8
115
41
Newcastle
Newton Aycliffe
Newton Aycliffe
Normanton
Normanton
North Road
Northallerton
Northallerton
Nunthorpe
Nunthorpe
Oakleigh Park
Oakleigh Park
Oakleigh Park
Oakleigh Park
Old Street
Old Street
Outwood
Outwood
Pallion
Pallion
Palmers Green
Palmers Green
Pannal
Pannal
Park Lane
Park Lane
Pegswood
9
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
112
59
59
77
61
60
261
270
86
84
173
173
174
174
128
128
93
93
65
65
127
137
91
91
65
65
89
Newark North Gate
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
265 of 310
NOTES
Platforms 5 and 6 can be combined with a total
length of 217m
Platforms 7 and 8 combined with a total length
of 209m in Down direction, and 212m in Up
direction
Network Change NCG12017LNE026
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Pegswood
Penistone
Penistone
Peterborough
Peterborough
Peterborough
Peterborough
Peterborough
Peterborough
Peterborough
Pontefract Baghill
Pontefract Baghill
Pontefract Monkhill
Pontefract Monkhill
Pontefract Tanshelf
Pontefract Tanshelf
Poppleton
Poppleton
Potters Bar
Potters Bar
Potters Bar
Potters Bar
Prudhoe
Prudhoe
Rauceby
Rauceby
Ravensthorpe
Ravensthorpe
Rawcliffe
Redcar Central
Redcar Central
Redcar East
Redcar East
Retford
Retford
Retford
Retford
Riding Mill
Riding Mill
Rotherham Central
Rotherham Central
Royston
Royston
Ruskington
Ruskington
Ruswarp
Ruswarp
Saltaire
Saltaire
Saltburn
Saltburn
Saltmarshe
Saltmarshe
Up
Down
Up
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
3
4
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Single
Down
Up
1
2
Down
Up
89
102
121
326
319
265
265
265
188
188
127
102
66
76
72
72
84
84
166
166
164
164
87
95
91
91
85
85
46
102
128
84
83
255
253
135
135
88
100
112
108
169
236
57
57
101
80
102
102
156
157
71
71
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
266 of 310
NOTES
No longer a bay platform
Includes 8m of substandard width
Low Level Platforms
Low Level Platforms
Down direction
Up direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Sandal and Agbrigg
Sandal and Agbrigg
Sandy
Sandy
Saxilby
Saxilby
Scarborough
Scarborough
Scarborough
Scarborough
Scarborough
Scunthorpe
Scunthorpe
Seaburn
Seaburn
Seaham
Seaham
Seamer
Seamer
Seaton Carew
Seaton Carew
Selby
Selby
Selby
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Down
Up
Down Slow
Up Slow
Down
Up
1
2
3
4
5
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Bay Platform
Down
Up
1
1a
1a
1b
1b
TL
93
93
246
246
107
97
277
183
163
129
122
143
138
65
65
115
115
120
125
125
125
120
200
257
330
68
68
146
143
293
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Sheffield
Shepley
Shepley
Sherburn in Elmet
Sherburn in Elmet
Shildon
Shildon
Shipley
Shipley
DSS
2
2
2c
3
4
5
5
USS1
USS2
6
7
8
8
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
293
345
329
58
145
112
326
237
247
247
351
107
368
378
58
49
77
83
81
105
102
106
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
267 of 310
NOTES
Down direction to S112 signal
Up direction to S101 signal
Down direction clear of 4060B points
Up direction to S116 signal
Between S102 and S123, between S102 and
S113 64m
Down direction to S127 signal
Up direction to S104 signal
54m on east side
Down direction
Up direction to S106 signal
135m on east side
To S139 signal in down direction
Up direction
Down direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
NOTES
Shipley
Shipley
Shipley
Shipley
Shipley
Shirebrook
Shirebrook
Shireoaks
Shireoaks
Silkstone Common
Skegness
Skegness
Skegness
Skegness
Skegness
Skegness
Skipton
Skipton
Skipton
Skipton
Skipton
Skipton
Skipton
Slaithwaite
Slaithwaite
Sleaford
Sleaford
Sleaford
Sleights
Snaith
South Bank
South Bank
South Elmsall
South Elmsall
South Hylton
South Milford
South Milford
Sowerby Bridge
Sowerby Bridge
Spalding
Spalding
St Neots
St Neots
St Neots
St Neots
St Peters
St Peters
Stadium of Light
Stadium of Light
Stallingborough
Stallingborough
Starbeck
Starbeck
2
3
3
4
5
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
Down
Up
1
2
3
Single
Single
Down
Up
Down
Up
115
240
215
98
98
79
79
97
97
102
201
201
245
245
242
242
99
200
197
183
155
182
154
60
60
224
186
186
74
42
75
74
91
91
130
68
91
97
102
145
183
249
249
249
249
65
65
65
65
85
86
139
139
Up Direction
Down direction
Up Direction
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
268 of 310
Up direction
Down direction
Down direction
Up direction
Down direction
Up direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
Steeton and Silsden
Steeton and Silsden
Stevenage
Stevenage
Stevenage
Stevenage
Stocksfield
Stocksfield
Stocksmoor
Stocksmoor
Stockton
Stockton
Streethouse
Streethouse
Sunderland
Sunderland
Sunderland
Sunderland
Down
Up
Down Fast
Down Slow
Up Fast
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
1
2
2
102
102
247
247
247
247
109
119
66
66
104
104
72
72
72
77
61
84
Sunderland
Sunderland
Sunderland
3
4
4
60
72
80
Swinderby
Swinderby
Swineshead
Swineshead
Swinton (S Yorkshire)
Swinton (S Yorkshire)
Swinton (S Yorkshire)
Teesside Airport
Teesside Airport
Thirsk
Thirsk
Thornaby
Thornaby
Thorne North
Thorne North
Thorne South
Thorne South
Thornton Abbey
Thornton Abbey
Thorpe Culvert
Thorpe Culvert
Thurnscoe
Thurnscoe
Ulceby
Ulleskelf
Ulleskelf
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
3
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
75
60
94
89
92
92
92
76
76
135
148
143
146
89
90
90
90
55
55
61
62
92
92
44
106
106
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
269 of 310
NOTES
Up direction
Down direction
Up direction
Down direction.
Platforms 1 and 2 can be combined with a total
length of 179 metres in the Up direction and
206 metres in the Down direction.
Down and Up directions
Down direction
Up direction.
Platforms 3 and 4 can be combined with a total
length of 174 metres in the Down direction and
177 metres in the Up direction.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
University
University
Wadsley Bridge
Wainfleet
Wainfleet
Wakefield Kirkgate
Wakefield Kirkgate
Wakefield Kirkgate
Wakefield Westgate
Wakefield Westgate
Watton at Stone
Watton at Stone
Weeton
Weeton
Welham Green
Welham Green
Welwyn Garden City
Welwyn Garden City
Welwyn Garden City
Welwyn Garden City
Welwyn North
Welwyn North
Wetheral
Wetheral
Whitby
Whitby
Whitley Bridge
Whitley Bridge
Whitwell
Whitwell
Widdrington
Widdrington
Winchmore Hill
Winchmore Hill
Wombwell
Wombwell
Woodhouse
Woodhouse
Woodlesford
Woodlesford
Worksop
Worksop
Wressle
Wressle
Wylam
Wylam
Yarm
Yarm
York
York
York
York
York
Down
Up
Single
Down
Up
1
2
3
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down Back
Down Slow
Up Back
Up Slow
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
2
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
1
10
10
11
11
65
65
111
96
96
92
120
103
255
255
126
126
88
86
129
129
185
185
185
185
170
170
80
74
177
173
65
59
79
79
90
90
136
135
134
99
84
84
100
71
121
113
95
79
92
107
78
78
184
315
266
329
329
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
270 of 310
NOTES
Out of use
Down direction
Up direction
Down direction
Up direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
STATION
PLATFORM
USABLE
LENGTH
York
York
York
York
York
York
York
York
York
York
York
2
3
3
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
9
169
242
272
157
391
410
264
249
138
318
375
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
271 of 310
NOTES
Down direction
Up direction
Down direction
Up direction
Down direction
Up direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
272 of 310
5.4.1 Loop Lengths
The table below shows the maximum length of train that may use each of the loops at the following stations.
Loop and Refuge Siding Standage, given in metres / feet or yards / SLU’s (1 SLU = 21 feet) (these lengths do NOT
take into account defensive driving policy / stand-back from signals). For a loop that is signalled in one direction only,
the length quoted will be from the signal at the exit back to the block joint at the entrance to the loop, over which the
entire train must have passed before the points forming the connection are free to be put back into their alternative
position. For a bi-directionally signalled loop, the length quoted will be the distance from the signal at one exit to the
signal at the other exit from the loop. Check Sectional Appendix for locations where standage is not quoted. Access
Requests for trains longer than the quoted lengths will only be accepted subject to the authority of the Route
Director. See also Section 4.5.
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
LOCATION
DIRECTION USABLE
LENGTH
SLU/METRES
Claypole
Claypole
Up
Down
92/588
113 / 723
Newark Northgate
Carlton
Carlton
Retford
Ranskill
Ranskill
Doncaster G1
Doncaster G2
Doncaster Down Leeds Goods
Up/Down
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
G1
G2
Down
76/486
118 / 755
118 / 755
118 / 755
118 / 755
118 / 755
65/416
67/435
52/332
NOTES
In Down directions, train in excess of 350
yards (50 SLU) in length are only permitted
to stand for a maximum of 15 minutes
Bi–directional
Up Platform Loop
LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)
LOCATION
DIRECTION USABLE
LENGTH
SLU/METRES
Royston
Down
NOTES
28 / 181
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
LOCATION
DIRECTION USABLE
LENGTH
SLU/METRES
Darlington UGL
Darlington DPL
Ferryhill UGL
Durham UPL
Durham Down Slow
Low Fell, Down/Up Goods
Heaton DGL South
Heaton DGL South + North
Heaton UGL
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
Down/Up
Down
Down
Up
NOTES
89 / 569
105/672
70 / 448
88 / 563
80 / 512
35 / 224
117 / 748
383 / 1307
107 / 684
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
273 of 310
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
LOCATION
DIRECTION USABLE
LENGTH
SLU/METRES
Morpeth UPL
Chevington DPL
Chevington UPL
Wooden Gate DPL
Wooden Gate DRS
Wooden Gate UPL
Crag Mill DPL
Crag Mill UPL
Tweedmouth No. 1 Reception
Berwick-upon-Tweed DGL
Berwick-upon-Tweed UGL
Up
Down
Up
Down
Down
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
Up
NOTES
67 / 428
131 / 838
135 / 864
76 / 486
61 / 390
137 / 876
160 / 1024
170 / 1088
60/384
119 / 761
60 / 384
5.5 Timing Allowances
All allowances shown are in minutes.
LH/HST/22x
MU/LL
Cl 4
Cl 6
Refers to non-freight locomotive hauled trains and all trains capable of running over 100 mph.
Performance allowance does not apply to empty coaching stock moves and freight services
Refers to all forms of multiple unit, whether diesel or electric as well as to light locomotives, not
capable of running at over 100 mph. Performance allowance does not apply to light locomotives
Refers to locomotive hauled Class 4 freight trains
Refers to locomotive hauled Class 6 freight trains
All allowances are indicative for the Final Principal Rules and are subject to change.
SX Daytime allowances apply at all times except where specified differently in Sections 5.5.2, 5.5.3, 5.5.4, 5.5.5 and
5.5.6
E refers to engineering allowance
P refers to performance allowances
5.5.1 SX Daytime (See routes for applicable times)
On Monday different allowances apply on some routes until the end of the ‘Sunday’ allowances at the times specified
in the tables below. Please refer to Section 5.5.4 for the ‘Sunday’ allowances section to identify the routes to which
those allowances apply.
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
TIMING SECTION
TYPE
LH
MU
Freight
REMARKS
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
274 of 310
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
TIMING SECTION
TYPE
LH
MU
Freight
REMARKS
Down
Approach Welwyn Garden
City
Approach Stevenage
E
Applied for trains terminating at Welwyn Garden
City Only
1
P
E
E
1
1
1
1
1
E
1
1
1
E
1
1
1
Approach Doncaster
E
1*
1*
1
Approach Newark F.C.
After Tallington
Approach Welwyn Garden
City
E
E
P
E
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Approach Belle Isle
E
1
Approach Holme Jn
Approach Newark
Northgate
Approach Loversall Carr Jn
Up
*Not required for services that are routed
towards Sheffield
1
1
Services routed towards the North London Lines (LN115) are
to receive this allowance approaching Copenhagen Jn
1
LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Up – Weekdays
Approach Moorgate
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
LN110 CANONBURY WEST JUNCTION TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION
TIMING SECTION
TYPE
LH
MU
Freight
Up
Approach Highbury Vale Jn
E
1
1
1
REMARKS
LN120 WOOD GREEN NORTH JUNCTION TO LANGLEY JUNCTION (VIA
HERTFORD)
TIMING SECTION
Down
Approach Langley Junction
Up
Approach Alexandra
Palace
TYPE
LH
MU
P
E
1
1*
P
E
1
Freight
1
1*
1
REMARKS
* Services which Terminate between Alexandra Palace and
Stevenage are to receive [1] approaching their terminating
location
*Allowance of MU only applies to trains originating fron North
of Stevenage(balances <1> approaching Welwyn Garden
City on LN101
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
275 of 310
LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)
TIMING SECTION
Down
Approach
Letchworth/Baldock/Roysto
n
TYPE
LH
MU
Freight
REMARKS
E
1
1
1
Terminating Trains Only
LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Spalding
Approach Sleaford
Approach Lincoln
Approach Gainsborough Trent Jn
Approach Bessacarr Junction
Up – Weekdays
Approach Lincoln
Approach Sleaford
Approach Werrington Junction
from Sleaford (through trains)
Approach Werrington Junction
from Spalding (trains starting from
Spalding)
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
E
E
E
E
P
E
1
2
1
1
E
P
E
E
1
E
MU
LL
1
2
1
1
2
2
Cl 6
1
2
1
1
Remarks
Terminating trains only
Trains to Doncaster only
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
Trains from Sheffield route direction
1
2
LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Skegness
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
MU
LL
2
Cl 6
Remarks
2
LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN
(INCLUSIVE)
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Allington West Junction
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
MU
LL
2
Cl 6
Remarks
2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
276 of 310
LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Lincoln
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
2
Cl 6
2
Remarks
2
LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Pywipe Junction/Lincoln
Up – Weekdays
Approach Newark Castle/Newark
Flat Crossing East Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
1
1
1
E
1
1
1
Remarks
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
TIMING SECTION
TYPE
LH
MU
Freight
REMARKS
Down
Approach Colton Jn
Approach
Darlington/Darlington DGL
Approach Birtley Jn
E
P
E
E
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Approach Berwick
E
1
1
1
Services which Terminate between Newcastle and Berwick
are to receive this allowance approaching their terminating
location
Approach Heaton South Jn
E
1
1
1
Services which have originated on Blyth & Tyne routes
(LN694/LN702/LN704) do not require this allowance
Approaching Darlington
P
E
1
1
Approaching Skelton Jn
E
1
Up
1
1
Services on the SL are to receive this allowance
approaching Skelton Bridge Jn
1
LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST
JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
E
1
1
2
Moved from LN627, no change
Up
Approach Northallerton
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
277 of 310
LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE
COAST
TIMING SECTION
TYPE
LH
MU
Freight
Approach Eaglescliffe
E
1
1
1
Approach Hartlepool
E
1
1
Approach Sunderland
E
1
1
1
Approach Pelaw Metro Jn
E
P
E
1
1
1
1
1
2
E
1
1*
1
E
1
1
1
REMARKS
Down
Approach Park Lane Jn
Up
Approach Sunderland
Approach Longlands
Junction
For clarity, services from the Darlington direction
(LN631) do not require this allowance
Terminating services only
For clarity, services from the South Hylton
direction (LN628) do not require this allowance
Tyne & Wear Metro only
All Northern and TWM terminating services only
LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Up – Weekdays
Approach South Hylton
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION
TIMING SECTION
TYPE
LH
MU
Freight
Up
Approach Darlington
E
1
1
1
REMARKS
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
278 of 310
LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN
Timing Section
Down
Approach Middlesbrough
Approach Saltburn
Up
Approach Guisborough Jn
Type
LH
MU
Freight
E
E
1
1
1
1
1
1
E
1
1
1
Remarks
LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY
Timing Section
Type
LH
MU
Freight
Down
Approach Nunthorpe
Approach Whitby
Up
E
E
1
1
1
1
1
1
Approach Guisborough Jn
P
E
2
2
Remarks
2
LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Ferryhill South Junction
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
2
2
Cl 6
Remarks
2
LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE
Timing Section
Type
Up – Weekdays
Approaching Bishop Auckland
Approaching Darlington
P
E
P
E
LH
HST
1
1
1
1
MU
1
1
1
1
Cl 6
1
1
LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE
JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
Down – Weekdays
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
279 of 310
LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE
JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Approach Hexham
Approach Petteril Bridge Junction
Up – Weekdays
Approach Norwood Jn
E
E
2
2
2
2
E
2
2
2
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
Terminating trains only
Not for trains starting at Metro Centre
LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA
BEDLINGTON
Timing Section
Type
Up – Weekdays
Approach Bedlington
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
MU
LL
2
Cl 6
2
Remarks
From Morpeth direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
280 of 310
LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Retford
Approach Worksop
Approach Nunnery Main Line
Junction
Up – Weekdays
E
P
E
P
2
E
P
E
P
E
E
2
Approach Worksop
Approach Retford
Approach Clarborough Junction
Approach Marsh Junction/Grimsby
Town
Approach Cleethorpes
P
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
2
2
2
MU
LL
Cl 6
2
1
1
1½
2
2
½
2
2
2
3*
2
2
4*
Remarks
1
2
2
2
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
* 1 minute from Barton on Humber, 2
minutes from Lincoln
Terminating Grimsby Town only
2 minutes may be shown as advertised
differential
* For arrivals into Cleethorpes for services
from Barton-on-Humber, the value of 1
minute performance should be presentable
as either <1> before or as public timetable
differential in Cleethorpes arrival.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
281 of 310
LN742 KILLINGHOLME JUNCTION TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Ulceby
Up – Weekdays
Approach Humber Rd Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
1
1
E
2
2
Remarks
LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Scunthorpe
Approach Crowle
Approach Hatfield
Approach Doncaster
Up – Weekdays
Approach Scunthorpe
Approach Wrawby
E
E
E
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
1*
1*
2*
2
3
1
2
2*
P
E
3*
1
#
1
E
2*
Cl 6
2
1
2
2
Remarks
*2 for Class 4
* Class 4 only
* Class 4 only
*1 minute for trains starting at Goole or
Scunthorpe
3
2
Terminate only
* Class 4 only.
# Terminate Only
* Class 4 only
LN766 BENTLEY JUNCTION TO HEXTHORPE JUNCTION (DONCASTER
AVOIDING LINE)
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Hexthorpe Junction
Up – Weekdays
Approach Bentley Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
1
1
1
E
1
1
1
Remarks
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
282 of 310
LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Dore Station Junction
Approach Milford Junction
Up – Weekdays
Approach Pontefract Baghill/
Ferrybridge North Junction
Approach Moorthorpe/Moorthorpe
Signal L6586
Approach Nunnery Main Line
Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
E
1
3
1
3
1
2
E
2
3
2
E
3
3
3
E
P
1
1
1
1
1
Remarks
Nil for East Midlands services.
LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Down – Weekdays
Approach Masborough Junction
E
2*
2*
2*
Up – Weekdays
Approach Beighton Junction
E
2
2
2
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
*Can be applied approaching Masborough
Sorting Sidings South Junction
LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON
Timing Section
Type
Up – Weekdays
Approach Doncaster
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
1*
MU
LL
Cl 6
1
1*
1
Remarks
Nil for East Midlands services.
LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
Up – Weekdays
Approach Rotherham Central
E
1½
1½*
2
*Nil for Supertram
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
283 of 310
LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down
Approach Adwick
Approach Holbeck Junction/
Copley Hill West Junction
LH
E
MU
Freight
Terminating trains only
1
E
1
1
P
1*
1*
P
E
E
1
1
1
1
Remarks
1
*Does not apply to Virgin Trains East
Coast Services
Up
Approach Neville Hill West Jn
Approach Doncaster
1
1
LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA
HARROGATE
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Down (Leeds to Harrogate) – Weekdays
Approach Harrogate
E
P
Up (Harrogate to Leeds) – Weekdays
Approach Armley Junction
E
P
Up (Harrogate to York) – Weekdays
Approach Knaresborough
E
P
Approach York
P
MU
LL
2
2
1
2
2
2
Cl 6
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
2
1
2
E
Remarks
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
Can be located approaching Skelton Junc
to aid planning
Can be located approaching Skelton Junc
to aid planning
2
LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Down – Weekdays
Approach Applehurst Junction
E
3
3
3
Remarks
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
284 of 310
LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE
Timing Section
Type
Up – Weekdays
Approach Holbeck Junction
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
2
Remarks
1 minute for trains from Halifax, Hebden
Bridge or Huddersfield.
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Bradley Wood Junction
Approach Healey Mills/Horbury
Junction
Approach Horbury Junction
Approach Castleford
Approach Miford
Approach Colton Junction
Up – Weekdays
Approach Brighouse
Approach Castleford
E
E
LH
MU
Freight
1
1
2
Remarks
Trains to Huddersfield only
2*
*1 minute for Class 0 services
Trains from Huddersfield terminating at Wakefield.
P
E
E
P
1
2
1
2
1
E
E
1
1
1
1
2
From Normanton direction only.
Terminating trains only
1
LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO BRADFORD MILL LANE JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
West of Halifax
E
Approach Mill Lane Junction
Up – Weekdays
Approach Halifax
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
1
2
Cl 6
*
Remarks
* Not trains starting from Hebden Bridge or
Huddersfield
1
1
Terminating trains and trains to
Huddersfield only
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
285 of 310
LN860 DIGGLE JUNCTION TO COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Huddersfield
Approach Whitehall Junction
Up – Weekdays
Approach Heaton Lodge Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
E
P
E
P
MU
LL
Cl 6
1
1*
2
2*
1*
E
1
P
1
2
Remarks
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
*Does not apply to TPE services
* 1 stopping all stations
* Applies to stopping services services
only.
Stopping services from Leeds and
Wakefield
Stopping services from Leeds and
Wakefield
LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Penistone
Approach Huddersfield
Up – Weekdays
Approach Barnsley
P
E
P
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
1
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
1
½
1
1
LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Barnsley
Up – Weekdays
Approach Barnsley
Approach Wincobank Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
E
1
P
E
1
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
1
Trains starting from Leeds only
1
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
286 of 310
LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Engine Shed Junction
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
P
MU
LL
2*
Cl 6
2
Remarks
Approaching Stourton for trains that
terminate or call
* 1 minute for trains from Knottingley
direction
2
LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Malton
Approach Scarborough
Up – Weekdays
Approach Malton
Approach York
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
E
P
1
3
P
P
E
2
1
MU
LL
1
1
Cl 6
Remarks
1
1
1
1
LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE
JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Pontefract
Approach Knottingley
Approach Goole
Up – Weekdays
Approach Knottingley
Approach Wakefield Kirkgate
E
P
E
P
P
P
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
MU
LL
1*
1*
1
1
2
Cl 6
Remarks
* Trains terminating from Wakefield
direction
1
1
1
1
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
287 of 310
LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL
Timing Section
Type
LH
MU
Freight
P
E
P
E
1
1
1*
1
1
1
1*
1
1
E
E
1
1
1
1
1
1
Remarks
Down
Approach Selby
Approach Gilberdyke
Approach Hessle Road Jn
Up
Approach Selby
Approach Gascoigne Wood Jn
Terminating Services Only
1
*TPE and Northern Services Only
LN910 TEMPLE HIRST JUNCTION TO SELBY SOUTH JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
MU
Freight
Down
Approach Selby
E
1
1
1
Remarks
LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approaching Gilberdyke
Approach Goole
P
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
MU
LL
Cl 6
1
1
Remarks
Terminating trains only
LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Bridlington
Approach Seamer
Up – Weekdays
Approach Bridlington
Approach Hull
E
P
E
P
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
2
2
MU
LL
2
1
2*
1
2*
1
Cl 6
Remarks
Terminating trains only
* Not trains starting Filey and continuing to
York or beyond
* 1 minute starting Beverley
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
288 of 310
LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Skipton
Up – Weekdays
Approach Skipton
Approach Armley Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
P
2
1*
1
2
E
P
E
P
2
2
1
1*
1*
2
2
2
Remarks
* 2 minutes for DMU
Terminating trains only
* 2 minutes for DMU
* 2 minutes for trains from north of Skipton
LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Ilkley
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
E
P
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
1
LN928 SHIPLEY EAST JUNCTION TO BRADFORD FORSTER
Timing Section
Type
Down – Weekdays
Approach Bradford Forster Square
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
E
P
2
MU
LL
1*
1
Cl 6
2
Remarks
* 2 minutes for DMU
LN3214 BELLE ISLE TO CANAL TUNNEL JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
MU
Freight
Remarks
Approaching St Pancras Low
P
1
All Up Thameslink Trains
Level
Approaching Belle Isle
P
1
All Down Thameslink Trains
For Route LN3214 Please See East Midlands Timetable Planning Rules
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
289 of 310
5.5.2 SX Night time (See routes for applicable times)
SX daytime allowances apply to those routes excluded from this section
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
Remarks
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Monday night/Tuesday morning to Fridaynight/Saturday morning
E
3
3
3
00:01 TWThF – 05:45 TWThF
King’s Cross – Hitchin
All
trains to be timed over the Slow lines
Cambridge Jn
with [3] approaching Holloway in the Up
and Hitchin in the Down.
E
10*
10*
10*
23:00
MTWTh – 06:00 TWThF
Hitchin Cambridge Jn to
All
trains
over the Fasts to be timed with
Peterborough
[10] approaching Hitchin Cambridge Jn in
the Up and Fletton Jn in the Down
* SL Trains timed over the Slows to be
timed with [3] approaching Cambridge Jn
in the Up and Fletton Jn in the Down.
E
2
2
2
2300 - 0530 MX Down. All trains to be
Peterborough – Stoke
timed Slow line
2300 - 0530 MX Up. All trains to be timed
Slow line
E
20
20
20
0105 MX – 0520 MX. All trains to be timed
Stoke - Grantham
Slow line (B)
E
20
20
20
0115 MX – 0530 MX. All trains to be timed
Grantham - Newark
Slow line (B)
Newark - Loversall Carr
Junction
Loversall Carr Junction –
Doncaster
E
20
20
20
0130 MX – 0530 MX. All trains to be timed
Slow line (B)
E
5*
5*
5*
2250 SX – 0530MX
(A) Only one allowance per train between King’s Cross and Hitchin
(B) Only one allowance per train between Stoke Jn – Loversall Carr Jn. To commence on the Down after the
passage of 1D36 King’s Cross – Leeds and finish before the passage of 1A01 Leeds – King’s Cross. No other
train should be timed to pass these services within SLW times.
* 3 mins trains timed SL/GL
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
290 of 310
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
Remarks
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Monday night/Tuesday morning to Friday night/Saturday morning
Doncaster – Colton Junction
NIL
Colton Junction – York
E
3
3
3
2235 SX – 0550 MX. To be coordinated
with Church Fenton – Colton Jn. Only one
allowance Church Fenton – York.
York – Skelton Junction
E
3
3
3
0030 MX – 0545 MX
Longlands Junction – Darlington
E
15
15
15
2300 SX – 0530 MX (B)
South Junction
E
2
Diverted Sleeper Services Only
Darlington South Junction –
E
15
15
15
2300 SX – 0530 MX (B)
Tursdale Junction
E
2
Diverted Sleeper Services Only
Tursdale Junction – Durham
E
15
15
15
2300 SX – 0530 MX (B)
E
2
Diverted Sleeper Services Only
Durham – King Edward Bridge
E
15
15
15
2310 SX – 0520 MX (B)
E
2
Diverted Sleeper Services Only
King Edward Bridge – Newcastle
E
2
2
2
2240 SX – 2335 SX (D) All FL trains to be
Newcastle – Heaton South
timed over same line
Junction
2335 SX – 0525 MX (D) All trains to be
timed over one line
E
2
2
2
2330 SX – 0500 MX (D) All trains to be
timed over one line
Heaton South Jn – Alnmouth
E
10
10
25
2305 SX – 0600 MX (C)
Alnmouth – Berwick
E
10
10
25
2305 SX – 0600 MX (C)
Berwick – Signals EG 402/3
E
10
10
25
2305 SX – 0600 MX (C)
A – Only one allowance per train
between Stoke Junction and
Loversall Carr Junction, to finish
before the passage of 1A01 0505
Leeds – King’s Cross. No other
train should be timed to pass
these services within SLW
times
B – Maximum 17 minutes
allowance per train between
Longlands Jn. and King Edward
Bridge
C – Refer to ECML Route Strategy in Rules of the Route. Only one allowance per train between Heaton South
Junction and Monktonhall Jn. This allowance to be utilised in conjunction with Scotland allowances EG402/3 to
Monktonhall Jn to allow for all combinations of possessions.
D – only one allowance per train King Edward Bridge to Heaton South Jn
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
291 of 310
LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
Remarks
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Weekdays
Boughton Junction –
Shirebrook Junctions
E
2
2
2
2200 SX – 0600 MX. Single Line Working.
All trains to be timed over same line.
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
Down and Up – Monday night/Tuesday morning to Friday night/Saturday morning
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Church Fenton – Colton
Junction
E
3
3
3
Horbury Junction –
Wakefield Kirkgate
E
3
3
3
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
Remarks
2300 SX – 0600 MX. To be coordinated
with Colton Jn – York. Only one allowance
between Church Fenton and York
2200 SX – 0600 MX
5.5.3 SO Daytime (See routes for applicable times)
The values shown in SX Daytime apply to SO Daytime
5.5.4 SO Nighttime (See routes for applicable times)
SX daytime allowances apply to those routes excluded from this section
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
292 of 310
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Saturday night/Sunday morning
E
3
London King’s Cross to
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
3
3
10*
10*
Hitchin Cambridge Jn
Hitchin Cambridge Jn to
Peterborough
E
10*
Remarks
23:50 SO – 07:50 Sun
All trains to be timed over the Slow Lines
with an additional [3] approaching
Holloway in the Up and Hitchin in the
Down
23:50 SO – 07:50 Sun
All trains over the Fasts to be timed with
an additional [10] approaching Hitchin
Cambridge Jn in the Up and Fletton Jn in
the Down.
* 3 Trains timed SL All trains over the
Slows to be timed with an additional [3]
approaching Hitchin Cambridge Jn in the
Up and Fletton Jn in the Down.
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Saturday night/Sunday morning
E
3
Colton Junction – York
Newcastle – Heaton South
Junction
E
2
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
3
3
2
2
Remarks
2300 Sat – 0800 Sun. To be coordinated
with Church Fenton – Colton Jn. Only one
allowance Church Fenton – York
2145 Sat – 1000 Sun All trains to be timed
over the same line
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up Saturday night/Sunday morning
E
3
Church Fenton – Colton Jn
MU
LL
3
Cl 6, 7
&8
3
Remarks
2330 Sat – 0830 Sun. To be coordinated
with Colton Jn – York. One allowance only
between Church Fenton and York.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
293 of 310
5.5.5 SUNDAY Daytime (See routes for applicable times)
SX daytime allowances apply to those routes excluded from this section
LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Up – Sundays
Approach Moorgate
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Spalding
Approach Sleaford
Approach Lincoln
Approach Gainsborough Trent
Junction
Approach Bessacarr Junction
Up – Sundays
Approach Lincoln
Approach Sleaford
Approach Werrington Junction
from Sleaford (through trains)
Approach Werrington Junction
from Spalding (trains starting from
Spalding)
E
E
E
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
2
1
1
P
MU
LL
1
2
1
1
Cl 6
1
2
1
1
Remarks
Terminating trains only
Trains to Doncaster only
2
E
P
E
E
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
E
1
1
1
Trains from Sheffield direction only
1
2
LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Skegness
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
MU
LL
2
Cl 6
Remarks
2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
294 of 310
LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN
(INCLUSIVE)
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Allington West Junction
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
MU
LL
2
Cl 6
Remarks
2
LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Lincoln
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
MU
LL
2
Cl 6
Remarks
2
LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Pyewipe
Junction/Lincoln
Up – Sundays
Approach Newark Castle/Newark
Flat Crossing East Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
P
1
1
1
1
E
P
1
1
1
1
Remarks
LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE
COAST
Timing Section
Type
Up – Sunday
Approach Sunderland
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
All Northern and TWM terminating services only
1
LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Up – Sunday
Approach South Hylton
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
295 of 310
LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Ferryhill South Junction
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
MU
LL
2
Cl 6
Remarks
2
LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Retford
Approach Worksop
Approach Nunnery Main Line
Junction
Up – Sundays
E
P
E
P
2
2
Approach Clarborough Junction
Approach Marsh Jn/Grimsby Town
E
P
E
P
E
E
Approach Cleethorpes
P
P
Approach Worksop
Approach Retford
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
2
2
2
MU
LL
Cl 6
2
1
1
1½
2
2
½
2
2
2
3*
2
2
2*
Remarks
1
2
2
2
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
*1 minute for trains from Barton on
Humber, 2 from Lincoln
Nil for trains from Barton on Humber
*For arrivals into Cleethorpes for services
from Barton-on-Humber, the value of 1
minute performance should be presentable
as either <1> before or as public timetable
differential in Cleethorpes arrival.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
296 of 310
LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Scunthorpe
Approach Crowle
Approach Hatfield
Approach Doncaster
Up – Sundays
Approach Scunthorpe
Approach Wrawby Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
E
E
E
E
P
1*
1*
2*
2
3
1
2
2*
P
E
3*
1
1#
E
2*
Cl 6
2
1
2
2
Remarks
* 2 minutes for Class 4
* Class 4 only
* Class 4 only
*1 minute for trains starting at Goole or
Scunthorpe
3
Terminating trains only
* Class 4 only # Terminate only
2
* Class 4 only
LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach St. Catherine’s Jn
Up – Sundays
Approach Brancliffe Jn
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
E
15
15
15
Applies only to the first train on the route.
E
15
15
15
Applies only to the first train on the route.
LN766 BENTLEY JUNCTION TO HEXTHORPE JUNCTION (DONCASTER
AVOIDING LINE)
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Hexthorpe Junction
Up – Sundays
Approach Bentley Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
1
1
1
E
1
1
1
Remarks
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
297 of 310
LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Dore Station Junction
Approach Milford Junction
Up – Sundays
Approach Pontefract
Baghill/Ferrybridge North Junction
Approach Moorthorpe/Moorthorpe
Signal L6586
Approach Nunnery Main Line
Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
E
2
3
2*
3
2
2
E
2
3
2
E
3
3
3
E
P
2
1*
1
1
2
Remarks
* 1 minute for trains starting at Chesterfield
*Nil for East Midlands services.
LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Masborough Junction
Up – Sundays
Approach Beighton Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
E
2
2
2
E
2
2
2
Remarks
LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON
Timing Section
Type
Up – Sundays
Approach Doncaster
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
2
1
Cl 6
1
1
Remarks
2
*Nil for East Midlands services.
LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA
HARROGATE
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Up (Harrogate to York) – Sundays
Approach Knaresborough
E
P
Approach York
P
2
1
2
E
2
Cl 6
Remarks
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
Can be located approaching Skelton Junc to
aid planning
Can be located at any point between
Starbeck and York to aid planning
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Down (Leeds to Harrogate)– Sundays
Approach Harrogate
E
P
Up (Harrogate to Leeds) – Sundays
Approach Armley Junction
E
P
2
2
1
2
2
2
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
298 of 310
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Applehurst Junction
E
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
3
MU
LL
3
Cl 6
Remarks
3
LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE
Timing Section
Type
Up – Sundays
Approach Holbeck Junction
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
2*
Remarks
* 1 minute for trains from Halifax, Hebden
Bridge or Huddersfield.
LN860 DIGGLE JUNCTION TO COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Huddersfield
Up – Sundays
Approach Huddersfield/Marsden
Approach Heaton Lodge Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
E
P
1
1
Terminating trains only
Terminating trains only
E
P
1
1
Terminating trains only
Stopping services from Leeds direction
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
299 of 310
LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Penistone
Approach Huddersfield
Up – Sundays
Approach Barnsley
P
E
P
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
1
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
1
½
1
1
LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Barnsley
Up – Sundays
Approach Barnsley
Approach Wincobank Junction
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
E
1
P
E
1
MU
LL
Cl 6
Remarks
1
1
Trains starting from Leeds only
1
LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Engine Shed Junction
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
MU
LL
2*
Cl 6
2
Remarks
Approaching Stourton for trains that
terminate or call
* 1 minute for trains from Knottingley
direction
2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
300 of 310
LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S
GRANGE JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Pontefract
E
1*
P
1*
Approach Knottingley
Approach Goole
Up – Sundays
Approach Knottingley
Approach Wakefield Kirkgate
E
P
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
P
E
P
MU
LL
1
1
2
Cl 6
Remarks
* Trains terminating from Wakefield
direction
* Trains terminating from Wakefield
direction
1
1
1
1
LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approaching Gilberdyke
Approach Goole
P
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
1
MU
LL
Cl 6
1
1
Remarks
Terminating trains only
LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
Down – Sundays
Approach Bridlington
Approach Seamer
Up – Sundays
Approach Bridlington
Approach Hull
E
P
E
P
E
P
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
2
2
2
MU
LL
2
1
2*
1
2*
1
Cl 6
Remarks
Terminating trains only
* Does not apply to trains starting from
Filey and continuing to York or beyond
* 1 minute for trains starting from Beverley
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
301 of 310
5.5.6 Sunday Night time (See routes for applicable times)
SX daytime allowances apply to those routes excluded from this section
LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning
King’s Cross – Hitchin Cambridge
E
3
Jn
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
3
3
Hitchin Cambridge Jn to
Peterborough
E
10*
10*
10*
Peterborough – Stoke
E
2
2
2
Remarks
00:01 M – 05:45 M
All trains to be timed over the Slow lines
with an additional [3] approaching
Holloway in the Up and Hitchin in the
Down.
23:00 Su – 06:00 M
All trains over the Fasts to be timed with
an additional [10] approaching Hitchin
Cambridge Jn in the Up and Fletton Jn in
the Down
* 3 SL Trains timed over the Slows to be
timed with an additional [3] approaching
Cambridge Jn in the Up and Fletton Jn in
the Down.
23:10 Su – 05:30 MO Down. All trains to
be timed Slow line
23:10 – 05:30 MO Up. All trains to be
timed Slow line
* 3 mins trains timed SL/GL
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
302 of 310
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning
Loversall Carr Junction –
E
5*
Doncaster
Colton Junction – York
E
3
York – Skelton Junction
E
2
Skelton Junction – Longlands
Junction
Longlands Junction – Darlington
South Junction
Darlington South Jn – Tursdale Jn
Tursdale Junction – Durham
Durham – King Edward Bridge
King Edward Bridge – Newcastle
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
5*
5*
3
2
3
2
E
2
2
2
E
15
15
15
E
E
E
E
15
15
15
2
15
15
15
2
15
15
15
2
Remarks
2230 Sun – 0530 Mon
* 3 for trains timed SL/GL
2200 Sun – 0550 Mon (A)
2240 Sun – 0545 Mon all trains to be timed
over same line
2130 Sun – 0555 Mon all trains to be timed
to run Slow line
2145 Sun – 0545 Mon (B)
2230 Sun – 0545 Mon (B)
2235 Sun – 0525 Mon (B)
2230 Sun – 0525 Mon (B)
2240 Sun – 2335 Sun All FL trains to be
timed over the same line (C)
2335 Sun – 0525 Mon All trains to be
timed over same line (C)
Newcastle to Heaton South Jn
E
2
2
2
2245 Sun – 0500 Mon All trains to be
timed over same line (C)
(A) To be coordinated with Church Fenton – Colton. Only one allowance between Church Fenton and York
(B) Only one allowance per train between Longlands and King Edward Bridge South
(C) Only one allowance between KEB and Heaton South Junction
LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning
Wrawby Junction – Thorne
E
2
Junction
Thorne Jn – Kirk Sandall Jn
E
2
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
Remarks
2
2
2340 Sun – 0530 Mon.
2
2
2345 Sun – 0445 Mon all trains to be timed
via slow lines
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
303 of 310
LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning
Boughton Junction – Shirebrook
E
2
Junctions
MU
LL
2
Cl 6, 7
&8
2
Remarks
2200 Sun – 0600 Mon. Single Line
Working. All trains to be timed over same
line
LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up Sunday night/Monday morning
Heaton Lodge Jn – Thornhill LNW
Jn
Horbury Junction – Wakefield
E
3
Kirkgate
Church Fenton – Colton Jn
E
3
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
3
3
3
3
Remarks
0015 Mon – 0530 Mon Up trains to be
timed on Slow line
0830 Sun – 0600 Mon
2300 Sun – 0600 Mon. To be coordinated
with Colton Jn – York. One allowance only
between Church Fenton and York
LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION
Timing Section
Type
LH
HST
EPU
Cl 4
22X
MU
LL
Cl 6, 7
&8
Remarks
Additional Engineering Allowance
Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning
Shipley East Junction – Skipton
E
20
20
20
0001 Mon – 0515 Mon (A)
Skipton – Hellifield
E
20
20
20
2145 Sun – 0530 Mon (A)
(A) Only one allowance per train between Kirkstall Junction and Hellifield, to be co–ordinated with LNW
allowances. Refer to Section 5.5.6 of the LNW Timetable Planning Rules
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
304 of 310
6 Timetabling Considerations
6.1 Advertised and Working Times
It is not permissible for trains to be specified to be advertised to arrive before or depart after the booked times
stated in the working timetable (WTT).
It is permissible for trains to be specified to be advertised to depart before the booked times stated in the
working timetable in the following circumstances;
(i) Where the WTT departure time is delayed to achieve the required headway behind a preceding train or
margin following a conflicting move.
(ii) As an aid to punctual departure where this practice has been agreed between the Train Operator and
Network Rail.
By agreement between the Train Operator and Network Rail, trains may be specified to be advertised to arrive
after the booked times stated in the WTT. This agreement is used instead of engineering/performance
allowances.
6.2 Timing of Light Locomotives
It is a general principle that all light locomotive movements will be timed. Any exceptions to this must be
agreed by the appropriate Area Timing Specialist.
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
305 of 310
7 Appendix A Timing Point Diagrams
The following diagrams are supplementary to the information shown in Section 2.1
LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP
LN826
Doncaster Area Timing Points 1
MANDATORY TIMING POINT
STOPPING TRAINS ONLY
NON MANDATORY TIMING POINT
CROSSING TRAINS ONLY
HEXTHORPE
JUNCTION
[DONCHJN]
* MANDATORY ON WEST SLOW LINES
ST CATHERINE’S
JUNCTION
[DONCSCJ]
LN758
LOW ELLERS
CURVE JN
[LWELRSJ]
DECOY S
JUNCTION*
[DONCDSJ]
DOWN
DECOY
[DONCDDY]
WSL
LOVERSALL
CARR JN
[DONCLCJ]
LN726
BESSACARR
JUNCTION
[BESSCRJ]
BELMONT
DOWN YARD
[DONCBDY]
DONCASTER
R.M.T.
[DONCRMT]
LN600
ESL
POTTERIC
CARR JN
[DONCPCJ]
DONCASTER
EUROPORT
[DONCEP]
UP
DECOY
[DONCUDY]
DONCASTER
RAILPORT
[DONCRPR]
AL
HEXTHORPE
SIDINGS
[DONCHRS]
ST JAMES’
JUNCTION
[DONCSJJ]
WSL 2
DECOY N
JUNCTION*
[DONCDNJ]
DONCASTER
SIG. D249
[DONC249]
WSL1
DONCASTER
SIG. D254
[DONC254]
TO KIRK
SANDALL
WSL2
BRIDGE
JUNCTION*
[DONCBJN]
WSL1
WSL2
DONCASTER
[DONC]
ESL
Timing Points and Running Lines
Blank line applies where identity is not shown
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Doncaster Area Timing Points 2
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
306 of 310
MANDATORY TIMING POINT
CROSSING TRAINS
STOPPING TRAINS
TO
JN
BENTLEY
ADWIC
[ADWICK]
[BTLYSY]
LN836
CARCROFT
JUNCTIO
[CRCRFTJ]
SKELLOW
JUNCTIO
[SKLWJN]
LN84
A
TO
DONCASTER
ADWIC
JUNCTIO
[ADWICKJ]
HAYWOOD
JUNCTION
LN88
ARKSEY
[ARKSEYL]
SHAFTHOLME
JUNCTIO
LN60
[SHFTHLJ
APPLEHURST
LN76
JUNCTION
[APLHRSJ]
BENTLE
JUNCTIO
[BTLYJN]
KIR
SANDALL
[KKSNJN
JOAN
JUNCTIO
[JNCROFT]
HEC
PLASMOR PS
[HCKPLSM]
THORPE
MARSH
JUNCTION
US
HATFIELD &
STAINFORTH
(HTFLASF)
DS
TO LOW
CURVE
KIR
SANDAL
[KKSNDAL]
TEMPLE
JUNCTIO
[TEMPLHJ
F
SL
THORN
JUNCTIO
[THORNEJ
LN736/75
Timing Points and Running Lines
Blank line applies where identity is not shown
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
307 of 310
Newcastle Area Timing Points 1
MANDATORY TIMING POINT
STOPPING TRAINS ONLY
METROCENTRE
[GTSHDMC]
CROSSING TRAINS ONLY
LN682
Timing Points and Running
DUNSTON
[DNSN
Blank line applies where identity is not
NORWOOD
JUNCTION
[NRWDJN]
LN684
TYNE (YARD)
SORTING SIDINGS
[TYNEY]
BIRTLEY
JUNCTION
[BRTLYJN]
SL
LOW FELL
R.M.T
[LOWFRMT]
LOW FELL
JUNCTION
[LOWFELJ]
LN600
TO
KING EDWARD
BRIDGE S JN
[KEBGSJN]
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
SL
TO KING
EDWARD
BRIDGE
N
TO KING
EDWARD
BRIDGE
E
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Newcastle Area Timing Points 2
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
308 of 310
MANDATORY TIMING POINT
CROSSING TRAINS ONLY
STOPPING TRAINS ONLY
Timing Points and Running Lines
Blank line applies where identity is not shown
FORTH BANKS
[FRTHBKL]
LN600
NEWCASTLE
[NWCSTLE]
MANOR
[MANORS]
S
S
L
L
HEATON S
JUNCTION
[HTONSJN]
GL
GL
S
L
S
KING EDWARD
BRIDGE N
[KEBGNJN]
JN
HIGH LEVEL
BRIDGE
[HLBDGJN]
JN
HEATON
T&RSM
[HTONTMD]
D
L
TO KING
EDWARD BRIDGE
STH JN
KING EDWARD
BRIDGE E
[KEBGEJN]
JN
LN627/676
GREENSFIELD
JUNCTION
[GRNSFDJ]
PARK LANE
JUNCTION
[PKLNJN]
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
HEATON N
JUNCTION
[HTONNJN]
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
309 of 310
LN836/898/854 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION
ST CATHERINE’S
Leeds Area Timing Points 1
MANDATORY TIMING
CROSSING TRAINS
STOPPING TRAINS ONLY
LN92
KIRKSTALL
LOOP
[KRKSLUL]
BURLE
PARK
[BRLEYPK]
ARMLEY
JUNCTIO
[ARMLJCN]
U
US
LN85
BRAMLEY
[BRMLYSR]
LN83
HOLBEC
JUNCTIO
[HOLBJCN]
COPLEY HILL
W JN
[COPHWJN]
DS
CH
WHITEHALL
JUNCTIO
[WHRDJN]
DWC
C
LEEDS WEST
JUNCTIO
[LEEDSWJ]
F
UWC
DM
UM
A
LEEDS
[LEEDS]
F
LN836/89
TO
MARS
LAN
J
ENGINE
SHED JN
[ESJLEDS]
LN860
COTTINGLEY
[COTNGLY]
D
LN87
OUTWOOD
[OUTWOOD]
LN83
HUNSLET
STN JN
[HNSLTSJ]
Timing Points and Running Lines
Blank line applies where identity is not shown
Leeds Area Timing Points 2
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
NETWORK RAIL
London North Eastern
Timetable Planning Rules 2019
Final Revised Rules for Principal Change
Timetable 2019
Leeds Area Timing Points
Version:
Date:
Page:
2.0
02 February 2018
310 of 310
MANDATORY TIMING
CROSSING TRAINS
STOPPING TRAINS ONLY
MARSH LANE
TILCO
[MRLNTIL]
NEVILLE HILL
T&RSMD
[NEVLTMD]
ROUTE 836/898
TO
LEEDS
MARSH LANE
JUNCTIO
[MRLNJN]
HUNSLET
EAST TC
[HNSLTE]
HUNSLET
TILCO
[HNSLTIL]
GL
NEVIILE HILL
WEST JN
[NEVLWJN]
GL
NEVIILE HILL
EAST JN
[NEVLEJN]
CROSS GATES
[CSGT]
NEVILLE HILL
UP SIDINGS
[NEVLHUS]
Timing Points and Running
Blank line applies where identity is not
Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Author : Network Rail Create Date : 0000:01:01 00:00:00Z Modify Date : 2018:02:05 13:22:25Z Subject : RULES OF THE PLAN 04 Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Producer : Acrobat PDFWriter 3.0 for Windows Keywords : Metadata Date : 2018:02:05 13:22:25Z Creator Tool : Microsoft Word Document ID : uuid:592d8232-6570-43ed-a3b2-1587acf6540b Instance ID : uuid:d9bd8786-9ce9-4517-918a-3b0a4ffd43fd Format : application/pdf Title : London North Eastern Region Rules Of The Plan 04 Creator : Network Rail Description : RULES OF THE PLAN 04 Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 311EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools